summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago/doc/biblatex-chicago.tex
blob: 7e4d189b2ad5ca7a41a62bac6f2ce2f35f99a221 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
9526
9527
9528
9529
9530
9531
9532
9533
9534
9535
9536
9537
9538
9539
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9548
9549
9550
9551
9552
9553
9554
9555
9556
9557
9558
9559
9560
9561
9562
9563
9564
9565
9566
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9580
9581
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9588
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
9600
9601
9602
9603
9604
9605
9606
9607
9608
9609
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9615
9616
9617
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9623
9624
9625
9626
9627
9628
9629
9630
9631
9632
9633
9634
9635
9636
9637
9638
9639
9640
9641
9642
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649
9650
9651
9652
9653
9654
9655
9656
9657
9658
9659
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9667
9668
9669
9670
9671
9672
9673
9674
9675
9676
9677
9678
9679
9680
9681
9682
9683
9684
9685
9686
9687
9688
9689
9690
9691
9692
9693
9694
9695
9696
9697
9698
9699
9700
9701
9702
9703
9704
9705
9706
9707
9708
9709
9710
9711
9712
9713
9714
9715
9716
9717
9718
9719
9720
9721
9722
9723
9724
9725
9726
9727
9728
9729
9730
9731
9732
9733
9734
9735
9736
9737
9738
9739
9740
9741
9742
9743
9744
9745
9746
9747
9748
9749
9750
9751
9752
9753
9754
9755
9756
9757
9758
9759
9760
9761
9762
9763
9764
9765
9766
9767
9768
9769
9770
9771
9772
9773
9774
9775
9776
9777
9778
9779
9780
9781
9782
9783
9784
9785
9786
9787
9788
9789
9790
9791
9792
9793
9794
9795
9796
9797
9798
9799
9800
9801
9802
9803
9804
9805
9806
9807
9808
9809
9810
9811
9812
9813
9814
9815
9816
9817
9818
9819
9820
9821
9822
9823
9824
9825
9826
9827
9828
9829
9830
9831
9832
9833
9834
9835
9836
9837
9838
9839
9840
9841
9842
9843
9844
9845
9846
9847
9848
9849
9850
9851
9852
9853
9854
9855
9856
9857
9858
9859
9860
9861
9862
9863
9864
9865
9866
9867
9868
9869
9870
9871
9872
9873
9874
9875
9876
9877
9878
9879
9880
9881
9882
9883
9884
9885
9886
9887
9888
9889
9890
9891
9892
9893
9894
9895
9896
9897
9898
9899
9900
9901
9902
9903
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
9910
9911
9912
9913
9914
9915
9916
9917
9918
9919
9920
9921
9922
9923
9924
9925
9926
9927
9928
9929
9930
9931
9932
9933
9934
9935
9936
9937
9938
9939
9940
9941
9942
9943
9944
9945
9946
9947
9948
9949
9950
9951
9952
9953
9954
9955
9956
9957
9958
9959
9960
9961
9962
9963
9964
9965
9966
9967
9968
9969
9970
9971
9972
9973
9974
9975
9976
9977
9978
9979
9980
9981
9982
9983
9984
9985
9986
9987
9988
9989
9990
9991
9992
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9999
10000
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
10007
10008
10009
10010
10011
10012
10013
10014
10015
10016
10017
10018
10019
10020
10021
10022
10023
10024
10025
10026
10027
10028
10029
10030
10031
10032
10033
10034
10035
10036
10037
10038
10039
10040
10041
10042
10043
10044
10045
10046
10047
10048
10049
10050
10051
10052
10053
10054
10055
10056
10057
10058
10059
10060
10061
10062
10063
10064
10065
10066
10067
10068
10069
10070
10071
10072
10073
10074
10075
10076
10077
10078
10079
10080
10081
10082
10083
10084
10085
10086
10087
10088
10089
10090
10091
10092
10093
10094
10095
10096
10097
10098
10099
10100
10101
10102
10103
10104
10105
10106
10107
10108
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10114
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10120
10121
10122
10123
10124
10125
10126
10127
10128
10129
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10135
10136
10137
10138
10139
10140
10141
10142
10143
10144
10145
10146
10147
10148
10149
10150
10151
10152
10153
10154
10155
10156
10157
10158
10159
10160
10161
10162
10163
10164
10165
10166
10167
10168
10169
10170
10171
10172
10173
10174
10175
10176
10177
10178
10179
10180
10181
10182
10183
10184
10185
10186
10187
10188
10189
10190
10191
10192
10193
10194
10195
10196
10197
10198
10199
10200
10201
10202
10203
10204
10205
10206
10207
10208
10209
10210
10211
10212
10213
10214
10215
10216
10217
10218
10219
10220
10221
10222
10223
10224
10225
10226
10227
10228
10229
10230
10231
10232
10233
10234
10235
10236
10237
10238
10239
10240
10241
10242
10243
10244
10245
10246
10247
10248
10249
10250
10251
10252
10253
10254
10255
10256
10257
10258
10259
10260
10261
10262
10263
10264
10265
10266
10267
10268
10269
10270
10271
10272
10273
10274
10275
10276
10277
10278
10279
10280
10281
10282
10283
10284
10285
10286
10287
10288
10289
10290
10291
10292
10293
10294
10295
10296
10297
10298
10299
10300
10301
10302
10303
10304
10305
10306
10307
10308
10309
10310
10311
10312
10313
10314
10315
10316
10317
10318
10319
10320
10321
10322
10323
10324
10325
10326
10327
10328
10329
10330
10331
10332
10333
10334
10335
10336
10337
10338
10339
10340
10341
10342
10343
10344
10345
10346
10347
10348
10349
10350
10351
10352
10353
10354
10355
10356
10357
10358
10359
10360
10361
10362
10363
10364
10365
10366
10367
10368
10369
10370
10371
10372
10373
10374
10375
10376
10377
10378
10379
10380
10381
10382
10383
10384
10385
10386
10387
10388
10389
10390
10391
10392
10393
10394
10395
10396
10397
10398
10399
10400
10401
10402
10403
10404
10405
10406
10407
10408
10409
10410
10411
10412
10413
10414
10415
10416
10417
10418
10419
10420
10421
10422
10423
10424
10425
10426
10427
10428
10429
10430
10431
10432
10433
10434
10435
10436
10437
10438
10439
10440
10441
10442
10443
10444
10445
10446
10447
10448
10449
10450
10451
10452
10453
10454
10455
10456
10457
10458
10459
10460
10461
10462
10463
10464
10465
10466
10467
10468
10469
10470
10471
10472
10473
10474
10475
10476
10477
10478
10479
10480
10481
10482
10483
10484
10485
10486
10487
10488
10489
10490
10491
10492
10493
10494
10495
10496
10497
10498
10499
10500
10501
10502
10503
10504
10505
10506
10507
10508
10509
10510
10511
10512
10513
10514
10515
10516
10517
10518
10519
10520
10521
10522
10523
10524
10525
10526
10527
10528
10529
10530
10531
10532
10533
10534
10535
10536
10537
10538
10539
10540
10541
10542
10543
10544
10545
10546
10547
10548
10549
10550
10551
10552
10553
10554
10555
10556
10557
10558
10559
10560
10561
10562
10563
10564
10565
10566
10567
10568
10569
10570
10571
10572
10573
10574
10575
10576
10577
10578
10579
10580
10581
10582
10583
10584
10585
10586
10587
10588
10589
10590
10591
10592
10593
10594
10595
10596
10597
10598
10599
10600
10601
10602
10603
10604
10605
10606
10607
10608
10609
10610
10611
10612
10613
10614
10615
10616
10617
10618
10619
10620
10621
10622
10623
10624
10625
10626
10627
10628
10629
10630
10631
10632
10633
10634
10635
10636
10637
10638
10639
10640
10641
10642
10643
10644
10645
10646
10647
10648
10649
10650
10651
10652
10653
10654
10655
10656
10657
10658
10659
10660
10661
10662
10663
10664
10665
10666
10667
10668
10669
10670
10671
10672
10673
10674
10675
10676
10677
10678
10679
10680
10681
10682
10683
10684
10685
10686
10687
10688
10689
10690
10691
10692
10693
10694
10695
10696
10697
10698
10699
10700
10701
10702
10703
10704
10705
10706
10707
10708
10709
10710
10711
10712
10713
10714
10715
10716
10717
10718
10719
10720
10721
10722
10723
10724
10725
10726
10727
10728
10729
10730
10731
10732
10733
10734
10735
10736
10737
10738
10739
10740
10741
10742
10743
10744
10745
10746
10747
10748
10749
10750
10751
10752
10753
10754
10755
10756
10757
10758
10759
10760
10761
10762
10763
10764
10765
10766
10767
10768
10769
10770
10771
10772
10773
10774
10775
10776
10777
10778
10779
10780
10781
10782
10783
10784
10785
10786
10787
10788
10789
10790
10791
10792
10793
10794
10795
10796
10797
10798
10799
10800
10801
10802
10803
10804
10805
10806
10807
10808
10809
10810
10811
10812
10813
10814
10815
10816
10817
10818
10819
10820
10821
10822
10823
10824
10825
10826
10827
10828
10829
10830
10831
10832
10833
10834
10835
10836
10837
10838
10839
10840
10841
10842
10843
10844
10845
10846
10847
10848
10849
10850
10851
10852
10853
10854
10855
10856
10857
10858
10859
10860
10861
10862
10863
10864
10865
10866
10867
10868
10869
10870
10871
10872
10873
10874
10875
10876
10877
10878
10879
10880
10881
10882
10883
10884
10885
10886
10887
10888
10889
10890
10891
10892
10893
10894
10895
10896
10897
10898
10899
10900
10901
10902
10903
10904
10905
10906
10907
10908
10909
10910
10911
10912
10913
10914
10915
10916
10917
10918
10919
10920
10921
10922
10923
10924
10925
10926
10927
10928
10929
10930
10931
10932
10933
10934
10935
10936
10937
10938
10939
10940
10941
10942
10943
10944
10945
10946
10947
10948
10949
10950
10951
10952
10953
10954
10955
10956
10957
10958
10959
10960
10961
10962
10963
10964
10965
10966
10967
10968
10969
10970
10971
10972
10973
10974
10975
10976
10977
10978
10979
10980
10981
10982
10983
10984
10985
10986
10987
10988
10989
10990
10991
10992
10993
10994
10995
10996
10997
10998
10999
11000
11001
11002
11003
11004
11005
11006
11007
11008
11009
11010
11011
11012
11013
11014
11015
11016
11017
11018
11019
11020
11021
11022
11023
11024
11025
11026
11027
11028
11029
11030
11031
11032
11033
11034
11035
11036
11037
11038
11039
11040
11041
11042
11043
11044
11045
11046
11047
11048
11049
11050
11051
11052
11053
11054
11055
11056
11057
11058
11059
11060
11061
11062
11063
11064
11065
11066
11067
11068
11069
11070
11071
11072
11073
11074
11075
11076
11077
11078
11079
11080
11081
11082
11083
11084
11085
11086
11087
11088
11089
11090
11091
11092
11093
11094
11095
11096
11097
11098
11099
11100
11101
11102
11103
11104
11105
11106
11107
11108
11109
11110
11111
11112
11113
11114
11115
11116
11117
11118
11119
11120
11121
11122
11123
11124
11125
11126
11127
11128
11129
11130
11131
11132
11133
11134
11135
11136
11137
11138
11139
11140
11141
11142
11143
11144
11145
11146
11147
11148
11149
11150
11151
11152
11153
11154
11155
11156
11157
11158
11159
11160
11161
11162
11163
11164
11165
11166
11167
11168
11169
11170
11171
11172
11173
11174
11175
11176
11177
11178
11179
11180
11181
11182
11183
11184
11185
11186
11187
11188
11189
11190
11191
11192
11193
11194
11195
11196
11197
11198
11199
11200
11201
11202
11203
11204
11205
11206
11207
11208
11209
11210
11211
11212
11213
11214
11215
11216
11217
11218
11219
11220
11221
11222
11223
11224
11225
11226
11227
11228
11229
11230
11231
11232
11233
11234
11235
11236
11237
11238
11239
11240
11241
11242
11243
11244
11245
11246
11247
11248
11249
11250
11251
11252
11253
11254
11255
11256
11257
11258
11259
11260
11261
11262
11263
11264
11265
11266
11267
11268
11269
11270
11271
11272
11273
11274
11275
11276
11277
11278
11279
11280
11281
11282
11283
11284
11285
11286
11287
11288
11289
11290
11291
11292
11293
11294
11295
11296
11297
11298
11299
11300
11301
11302
11303
11304
11305
11306
11307
11308
11309
11310
11311
11312
11313
11314
11315
11316
11317
11318
11319
11320
11321
11322
11323
11324
11325
11326
11327
11328
11329
11330
11331
11332
11333
11334
11335
11336
11337
11338
11339
11340
11341
11342
11343
11344
11345
11346
11347
11348
11349
11350
11351
11352
11353
11354
11355
11356
11357
11358
11359
11360
11361
11362
11363
11364
11365
11366
11367
11368
11369
11370
11371
11372
11373
11374
11375
11376
11377
11378
11379
11380
11381
11382
11383
11384
11385
11386
11387
11388
11389
11390
11391
11392
11393
11394
11395
11396
11397
11398
11399
11400
11401
11402
11403
11404
11405
11406
11407
11408
11409
11410
11411
11412
11413
11414
11415
11416
11417
11418
11419
11420
11421
11422
11423
11424
11425
11426
11427
11428
11429
11430
11431
11432
11433
11434
11435
11436
11437
11438
11439
11440
11441
11442
11443
11444
11445
11446
11447
11448
11449
11450
11451
11452
11453
11454
11455
11456
11457
11458
11459
11460
11461
11462
11463
11464
11465
11466
11467
11468
11469
11470
11471
11472
11473
11474
11475
11476
11477
11478
11479
11480
11481
11482
11483
11484
11485
11486
11487
11488
11489
11490
11491
11492
11493
11494
11495
11496
11497
11498
11499
11500
11501
11502
11503
11504
11505
11506
11507
11508
11509
11510
11511
11512
11513
11514
11515
11516
11517
11518
11519
11520
11521
11522
11523
11524
11525
11526
11527
11528
11529
11530
11531
11532
11533
11534
11535
11536
11537
11538
11539
11540
11541
11542
11543
11544
11545
11546
11547
11548
11549
11550
11551
11552
11553
11554
11555
11556
11557
11558
11559
11560
11561
11562
11563
11564
11565
11566
11567
11568
11569
11570
11571
11572
11573
11574
11575
11576
11577
11578
11579
11580
11581
11582
11583
11584
11585
11586
11587
11588
11589
11590
11591
11592
11593
11594
11595
11596
11597
11598
11599
11600
11601
11602
11603
11604
11605
11606
11607
11608
11609
11610
11611
11612
11613
11614
11615
11616
11617
11618
11619
11620
11621
11622
11623
11624
11625
11626
11627
11628
11629
11630
11631
11632
11633
11634
11635
11636
11637
11638
11639
11640
11641
11642
11643
11644
11645
11646
11647
11648
11649
11650
11651
11652
11653
11654
11655
11656
11657
11658
11659
11660
11661
11662
11663
11664
11665
11666
11667
11668
11669
11670
11671
11672
11673
11674
11675
11676
11677
11678
11679
11680
11681
11682
11683
11684
11685
11686
11687
11688
11689
11690
11691
11692
11693
11694
11695
11696
11697
11698
11699
11700
11701
11702
11703
11704
11705
11706
11707
11708
11709
11710
11711
11712
11713
11714
11715
11716
11717
11718
11719
11720
11721
11722
11723
11724
11725
11726
11727
11728
11729
11730
11731
11732
11733
11734
11735
11736
11737
11738
11739
11740
11741
11742
11743
11744
11745
11746
11747
11748
11749
11750
11751
11752
11753
11754
11755
11756
11757
11758
11759
11760
11761
11762
11763
11764
11765
11766
11767
11768
11769
11770
11771
11772
11773
11774
11775
11776
11777
11778
11779
11780
11781
11782
11783
11784
11785
11786
11787
11788
11789
11790
11791
11792
11793
11794
11795
11796
11797
11798
11799
11800
11801
11802
11803
11804
11805
11806
11807
11808
11809
11810
11811
11812
11813
11814
11815
11816
11817
11818
11819
11820
11821
11822
11823
11824
11825
11826
11827
11828
11829
11830
11831
11832
11833
11834
11835
11836
11837
11838
11839
11840
11841
11842
11843
11844
11845
11846
11847
11848
11849
11850
11851
11852
11853
11854
11855
11856
11857
11858
11859
11860
11861
11862
11863
11864
11865
11866
11867
11868
11869
11870
11871
11872
11873
11874
11875
11876
11877
11878
11879
11880
11881
11882
11883
11884
11885
11886
11887
11888
11889
11890
11891
11892
11893
11894
11895
11896
11897
11898
11899
11900
11901
11902
11903
11904
11905
11906
11907
11908
11909
11910
11911
11912
11913
11914
11915
11916
11917
11918
11919
11920
11921
11922
11923
11924
11925
11926
11927
11928
11929
11930
11931
11932
11933
11934
11935
11936
11937
11938
11939
11940
11941
11942
11943
11944
11945
11946
11947
11948
11949
11950
11951
11952
11953
11954
11955
11956
11957
11958
11959
11960
11961
11962
11963
11964
11965
11966
11967
11968
11969
11970
11971
11972
11973
11974
11975
11976
11977
11978
11979
11980
11981
11982
11983
11984
11985
11986
11987
11988
11989
11990
11991
11992
11993
11994
11995
11996
11997
11998
11999
12000
12001
12002
12003
12004
12005
12006
12007
12008
12009
12010
12011
12012
12013
12014
12015
12016
12017
12018
12019
12020
12021
12022
12023
12024
12025
12026
12027
12028
12029
12030
12031
12032
12033
12034
12035
12036
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
12052
12053
12054
12055
12056
12057
12058
12059
12060
12061
12062
12063
12064
12065
12066
12067
12068
12069
12070
12071
12072
12073
12074
12075
12076
12077
12078
12079
12080
12081
12082
12083
12084
12085
12086
12087
12088
12089
12090
12091
12092
12093
12094
12095
12096
12097
12098
12099
12100
12101
12102
12103
12104
12105
12106
12107
12108
12109
12110
12111
12112
12113
12114
12115
12116
12117
12118
12119
12120
12121
12122
12123
12124
12125
12126
12127
12128
12129
12130
12131
12132
12133
12134
12135
12136
12137
12138
12139
12140
12141
12142
12143
12144
12145
12146
12147
12148
12149
12150
12151
12152
12153
12154
12155
12156
12157
12158
12159
12160
12161
12162
12163
12164
12165
12166
12167
12168
12169
12170
12171
12172
12173
12174
12175
12176
12177
12178
12179
12180
12181
12182
12183
12184
12185
12186
12187
12188
12189
12190
12191
12192
12193
12194
12195
12196
12197
12198
12199
12200
12201
12202
12203
12204
12205
12206
12207
12208
12209
12210
12211
12212
12213
12214
12215
12216
12217
12218
12219
12220
12221
12222
12223
12224
12225
12226
12227
12228
12229
12230
12231
12232
12233
12234
12235
12236
12237
12238
12239
12240
12241
12242
12243
12244
12245
12246
12247
12248
12249
12250
12251
12252
12253
12254
12255
12256
12257
12258
12259
12260
12261
12262
12263
12264
12265
12266
12267
12268
12269
12270
12271
12272
12273
12274
12275
12276
12277
12278
12279
12280
12281
12282
12283
12284
12285
12286
12287
12288
12289
12290
12291
12292
12293
12294
12295
12296
12297
12298
12299
12300
12301
12302
12303
12304
12305
12306
12307
12308
12309
12310
12311
12312
12313
12314
12315
12316
12317
12318
12319
12320
12321
12322
12323
12324
12325
12326
12327
12328
12329
12330
12331
12332
12333
12334
12335
12336
12337
12338
12339
12340
12341
12342
12343
12344
12345
12346
12347
12348
12349
12350
12351
12352
12353
12354
12355
12356
12357
12358
12359
12360
12361
12362
12363
12364
12365
12366
12367
12368
12369
12370
12371
12372
12373
12374
12375
12376
12377
12378
12379
12380
12381
12382
12383
12384
12385
12386
12387
12388
12389
12390
12391
12392
12393
12394
12395
12396
12397
12398
12399
12400
12401
12402
12403
12404
12405
12406
12407
12408
12409
12410
12411
12412
12413
12414
12415
12416
12417
12418
12419
12420
12421
12422
12423
12424
12425
12426
12427
12428
12429
12430
12431
12432
12433
12434
12435
12436
12437
12438
12439
12440
12441
12442
12443
12444
12445
12446
12447
12448
12449
12450
12451
12452
12453
12454
12455
12456
12457
12458
12459
12460
12461
12462
12463
12464
12465
12466
12467
12468
12469
12470
12471
12472
12473
12474
12475
12476
12477
12478
12479
12480
12481
12482
12483
12484
12485
12486
12487
12488
12489
12490
12491
12492
12493
12494
12495
12496
12497
12498
12499
12500
12501
12502
12503
12504
12505
12506
12507
12508
12509
12510
12511
12512
12513
12514
12515
12516
12517
12518
12519
12520
12521
12522
12523
12524
12525
12526
12527
12528
12529
12530
12531
12532
12533
12534
12535
12536
12537
12538
12539
12540
12541
12542
12543
12544
12545
12546
12547
12548
12549
12550
12551
12552
12553
12554
12555
12556
12557
12558
12559
12560
12561
12562
12563
12564
12565
12566
12567
12568
12569
12570
12571
12572
12573
12574
12575
12576
12577
12578
12579
12580
12581
12582
12583
12584
12585
12586
12587
12588
12589
12590
12591
12592
12593
12594
12595
12596
12597
12598
12599
12600
12601
12602
12603
12604
12605
12606
12607
12608
12609
12610
12611
12612
12613
12614
12615
12616
12617
12618
12619
12620
12621
12622
12623
12624
12625
12626
12627
12628
12629
12630
12631
12632
12633
12634
12635
12636
12637
12638
12639
12640
12641
12642
12643
12644
12645
12646
12647
12648
12649
12650
12651
12652
12653
12654
12655
12656
12657
12658
12659
12660
12661
12662
12663
12664
12665
12666
12667
12668
12669
12670
12671
12672
12673
12674
12675
12676
12677
12678
12679
12680
12681
12682
12683
12684
12685
12686
12687
12688
12689
12690
12691
12692
12693
12694
12695
12696
12697
12698
12699
12700
12701
12702
12703
12704
12705
12706
12707
12708
12709
12710
12711
12712
12713
12714
12715
12716
12717
12718
12719
12720
12721
12722
12723
12724
12725
12726
12727
12728
12729
12730
12731
12732
12733
12734
12735
12736
12737
12738
12739
12740
12741
12742
12743
12744
12745
12746
12747
12748
12749
12750
12751
12752
12753
12754
12755
12756
12757
12758
12759
12760
12761
12762
12763
12764
12765
12766
12767
12768
12769
12770
12771
12772
12773
12774
12775
12776
12777
12778
12779
12780
12781
12782
12783
12784
12785
12786
12787
12788
12789
12790
12791
12792
12793
12794
12795
12796
12797
12798
12799
12800
12801
12802
12803
12804
12805
12806
12807
12808
12809
12810
12811
12812
12813
12814
12815
12816
12817
12818
12819
12820
12821
12822
12823
12824
12825
12826
12827
12828
12829
12830
12831
12832
12833
12834
12835
12836
12837
12838
12839
12840
12841
12842
12843
12844
12845
12846
12847
12848
12849
12850
12851
12852
12853
12854
12855
12856
12857
12858
12859
12860
12861
12862
12863
12864
12865
12866
12867
12868
12869
12870
12871
12872
12873
12874
12875
12876
12877
12878
12879
12880
12881
12882
12883
12884
12885
12886
12887
12888
12889
12890
12891
12892
12893
12894
12895
12896
12897
12898
12899
12900
12901
12902
12903
12904
12905
12906
12907
12908
12909
12910
12911
12912
12913
12914
12915
12916
12917
12918
12919
12920
12921
12922
12923
12924
12925
12926
12927
12928
12929
12930
12931
12932
12933
12934
12935
12936
12937
12938
12939
12940
12941
12942
12943
12944
12945
12946
12947
12948
12949
12950
12951
12952
12953
12954
12955
12956
12957
12958
12959
12960
12961
12962
12963
12964
12965
12966
12967
12968
12969
12970
12971
12972
12973
12974
12975
12976
12977
12978
12979
12980
12981
12982
12983
12984
12985
12986
12987
12988
12989
12990
12991
12992
12993
12994
12995
12996
12997
12998
12999
13000
13001
13002
13003
13004
13005
13006
13007
13008
13009
13010
13011
13012
13013
13014
13015
13016
13017
13018
13019
13020
13021
13022
13023
13024
13025
13026
13027
13028
13029
13030
13031
13032
13033
13034
13035
13036
13037
13038
13039
13040
13041
13042
13043
13044
13045
13046
13047
13048
13049
13050
13051
13052
13053
13054
13055
13056
13057
13058
13059
13060
13061
13062
13063
13064
13065
13066
13067
13068
13069
13070
13071
13072
13073
13074
13075
13076
13077
13078
13079
13080
13081
13082
13083
13084
13085
13086
13087
13088
13089
13090
13091
13092
13093
13094
13095
13096
13097
13098
13099
13100
13101
13102
13103
13104
13105
13106
13107
13108
13109
13110
13111
13112
13113
13114
13115
13116
13117
13118
13119
13120
13121
13122
13123
13124
13125
13126
13127
13128
13129
13130
13131
13132
13133
13134
13135
13136
13137
13138
13139
13140
13141
13142
13143
13144
13145
13146
13147
13148
13149
13150
13151
13152
13153
13154
13155
13156
13157
13158
13159
13160
13161
13162
13163
13164
13165
13166
13167
13168
13169
13170
13171
13172
13173
13174
13175
13176
13177
13178
13179
13180
13181
13182
13183
13184
13185
13186
13187
13188
13189
13190
13191
13192
13193
13194
13195
13196
13197
13198
13199
13200
13201
13202
13203
13204
13205
13206
13207
13208
13209
13210
13211
13212
13213
13214
13215
13216
13217
13218
13219
13220
13221
13222
13223
13224
13225
13226
13227
13228
13229
13230
13231
13232
13233
13234
13235
13236
13237
13238
13239
13240
13241
13242
13243
13244
13245
13246
13247
13248
13249
13250
13251
13252
13253
13254
13255
13256
13257
13258
13259
13260
13261
13262
13263
13264
13265
13266
13267
13268
13269
13270
13271
13272
13273
13274
13275
13276
13277
13278
13279
13280
13281
13282
13283
13284
13285
13286
13287
13288
13289
13290
13291
13292
13293
13294
13295
13296
13297
13298
13299
13300
13301
13302
13303
13304
13305
13306
13307
13308
13309
13310
13311
13312
13313
13314
13315
13316
13317
13318
13319
13320
13321
13322
13323
13324
13325
13326
13327
13328
13329
13330
13331
13332
13333
13334
13335
13336
13337
13338
13339
13340
13341
13342
13343
13344
13345
13346
13347
13348
13349
13350
13351
13352
13353
13354
13355
13356
13357
13358
13359
13360
13361
13362
13363
13364
13365
13366
13367
13368
13369
13370
13371
13372
13373
13374
13375
13376
13377
13378
13379
13380
13381
13382
13383
13384
13385
13386
13387
13388
13389
13390
13391
13392
13393
13394
13395
13396
13397
13398
13399
13400
13401
13402
13403
13404
13405
13406
13407
13408
13409
13410
13411
13412
13413
13414
13415
13416
13417
13418
13419
13420
13421
13422
13423
13424
13425
13426
13427
13428
13429
13430
13431
13432
13433
13434
13435
13436
13437
13438
13439
13440
13441
13442
13443
13444
13445
13446
13447
13448
13449
13450
13451
13452
13453
13454
13455
13456
13457
13458
13459
13460
13461
13462
13463
13464
13465
13466
13467
13468
13469
13470
13471
13472
13473
13474
13475
13476
13477
13478
13479
13480
13481
13482
13483
13484
13485
13486
13487
13488
13489
13490
13491
13492
13493
13494
13495
13496
13497
13498
13499
13500
13501
13502
13503
13504
13505
13506
13507
13508
13509
13510
13511
13512
13513
13514
13515
13516
13517
13518
13519
13520
13521
13522
13523
13524
13525
13526
13527
13528
13529
13530
13531
13532
13533
13534
13535
13536
13537
13538
13539
13540
13541
13542
13543
13544
13545
13546
13547
13548
13549
13550
13551
13552
13553
13554
13555
13556
13557
13558
13559
13560
13561
13562
13563
13564
13565
13566
13567
13568
13569
13570
13571
13572
13573
13574
13575
13576
13577
13578
13579
13580
13581
13582
13583
13584
13585
13586
13587
13588
13589
13590
13591
13592
13593
13594
13595
13596
13597
13598
13599
13600
13601
13602
13603
13604
13605
13606
13607
13608
13609
13610
13611
13612
13613
13614
13615
13616
13617
13618
13619
13620
13621
13622
13623
13624
13625
13626
13627
13628
13629
13630
13631
13632
13633
13634
13635
13636
13637
13638
13639
13640
13641
13642
13643
13644
13645
13646
13647
13648
13649
13650
13651
13652
13653
13654
13655
13656
13657
13658
13659
13660
13661
13662
13663
13664
13665
13666
13667
13668
13669
13670
13671
13672
13673
13674
13675
13676
13677
13678
13679
13680
13681
13682
13683
13684
13685
13686
13687
13688
13689
13690
13691
13692
13693
13694
13695
13696
13697
13698
13699
13700
13701
13702
13703
13704
13705
13706
13707
13708
13709
13710
13711
13712
13713
13714
13715
13716
13717
13718
13719
13720
13721
13722
13723
13724
13725
13726
13727
13728
13729
13730
13731
13732
13733
13734
13735
13736
13737
13738
13739
13740
13741
13742
13743
13744
13745
13746
13747
13748
13749
13750
13751
13752
13753
13754
13755
13756
13757
13758
13759
13760
13761
13762
13763
13764
13765
13766
13767
13768
13769
13770
13771
13772
13773
13774
13775
13776
13777
13778
13779
13780
13781
13782
13783
13784
13785
13786
13787
13788
13789
13790
13791
13792
13793
13794
13795
13796
13797
13798
13799
13800
13801
13802
13803
13804
13805
13806
13807
13808
13809
13810
13811
13812
13813
13814
13815
13816
13817
13818
13819
13820
13821
13822
13823
13824
13825
13826
13827
13828
13829
13830
13831
13832
13833
13834
13835
13836
13837
13838
13839
13840
13841
13842
13843
13844
13845
13846
13847
13848
13849
13850
13851
13852
13853
13854
13855
13856
13857
13858
13859
13860
13861
13862
13863
13864
13865
13866
13867
13868
13869
13870
13871
13872
13873
13874
13875
13876
13877
13878
13879
13880
13881
13882
13883
13884
13885
13886
13887
13888
13889
13890
13891
13892
13893
13894
13895
13896
13897
13898
13899
13900
13901
13902
13903
13904
13905
13906
13907
13908
13909
13910
13911
13912
13913
13914
13915
13916
13917
13918
13919
13920
13921
13922
13923
13924
13925
13926
13927
13928
13929
13930
13931
13932
13933
13934
13935
13936
13937
13938
13939
13940
13941
13942
13943
13944
13945
13946
13947
13948
13949
13950
13951
13952
13953
13954
13955
13956
13957
13958
13959
13960
13961
13962
13963
13964
13965
13966
13967
13968
13969
13970
13971
13972
13973
13974
13975
13976
13977
13978
13979
13980
13981
13982
13983
13984
13985
13986
13987
13988
13989
13990
13991
13992
13993
13994
13995
13996
13997
13998
13999
14000
14001
14002
14003
14004
14005
14006
14007
14008
14009
14010
14011
14012
14013
14014
14015
14016
14017
14018
14019
14020
14021
14022
14023
14024
14025
14026
14027
14028
14029
14030
14031
14032
14033
14034
14035
14036
14037
14038
14039
14040
14041
14042
14043
14044
14045
14046
14047
14048
%
% This file documents the biblatex-chicago package, which allows users
% of the biblatex package to format references according to the
% Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition.
%
\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage{textcomp}
\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
\usepackage[american]{babel}
\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
\usepackage{vmargin}
\setpapersize{A4}
\setmarginsrb{1.65in}{.9in}{1.75in}{.6in}{0pt}{0pt}{12pt}{24pt}
\setlength{\marginparwidth}{1in}
\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}
% \usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage[scaled=0.9]{ClearSans}
\usepackage[p]{zlmtt}
\usepackage{gentium}
%\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}
%\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}
\usepackage[pdftex]{xcolor}
%\usepackage[dvips]{xcolor}
\newcommand{\mycolor}[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}}
\usepackage{multicol}
% Some generic settings.
\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
\newcommand{\mymarginpar}[1]{\marginpar{\flushright#1}}
\newcommand{\colmarginpar}[1]{\mymarginpar{\mycolor{#1}}}
\newcommand{\mybigspace}{\vspace{\baselineskip}}
\newcommand{\mylittlespace}{\vspace{.5\baselineskip}}
\makeatletter
\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection
  {section}%
  {1}%
  {0mm}%
  {\baselineskip}%
  {\baselineskip}%
  {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection
  {subsection}%
  {1}%
  {0mm}%
  {\baselineskip}%
  {.5\baselineskip}%
  {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{\@startsection
  {subsubsection}%
  {1}%
  {0mm}%
  {\baselineskip}%
  {.5\baselineskip}%
  {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
\renewcommand{\paragraph}{\@startsection
  {paragraph}%
  {1}%
  {\z@}%
  {\baselineskip}%3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}%
  {0mm}%
  {}}%
\makeatother
\begin{document}
\begin{center}
  \sffamily\large\bfseries The biblatex-chicago package: \\
  Style files for biblatex

\vspace{.3\baselineskip}
\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries David Fussner\qquad Version 1.0rc5 (beta) \\
\href{mailto:djf027@googlemail.com}{djf027@googlemail.com}\\ \today

\end{center} 
\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
\begin{multicols}{2}
\footnotesize
\tableofcontents
\end{multicols}
\normalsize
\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}
\section{Notice}
\label{sec:Notice}

\textbf{Please be advised that this package is beta software.  The
  \textsf{biblatex} package by Philipp Lehman, Philip Kime, Audrey
  Boruvka, and Joseph Wright is now quite stable, but I am still in
  the process of taking advantage of the many enhancements it has
  accumulated in recent releases.  As it has for several years, The
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package itself implements the 16th edition
  of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, which has recently been
  replaced by the 17th edition.  This is therefore the last feature
  release for the 16th edition, though bug-fix releases will continue
  for a while yet.  In preparation for the switch to the 17th edition,
  I am removing all 15th-edition files from the package, as they have
  long since been obsolete.  I also very strongly encourage all users
  who haven't already done so to switch to \textsf{Biber} as their
  backend; it has long been a requirement for the author-date styles,
  but it is now becoming indispensable for accessing all the features
  of the notes \&\ bibliography style, as well.}
\mylittlespace\\
\textbf{I have tried to implement as much of the \emph{Manual's}
  specification as possible, though undoubtedly some gaps remain.  If
  it seems like this package could be of use to you, yet it doesn't do
  something you need/want it to do, please feel free to let me know,
  and of course any suggestions for solving problems more elegantly or
  accurately would be most welcome.}

\mylittlespace\textbf{Important Note:} If you have used
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} before, please make sure you have read the
RELEASE file that came with the package.  It details the changes
you'll need to make to your .bib database in order for it to work
properly with this release.  If you are new to these styles, please
read on.

\section{Quickstart}
\label{quickstart}
\reversemarginpar

The \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package is designed for writers who wish
to use \LaTeX\ and \textsf{biblatex}, and who either want or need to
format their references according to one of the specifications defined
by the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}.  This package includes two
versions of the \emph{Manual's} \enquote{author-date} system, favored
by many disciplines in the sciences and social sciences, and also its
\enquote{notes \&\ bibliography} style, generally favored in the
humanities.  The latter code produces a full reference in a first
footnote, shorter references in subsequent notes, and a full reference
in the bibliography. Some authors prefer to use the shorter note form
even for the first occurrence, relying on the bibliography to provide
the full information.  This, too, is supported by the code.  The
author-date styles produce a short, in-text citation inside
parentheses --- (Author Year) --- keyed to a list of references where
entries start with the same name and year.

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace The documentation you are reading covers all three of
these Chicago styles and their variants.  I recommend that users new
to the package read this Quickstart section first, perhaps then
passing on to whichever of the two introductory files,
\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf} or \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}, is
relevant to their needs, returning here afterward for more details on
those parts of the functionality concerning which they still have
questions.  Much of what follows is relevant to all users, but I have
decided, after some experimentation, to keep the instructions for the
two author-date styles separate from those pertaining to the notes \&\
bibliography style, at least in sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and
\ref{sec:authdate}.  Information provided under one style will often
duplicate that found under the other, but efficiency's loss should, I
hope, be clarity's gain, and much of what you learn using one style
will be applicable without alteration to the other.  Within the
author-date section, the \textsf{authordate-trad} information really
only appears separately in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, s.v.\
\enquote{title.} Throughout the documentation, any \mycolor{green}
text \colmarginpar{\textsf{New!}} indicates something \mycolor{new} in
this release.

\mylittlespace Here's a list of things you will need in order to use
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}:

\begin{itemize}{}{}
\item The \textsf{biblatex} package, of course!  The current version
  --- 3.10 at the time of writing --- has received extensive testing,
  and contains features and bug fixes upon which my code relies.
  \textsf{Biblatex} requires several packages, and it strongly
  recommends several more:
  \begin{itemize}{}{}
  \item e-\TeX\ (required)
  \item \textsf{etoolbox} --- available from CTAN (required)
  \item \textsf{keyval} --- a standard package (required)
  \item \textsf{ifthen} --- a standard package (required)
  \item \textsf{url} --- a standard package (required)
  \item \textsf{babel} --- a standard package (\emph{strongly}
    recommended)
  \item \textsf{csquotes} --- available from CTAN (recommended).
    Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (5.1b).
  \item \textsf{bibtex8} --- a replacement for \textsc{Bib}\TeX, which
    can, with the right com\-mand-line switches, process very large
    .bib files.  It also does the right thing when alphabetizing
    non-ASCII entries.  It is available from CTAN, but please be aware
    that this database parser no longer suffices if you are using the
    Chica\-go author-date style with any version of \textsf{biblatex}
    from version 1.5 onward.  For that style, and to take full
    advantage of all the features of the notes \&\ bibliography style,
    in particular its enhanced handling of cross references, you must
    use the following:
  \item \textsf{Biber} --- the next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
    replacement by Philip Kime and François Charette, available from
    SourceForge.  You should use the latest version, 2.10, to work
    with \textsf{biblatex} 3.10 and \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and it
    is required for users who are either using the author-date styles
    or processing a .bib file in Unicode.  See
    \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf} and, for example, the
    \textsf{crossref} documentation in section~\ref{sec:entryfields},
    below, for more details.
  \end{itemize}
\item The line:
  \begin{quote}
    \cmd{usepackage[notes]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
  \end{quote}
  in your document preamble to load the notes \&\ bibliography style,
  the line:
  \begin{quote}
    \cmd{usepackage[authordate,backend=biber]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
  \end{quote}
  to load the author-date style, or the line:
  \begin{quote}
    \cmd{usepackage[authordate-trad,%
      backend=biber]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
  \end{quote}

  to load the traditional variant of the author-date style.  Any other
  options you usually pass to \textsf{biblatex} can be given to
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago} instead, but loading it this way sets up a
  large number of other parameters automatically, parameters whose
  absence may surprise you when processing your documents.  You can
  load the package via the usual \cmd{usepackage\{bibla\-tex\}},
  adding either \texttt{style=chi\-cago-notes} or
  \texttt{style=chicago-authordate}, but this is intended mainly for
  those, probably experienced users, who wish to set much of the
  low-level formatting of their documents themselves.  Please see
  sections~\ref{sec:loading} and \ref{sec:loading:auth} below for a
  fuller discussion of the issues involved here.
\item You can use \cmd{usepackage[notes,short]\{biblatex-chicago\}} to
  get the short note format even in the first reference of a notes \&\
  bibliography document, letting the bibliography provide the full
  reference.
\item If you are accustomed to using the \textsf{natbib} compatibility
  option with \textsf{biblatex}, then you can continue to do so with
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  If you are using
  \cmd{usepackage\hfill\{biblatex-chicago\}} to load the package, then the
  option must be the plain \texttt{natbib} rather than
  \texttt{natbib=true}.  If you use the latter, you'll get a
  \textsf{keyval} error.  Please see sections~\ref{sec:useropts} and
  \ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.
\item By far the simplest setup is to use \textsf{babel}, and to have
  \texttt{american} as the main text language.  (\textsf{Polyglossia}
  should work, too, but I haven't tested it.)  As before,
  \textsf{babel}-less setups, and also those choosing \texttt{english}
  as the main text language, should work out of the box.
  \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} also provides (at least partial) support
  for Brazilian Portuguese, British, Finnish, French, German,
  Icelandic, Norwegian, and Swedish.  Please see below
  (section~\ref{sec:international}) for a fuller explanation of all
  the options.
\item \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx, chicago-authordate.cbx,
    chi\-cago-authordate-trad.bbx},\break
  \textsf{chicago-authordate-trad.cbx},
  \textsf{chicago-dates-common.cbx}, \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx},\break
  \textsf{chi\-ca\-go-notes.cbx}, \textsf{cms-american.lbx},
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}}, \textsf{cms-british.lbx},
  \textsf{cms-fin\-nish.lbx}, \textsf{cms-french.lbx},
  \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, \textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx},
  \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx},\break \textsf{cms-norsk.lbx},
  \textsf{cms-norwegian.lbx}, \textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx},
  \textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}, and \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago.sty}, all
  from \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, installed either in a system-wide
  \TeX\ directory, or in the working directory where you keep your
  *.tex files.  The .zip file from CTAN contains several
  subdirectories to help keep the growing number of files organized,
  so the files listed above can be found in the \texttt{latex/}
  subdirectory, itself further divided into the \texttt{bbx/},
  \texttt{cbx/}, and \texttt{lbx/} subdirectories.  If you install in
  a system-wide directory, I suggest a standard layout using
  \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>\slash
    tex/latex/bib\-latex-contrib/biblatex-chicago}, where\
  \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>} is the root of your local \TeX\ installation
  --- for example, and depending on your system and preferences,
  \texttt{/usr/share/texmflocal}, \texttt{/usr/local/share/texmf}, or
  \texttt{C:\textbackslash{}Local TeX Files\textbackslash}.  Then you
  can copy the contents of the \texttt{latex/} directory there,
  subdirectories and all.  (If you install into your working
  directory, then you'll need to copy the files directly there,
  without subdirectories.)  Of course, if you choose to place them
  anywhere in the \texttt{texmf} tree, you'll need to update the file
  name database to make sure \TeX\ can find them.
\item The very clear and detailed documentation of the
  \textsf{biblatex} system, available in that package as
  \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.  Here the authors explain why you might want
  to use the system, the rules for constructing .bib files for it, and
  the (numerous) methods at your disposal for modifying the formatted
  output.
\item The files \textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf},
  \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}, and \textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf},\break
  the first two of which contain introductions to some of the main
  features of the Chicago styles, while the third documents some of
  the alterations you might need to make to your .bib files to use the
  \texttt{trad} style.  All three are fully hyperlinked, allowing you
  easily to jump from notes or citations to an annotated bibliography
  or reference list, and thence to the .bib entries themselves.  If
  you ensure that these three are in the \texttt{examples} directory
  just below this one, marginal links there will take you to further
  discussions here.  The file \textsf{cmsdocs.sty} contains code and
  kludges designed specifically for compiling
  \textsf{cms-dates-intro.tex}, \textsf{cms-notes-intro.tex} and
  \textsf{cms-trad-appendix.tex}, so please \emph{do not} load it
  yourself anywhere else, as it redefines and interferes with some of
  the macros from the main package.
\item The annotated bibliography files \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
  \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and the not-yet-annotated
  \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}}, all of which will acquaint you
  with many of the details on how to get started constructing your own
  .bib files for use with the two \textsf{biblatex-chicago} styles.
\item The files \textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf},
  \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}, \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}, and
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}}.  The first shows how my
  system processes \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
  \textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex}, in both footnotes and bibliography,
  the second and third are the result of processing
  \textsf{dates-test.bib} with \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex} or
  \textsf{cms-trad-sample.tex}, and the fourth processes
  \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} using
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sam\-ple.tex}}.  All of these files are in
  \texttt{doc/examples/}, and the \textsf{sample} files, aside from
  the last named, are mainly included for testing purposes.
\item The file you are reading, \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, which
  aims to be as complete a description as possible of the rules for
  creating a .bib file that will, when processed by \LaTeX\ and
  \textsc{Bib}\TeX, at least somewhat ease the burden when you try to
  implement the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}'s specifications.
  These docs may seem frustratingly over-long, but remember that you
  only need to read the part(s) that apply to the style in which you
  are interested.  Much of the information in section~\ref{sec:Spec}
  is duplicated in section~\ref{sec:authdate}, so even if you have a
  need for multiple styles then using one will be excellent
  preparation for the others.  If you have used a previous version of
  this package, please pay particular attention to the sections on
  Obsolete and Deprecated Features, starting on
  page~\pageref{deprec:obsol}.  You will find the sixteen previous
  files in the \texttt{doc/} subdirectory once you've extracted
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago.zip}.  If you wish to place them in a
  system-wide directory, I would recommend:\,\,\,
  \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago},\\
  all the while remembering, of course, to update the file name
  database afterward.  (Let me reiterate, also, that if you currently
  have quoted material in your .bib file, and are using \cmd{enquote}
  or the standard \LaTeX\ mechanisms there, then the simplest
  procedure is always to use \cmd{mkbibquote} instead in order to
  ensure that punctuation works out right.)
\item Access to a copy of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style} itself,
  which naturally contains incomparably more information than I can
  hope to present here.  It should always be your first port of call
  when any doubts arise as to exactly what the specification requires.
\end{itemize}

\subsection{License}
\label{sec:lppl}

Copyright © 2008--2018 David Fussner.  This package is
author-maintained.  This work may be copied, distributed and/or
modified under the conditions of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License,
either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
version.  The latest version of this license is in
http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part
of all distributions of \LaTeX\ version 2005/12/01 or later.  This
software is provided \enquote{as is,} without warranty of any kind,
either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the
implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
purpose.

\subsection{Acknowledgements}
\label{sec:acknowl}

Even a cursory glance at the cbx and bbx files in the package will
demonstrate how much of \textsf{biblatex's} code I've adapted and
re-used, and I've also followed some of the advice the authors have
given to others in the \texttt{comp.text.tex} newsgroup and on
\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com}{Stackexchange}.  In particular,
Philipp Lehman's advice on constructing \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}
was invaluable.  The code for formatting the footnote marks, and that
for printing the separating rule only after a run-on note, I've
adapted from the \textsf{footmisc} package by Robin Fairbairns, and
I've borrowed ideas for the \texttt{shorthandibid} option from Dominik
Waßenhoven's \textsf{biblatex-dw} package.  I've adapted Audrey
Boruvka's \cmd{textcite} code from
\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/67837/citations-as-nouns-in-biblatex-chicago}{Stackexchange}
for the notes \&\ bibliography style, and her page-number-compression
code for both styles from the
\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{same
  site}.  I am very grateful to Gustavo Barros for the new Brazilian
Portuguese localization, to Stefan Björk for the Swedish localization,
to Antti-Juhani Kaijahano for the Finnish localization, to Baldur
Kristinsson for providing the Icelandic localization, and to Håkon
Malmedal for the Norwegian localizations.  Kazuo Teramoto and Gildas
Hamel both sent patches to improve the package, and Arne Skjærholt
provided some code to get me started on the new \cmd{gentextcite}
commands. There may be other \LaTeX\ code I've appropriated and
forgotten, in which case please remind me.  Finally, Charles Schaum
and Joseph Reagle Jr.\ were both extremely generous with their help
and advice during the development of this package, and have both
continued indefatigably to test it and suggest needed improvements.
They were particularly instrumental in encouraging the greatest
possible degree of compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles.
Indeed, if the task of adapting .bib files for use with the Chicago
style seems onerous now, you should have tried it before they got
their hands on it.

\section{Detailed Introduction}
\label{sec:Intro}

The \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, implemented here in its 16th
edition, has long, in America at least, been one of the most
influential style guides for writers and publishers.  While one's
choices are now perhaps more extensive than ever, the \emph{Manual} at
least still provides a widely-recognized, and widely-utilized,
standard.  Indeed, when you add to this the sheer completeness of the
specification, its detailed instructions for referencing an enormous
number of different kinds of source material, then your choice (or
your publisher's choice) of the \emph{Manual} as a style guide seems
set to be a happy one.

%% %\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace These very strengths, however, also make the style
difficult to use.  Admittedly, the \emph{Manual} emphasizes
consistency within a work, as opposed to rigid adherence to the
specification, at least when writer and publisher agree (14.70).
Sometimes a publisher demands such adherence, however, and anyone who
has attempted to produce it may well come away with the impression
that the specification itself is somewhat idiosyncratic in its
complexity, and I can't help but agree.  In the notes \&\ bibliography
style, the numerous differences in punctuation (and strings
identifying translators, editors, and the like) between footnotes and
bibliographies and the sometimes unusual location of page numbers; in
both styles the distinction between \enquote{journal} and
\enquote{magazine,} and the formatting differences between (e.g.)\ a
work from antiquity and one from the Renaissance, all of these tend to
overburden the writer who wants to comply with the standard.  Many of
these complexities, in truth, make the specification very nearly
impossible to implement straightforwardly in a system like
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- options multiply, each requiring a particular
sort of formatting, until one almost reaches the point of believing
that every individual book or article should have its own entry type.
Completeness and usability tend each to exclude the other, so the code
you have before you is a first attempt to achieve the former without
utterly sacrificing the latter.

\subsection*{What \textsf{biblatex-chicago} can and can't do}
\label{sec:bltries}

In short, the \textsf{biblatex} style files in this package try to
simplify the task of following the two Chicago specifications along
with their major variants.  In the notes \&\ bibliography style, the
two sorts of reference are treated separately (as are the two
different note forms, long and short), and you can choose always to
use the short note form, even at the first citation.  In the two
author-date styles, a series of options allows you to choose which
date (original printing, reprint, or both) appears in citations and at
the head of entries in the list of references.  In all styles,
punctuation is placed within quotation marks when needed, and as a
general rule as many parts of the style as possible are implemented as
transparently as possible.  Thanks to advice I received from Joseph
Reagle Jr.\ and Charles Schaum while these files were a work in
progress, I have attended as carefully as I can to backward
compatibility with the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles, and have
attempted to minimize both any changes you need to make to achieve
compliance with the Chicago specification, and indeed also any changes
necessary to switch between the two Chicago styles.  There is no doubt
room for improvement on this score, but even now, for a substantial
number of entries, any well-constructed .bib file that works for other
\textsf{biblatex} styles will \enquote{just work} under
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  By no means, however, will all entries in
such a .bib file produce equally satisfactory results.  Using this
documentation and the examples in \textsf{dates-test.bib} and/or
\textsf{notes-test.bib}, it should be possible to achieve compliance,
though the amount of revision necessary to do so will vary
significantly from .bib file to .bib file.  Conversely, once you have
created a database for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it won't necessarily
work well with other \textsf{biblatex} styles.  Indeed, most, quite
possibly all, users will find that they need to use special formatting
macros within the .bib file that would make such a file unusable in
any other context.  I strongly recommend, if you want to experiment
with this style, that you work on a copy of any .bib files that are
important to you, until you have determined that this package does
what you need/want it to do.

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace When I first began working on this package, I made the
decision to alter as little as possible the main files from Lehman's
\textsf{biblatex}, so that my .bbx and .cbx files would use his
original \LaTeX\ .sty file and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ .bst file.  As you
proceed, you will no doubt encounter some of the consequences of this
decision, with certain fields and entry types in the .bib file having
less-than-memorable names because I chose to use the supplementary
ones provided by \textsf{biblatex} rather than alter that package's
files.  With additions to the standard data model now possible, this
will be one of the directions for future development, particularly if
other styles are adopting certain broad conventions.  Needless to say,
I'm open to advice and suggestions on this score.

\section{The Specification:\ Notes\,\&\,Bibliography}
\label{sec:Spec}

In what follows, I attempt to explain all the parts of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} that might be considered somehow
\enquote{non standard,} at least with respect to the styles included
with \textsf{biblatex} itself, though in the section on entry fields I
have also duplicated a lot of the information in
\textsf{biblatex.pdf}, which I hope won't badly annoy expert users of
the system.  Headings in \mycolor{green} \colmarginpar{\textsf{New in
    this release}} indicate material new to this release, or
occasionally old material that has undergone significant revision.
Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the \emph{Chicago Manual
  of Style}, 16th edition.  The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} contains
many examples from the \emph{Manual} which, when processed using
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, should produce the same output as you
see in the \emph{Manual} itself, or at least compliant output, where
the specifications are vague or open to interpretation, a state of
affairs which does sometimes occur.  I have provided
\textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf}, which shows how my system processes
\textsf{notes-test.bib}, and I have also included the reference keys
from the latter file below in parentheses.

\subsection{Entry Types}
\label{sec:entrytypes}

The complete list of entry types currently available in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, minus the odd \textsf{biblatex}
alias, is as follows: \mycolor{\textbf{article}}, \textbf{artwork},
\textbf{audio}, \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet},
\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image},
\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings},
\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}},
\textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual},\textbf{misc}, \textbf{music},
\textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings},
\textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}),
\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings},
\textbf{reference}, \mycolor{\textbf{report}} (with its alias
\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook},
\textbf{suppcol\-lec\-tion}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}),
\mycolor{\textbf{unpublished}}, and \textbf{video}.

\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the
differences between these types and the standard provided by
\textsf{biblatex}.  If an entry type isn't discussed here, then it is
safe to assume that it works as it does in the standard styles.  In
general, I have attempted not to discuss specific entry fields here,
unless such a field is crucial to the overall operation of a given
entry type.  As a general and important rule, most entry types require
very few fields when you use \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, so it
seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in the
next section.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{article}} \emph{Chicago Manual of
  Style} (14.170) recognizes three different sorts of periodical
publication, \enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and
\enquote{newspapers.} The first (14.172) includes \enquote{scholarly
  or professional periodicals available mainly by subscription,} while
the second refers to \enquote{weekly or monthly} publications that are
\enquote{available either by subscription or in individual issues at
  bookstores or newsstands or online.}  \enquote{Magazines} will tend
to be \enquote{more accessible to general readers,} and typically
won't have a volume number.  Indeed, by fiat I declare that should you
need to refer to a journal that identifies its issues mainly by year,
month, or week, then for the purposes of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} such a publication is a
\enquote{magazine,} and not a \enquote{journal.}

\mylittlespace For articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply use
the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex} ---
\textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set off
the page numbers with a colon, as required by the \emph{Manual}.  If,
however, you need to refer to a \enquote{magazine} or a
\enquote{newspaper,} then you need to add an \textsf{entrysubtype}
field containing the exact string \texttt{magazine} or, now, its
synonym \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}.  The main formatting differences
between a \texttt{magazine/newspaper} and a plain \textsf{article} are
that the year isn't placed within parentheses, and that page numbers
are set off by a comma rather than a colon.  Otherwise, the two sorts
of reference have much in common.  (For \textsf{article}, see
\emph{Manual} 14.175--198; batson, beattie:crime, friedman:learning,
garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis, loften:hamlet,
mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation, saberhagen:beluga,
warr:ellison, white:callimachus. For \textsf{entrysubtype}
\texttt{magazine}, see 14.181, 14.199--202; assocpress:gun,
morgenson:market, reaves:rosen, sten\-ger:privacy.)

\mylittlespace It gets worse.  The \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of
books, plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of
\enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers,}
distinguished mainly by the way one formats the title of the review
itself.  In \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, happily, Lehman provided a
\textsf{review} entry type which will handle a large subset of such
citations, though not all.  The key rule is this: if a review has a
separate, non-generic title (gibbard; osborne:poison) in addition to
something that reads like \enquote{review of \ldots,} then you need an
\textsf{article} entry, with or without the \texttt{magazine}
\textsf{entrysubtype}, depending on the sort of publication containing
the review.  If the only title is the generic \enquote{review of
  \ldots,} for example, then you'll need the \textsf{review} entry
type, with or without this same \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle using
\texttt{magazine}.  On \textsf{review} entries, see below.  (The
curious reader will no doubt notice that the code for formatting any
sort of review still exists in \textsf{article}, as it was initially
designed for \textsf{biblatex 0.6}, but this new arrangement is
somewhat simpler and therefore, I hope, better.)

\mylittlespace In the case of a review with a specific as well as a
generic title, the former goes in the \textsf{title} field, and the
latter in the \textsf{titleaddon} field.  Standard \textsf{biblatex}
intends this field for use with additions to titles that may need to
be formatted differently from the titles themselves, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the
additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
to do what you want.  Here, however, if all you need is a
\textsf{titleaddon}, then you want to switch to the \textsf{review}
type, where you can simply use the \textsf{title} field instead.

\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
reviewed.  This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
latter.  Please see section \ref{sec:related} for further details.

\mylittlespace No less than nine more things need explication here.
First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that much of what goes into a
\textsf{titleaddon} field stays unformatted --- no italics, no
quotation marks --- this plain style is the default for such text,
which means that you'll have to format any titles within
\textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with \cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}.  (The
\textsf{related} mechanism just mentioned provides this
automatically.)  Second, the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar plain
style for the titles of other sorts of material found in
\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries,
letters to the editor, interviews, the names of regular columns, and
the like.  References may contain both the title of an individual
article and the name of the regular column, in which case the former
should go, as usual, in a \textsf{title} field, and the latter in
\textsf{titleaddon}.  As with reviews proper, if there is only the
generic title, then you want the \textsf{review} entry type.  (See
14.203, 14.205, 14.208; morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.)

\mylittlespace Third, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has, I
believe, subtly changed its recommendations in the case of
\enquote{unsigned newspaper articles or features} (14.207).
Unfortunately, these changes aren't entirely clear to me.  First, it
suggests that such pieces are \enquote{best dealt with in text or
  notes.}  If, however, \enquote{a bibliography entry should be
  needed, the name of the newspaper stands in place of the author.}
The examples it provides, therefore, suggest quite different
treatments of the same material in notes and bibliography, and they
don't at any point that I can see recommend a format for short notes.
I've implemented these recommendations fairly literally, which means
that in an \textsf{article} entry, \textsf{entrysubtype}
\texttt{magazine}, or in a \textsf{review} entry,
\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, and \emph{only} in such
entries, a missing \textsf{author} field results in the name of the
periodical (in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) being used as the
missing author, but \emph{only} in the bibliography and in short
notes.  In long notes, the \textsf{title} will appear first, before
the \textsf{journaltitle}.  Note that the use of the name of the
newspaper as an author creates sorting issues in the bibliography,
issues that will mostly be solved for you if you use \textsf{Biber} as
the backend.  If you don't, or if the \textsf{journaltitle} begins
with a definite or indefinite article with which you can't dispense,
then you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure that the
bibliography entry is alphabetized correctly.  (See
lakeforester:pushcarts and, for the sorting issue,
\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts} below.)

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Fourth, Bertold Schweitzer has pointed out, following
the \emph{Manual} (14.192), that while an \textsf{issuetitle} often
has an \textsf{editor}, it is not too unusual for a \textsf{title} to
have, e.g., an \textsf{editor} and/or a \textsf{translator}.  In order
to allow as many permutations as possible on this theme, I have
brought the \textsf{article} entry type into line with most of the
other types in allowing the use of the \textsf{namea} and
\textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate an editor or a translator
specifically with the \textsf{title}.  The \textsf{editor} and
\textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology with other entry types,
are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if one is present, and
with the \textsf{title} otherwise.  The usual string concatenation
rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below.

\mylittlespace Fifth, if you've been using
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for a while, you may remember using
the single-letter \cmd{bibstring} mechanism in order to help
\textsf{biblatex} decide where to capitalize a wide variety of strings
in numerous entry fields.  This mechanism was particularly common in
all the periodical types, but if you've had a look in
\textsf{notes-test.bib} while following this documentation, you'll
have noticed that it no longer appears there.  The regular whole-word
bibstrings still work as normal, but the single-letter ones are
obsolete, replaced by the \cmd{autocap} macro, which itself only
occurs twice in \textsf{notes-test.bib}.  Basically, in certain
fields, just beginning your data with a lowercase letter activates the
mechanism for capitalizing that letter depending on its context within
a note or bibliography entry.  Please see \textbf{\textbackslash
  autocap} below for the details, but both the \textsf{titleaddon} and
\textsf{note} fields are among those treating their data this way, and
since both appear regularly in \textsf{article} entries, I thought the
problem merited a preliminary mention here.

\mylittlespace Sixth, if you need to cite an entire issue of any sort
of periodical, rather than one article in an issue, then the
\textsf{periodical} entry type, once again with or without the
\texttt{magazine} toggle in \textsf{entrysubtype}, is what you'll
need.  (You can also use the \textsf{article} type, placing what would
normally be the \textsf{issuetitle} in the \textsf{title} field and
retaining the usual \textsf{journaltitle} field, but this arrangement
isn't compatible with standard \textsf{biblatex}.)  The \textsf{note}
field is where you place something like \enquote{special issue} (with
the small \enquote{s} enabling the automatic capitalization routines),
whether you are citing one article or the whole issue
(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue).  Indeed, this is a somewhat
specialized use of \textsf{note}, and if you have other sorts of
information you need to include in an \textsf{article},
\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, then you shouldn't put
it in the \textsf{note} field, but rather in \textsf{titleaddon} or
perhaps \textsf{addendum} (brown:bremer).

\mylittlespace Seventh, if you wish to cite a television or radio
broadcast, the \textsf{article} type, \textsf{entrysubtype}
\texttt{magazine} is the place for it.  The name of the program would
go in \textsf{journaltitle}, with the name of the episode in
\textsf{title}, and the network's name in the \textsf{usera} field.
Of course, if the piece you are citing has only a generic name (an
interview, for example), then the \textsf{review} type would be the
best place for it.  (8.185, 14.221; see bundy:macneil for an example
of how this all might look in a .bib file.  Commercial recordings of
such material would need one of the audiovisual entry types, probably
\textsf{audio} or \textsf{video} [friends:leia], while recordings from
archives fit best either into \textsf{online} or into \textsf{misc}
entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype} [coolidge:speech,
roosevelt:speech].)

\mylittlespace Eighth, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}
(14.243--6) specifies that blogs and other, similar online material
should be presented like \textsf{articles}, with \texttt{magazine}
\textsf{entrysubtype} (ellis:blog).  The title of the specific entry
goes in \textsf{title}, the general title of the blog goes in
\textsf{journaltitle}, and the word \enquote{\texttt{blog}} in the
\textsf{location} field (though you could just use special formatting
in the \textsf{journaltitle} field itself, which may sometimes be
necessary).  Comments on blogs, with generic titles like
\enquote{comment on} or \enquote{reply to,} need a \textsf{review}
entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}.  Such comments make
particular use of the \textsf{eventdate} and of the \textsf{nameaddon}
fields; please see the documentation of \textbf{review}, below.

\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
list.  Please see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal}
in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the details on how this
works.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you
browse through \textsf{notes-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many
of the \emph{Manual}'s complexities the \textsf{article} and
\textsf{review} (and, indeed, \textsf{periodical}) types attempt to
address.  It may be that in future releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} I'll be able to simplify these
procedures somewhat, but in the meantime it might be of some comfort
that I have found in my own research that the unusual and/or limit
cases are really rather rare, and that the vast majority of sources
won't require any knowledge of these onerous details.

\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{artwork}} Kjell Vikhagen has
pointed out to me that none of the standard entry types were
straightforwardly adaptable when referring to visual artworks.  The
\emph{Manual} doesn't give any thorough specifications for such
references, and indeed it's unclear that it believes it necessary to
include them in the bibliographical apparatus at all.  Still, it's
easy to conceive of contexts in which a list of artworks studied might
be desirable, and \textsf{biblatex} includes entry types for just this
purpose, though the standard styles leave them undefined.  The two I
chose to include in previous releases were \textsf{artwork} and
\textsf{image}, the former intended for paintings, sculptures,
etchings, and the like, the latter for photographs.  The 16th edition
of the \emph{Manual} has modified its specifications for presenting
photographs so that they are the same as for works in all other media.
The \textsf{image} type, therefore, is now merely a clone of the
\textsf{artwork} type, maintained mainly to provide backward
compatibility for users migrating from the old specification to the
current one.

\mylittlespace Constructing an entry is fairly straightforward.  As
one might expect, the artist goes in \textsf{author} and the name of
the work in \textsf{title}.  The \textsf{type} field is intended for
the medium --- e.g., oil on canvas, charcoal on paper, albumen print
--- and the \textsf{version} field might contain the state of an
etching.  You can place the dimensions of the work in \textsf{note},
and the current location in \textsf{organization},
\textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in ascending order of
generality.  The \textsf{type} field, as in several other entry types,
uses \textsf{biblatex's} automatic capitalization routines, so if the
first word only needs a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence,
use lowercase in the .bib file and let \textsf{biblatex} handle it for
you.  (See \emph{Manual} 3.22, 8.193; leo:madonna, bedford:photo.)

\mylittlespace As a final complication, the \emph{Manual} (8.193) says
that \enquote{the names of works of antiquity \ldots\,are usually set
  in roman.}  If you should need to include such a work in the
reference apparatus, you can either define an \textsf{entrysubtype}
for an \textsf{artwork} entry --- anything will do --- or you could
use the \textsf{misc} entry type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
Fortunately, in this instance the other fields in a \textsf{misc}
entry function pretty much as in \textsf{artwork}.

\mybigspace Following \mymarginpar{\textbf{audio}} the request of
Johan Nordstrom, I have included three entry types, all undefined by
the standard styles, designed to allow users to present audiovisual
sources in accordance with the Chicago specifications.  The
\emph{Manual's} presentation of such sources (14.274--280), though
admirably brief, seems to me somewhat inconsistent; the proliferation
of online sources has made the task yet more complex.  For the 15th
edition I attempted to condense all the requirements into two new
entry types, but ended up relying on three.  For the 16th edition, in
particular, I also need to include the \textbf{online} and even the
\textbf{misc} entry types, which see, under the audiovisual rubric.  I
shall attempt to delineate the main differences here, and though there
are likely to be occasions when your choice of entry type is not
obvious, at the very least \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should help you
maintain consistency.

\mylittlespace The \textbf{music} type is intended for all musical
recordings that do not have a video component.  This means, for
example, digital media (whether on CD or hard drive), vinyl records,
and tapes.  The \textbf{video} type includes most visual media,
whether it be films, TV shows, tapes and DVDs of the preceding or of
any sort of performance (including music), or online multimedia.  The
\emph{Manual's} treatment (14.280) of the latter suggests that online
video excerpts, short pieces, and interviews should generally use the
\textbf{online} type (harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant).
The \textbf{audio} type, our current concern, fills gaps in the
others, and presents its sources in a more \enquote{book-like} manner.
Published musical scores need this type --- unpublished ones would use
\textsf{misc} with an \textsf{entrysubtype} (shapey:partita) --- as do
such favorite educational formats as the slideshow and the filmstrip
(greek:filmstrip, schubert:muellerin, verdi:corsaro).  The
\emph{Manual} (14.277--280) sometimes uses a similar format for audio
books (twain:audio), though, depending on the sorts of publication
facts you wish to present, this sort of material may fall under
\textsf{music} (auden:reading).  Dated audio recordings that are part
of an archive, online or no, may be presented either in an
\textsf{online} or in a \textsf{misc} entry with an
\textsf{entrysubtype}, the difference mainly being in just how closely
associated the \textsf{date} will be with the \textsf{title}
(coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech).

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Once you've accepted the analogy of composer to
\textsf{author}, constructing an \textsf{audio} entry should be fairly
straightforward, since many of the fields function just as they do in
\textsf{book} or \textsf{inbook} entries.  Indeed, please note that I
compare it to both these other types as, in common with the other
audiovisual types, \textsf{audio} has to do double duty as an analogue
for both books and collections, so while there will normally be an
\textsf{author}, a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{publisher}, a
\textsf{date}, and a \textsf{location}, there may also be a
\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle} --- see
schubert:muellerin for an entry that uses all three in citing one song
from a cycle.  If the medium in question needs specifying, the
\textsf{type} field is the place for it.  Finally, the
\textsf{titleaddon} field can specify functions for which
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides no automated handling, e.g., a
librettist (verdi:corsaro).

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{book}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
can automatically provide abbreviated references in notes and
bibliography when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref}
field.  The functionality is not enabled by default, but you can
enable it in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the
\texttt{booklongxref} option.  Please see \textbf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below.  Cf.\ harley:ancient:cart,
harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this might look.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookinbook}} type provides the
means of referring to parts of books that are considered, in other
contexts, themselves to be books, rather than chapters, essays, or
articles.  Such an entry can have a \textsf{title} and a
\textsf{maintitle}, but it can also contain a \textsf{booktitle}, all
three of which will be italicized when printed.  In general usage it
is, therefore, rather like the traditional \textsf{inbook} type, only
with its \textsf{title} in italics rather than in quotation marks.  As
with the \textsf{book} type, you can automatically enable
abbreviated references in notes and bibliography, though this isn't
the default.  Please see \textbf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below.  (Cf.\ \emph{Manual} 14.114,
14.127, 14.130; bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, and
bernhard:themacher for the new abbreviating functionality; also
euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr.)

\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The Euripides play receives slightly
different presentations in 14.127 and 14.130.  Although the
specification is very detailed, it doesn't eliminate all choice or
variation.  Using a system like \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ should help to
maintain consistency.  

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{booklet}} is the first of two
entry types --- the other being \textsf{manual}, on which see below
--- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the
\emph{Manual} (14.249) suggests may well be treated basically as
books.  In the interests of backward compatibility,
\textsf{biblatex-chica\-go-notes} will so format such an entry, which
uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard
\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a
\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a
\textsf{howpublished} field should instead go in \textsf{publisher}.
(See clark:mesopot.)

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{collection}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} entry type, but the package can automatically
provide abbreviated references in notes and bibliography when you use
a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field.  The functionality is
not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the preamble or in
the \textsf{options} field using the new \texttt{booklongxref} option.
Please see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and
\texttt{booklongxref} in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below.  See
harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this
might look.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customa}} entry type is
obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
error.  Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{letter} type
instead.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customb}} entry type is
obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
error.  Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{bookinbook}
type instead.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type allows you
to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
the bibliography, particularly to other names or pseudonyms, as
recommen\-ded by the \emph{Manual}.  (This is different from the
\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf} and \textsf{related}
mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to
other works.  Cf.\ 14.84,86).  The lecarre:cornwell entry, for
example, would allow your readers to find the more-commonly-used
pseudonym \enquote{John Le Carré} even if they were, for some reason,
looking under his real name \enquote{David John Moore Cornwell.}\ As I
read the specification, these cross-references are particularly
encouraged, bordering on required, when \enquote{a bibliography
  includes two or more works published by the same author but under
  different pseudonyms.}\ The following entries in
\textsf{notes-test.bib} show one way of addressing this:
crea\-sey:ashe:blast, crea\-sey:york:death, crea\-sey:mor\-ton:hide,
ashe:crea\-sey, york:crea\-sey and mor\-ton:crea\-sey.

\mylittlespace In these latter cases, you would need merely to place
the pseudonym in the \textsf{author} field, and the author's real
name, under which his or her works are presented in the bibliography,
in the \textsf{title} field.  To make sure the cross-reference also
appears in the bibliography, you can either manually include the entry
key in a \cmd{nocite} command, or you can put that entry key in the
\textbf{userc} field in the main .bib entry, in which case
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the expanded abbreviation if and
only if you cite the main entry.  (Cf.\ \textsf{userc}, below.)

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Under ordinary circumstances, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
will connect the two parts of the cross-reference with the word
\enquote{\emph{See}} --- or its equivalent in the document's language
--- in italics.  If you wish to present the cross-reference
differently, you can put the connecting word(s) into the
\textsf{nameaddon} field.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left
undefined in the standard styles, was in previous releases of
\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but
the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed its specifications
for such works, which are now treated the same as works in all other
media.  This means that this entry type is now a clone of the
\textsf{artwork} type, which see.  I retain it here as a convenience
for users migrating from the old to the new specification.  (See 3.22,
8.193; bedford:photo.)

\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{inbook}\\\textbf{incollection}}
two standard \textsf{biblatex} types have very nearly identical
formatting requirements as far as the Chicago specification is
concerned, but I have retained both of them for compatibility.
\textsf{Biblatex.pdf} (§~2.1.1) intends the first for \enquote{a part
  of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title,}
while the second would hold \enquote{a contribution to a collection
  which forms a self-contained unit with a distinct author and its own
  title.}  The \textsf{title} of both sorts will be placed within
quotation marks, and in general you can use either type for most
material falling into these categories.  I have, in both types,
implemented the \emph{Manual's} recommendations for space-saving
abbreviations in notes and bibliography when you cite multiple pieces
from the same \textsf{collection}.  These abbreviations are activated
by default when you use the \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field
in \textsf{incollection} entries and in \textsf{inbook} entries,
because although the \emph{Manual} (14.113) here specifies a
\enquote{multiauthor book,} I believe the distinction between the two
is fine enough to encourage similar treatments.  (For more on this
mechanism see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields},
below, and the new option \texttt{longcrossref} in
section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}.  Please note that it is also active by
default in \textsf{letter} and \textsf{inproceedings} entries.)  If
the part of a book to which you are referring has had a separate
publishing history as a book in its own right, then you may wish to
use the \textsf{bookinbook} type, instead, on which see above.  (See
\emph{Manual} 14.111--114; \textsf{inbook}: ashbrook:brain,
phibbs:diary, will:cohere; \textsf{incollection}: centinel:letters,
contrib:contrib, sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena, keating:dearborn,
and lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection} entry
prairie:state] demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref} field with
its attendant abbreviations in notes and bibliography.)

\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} suggests that, when
referring to a chapter, one use either a chapter number or the
inclusive page numbers, not both.  If, however, you wish to refer in a
footnote to a specific page within the chapter,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will always print the optional,
postnote argument of a \cmd{cite} command --- the page number, say ---
instead of any inclusive page numbers given in the .bib file
\textsf{incollection} entry.  This mechanism is quite general, that
is, any specific page reference given in any sort of \cmd{cite}
command overrides the contents of a \textsf{pages} field in a .bib
file entry.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inproceedings}} entry type works
pretty much as in standard \textsf{biblatex}.  Indeed, the main
differences between it and \textsf{incollection} are the lack of an
\textsf{edition} field and the possibility that an
\textsf{organization} may be cited alongside the \textsf{publisher},
even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't specify its use (14.226).
Please note, also, that the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}
mechanism for shortening citations of multiple pieces from the same
\textsf{proceedings} is operative here, just as it is in
\textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inbook} entries.  See
\textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and the option
\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset} for more
details.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inreference}} entry type is
aliased to \textsf{incollection} in the standard styles, but the
\emph{Manual} has particular requirements, so if you are citing
\enquote{[w]ell-known reference books, such as major dictionaries and
  encyclopedias,} then this type should simplify the task of
conforming to the specifications (14.247--248).  The main thing to
keep in mind is that I have designed this entry type for
\enquote{alphabetically arranged} works, which you shouldn't cite by
page, but rather by the name(s) of the article(s).  Because of the
formatting required by the \emph{Manual}, we need one of
\textsf{biblatex's} list fields for this purpose, and in order to keep
all this out of the way of the standard styles, I have chosen the
\textsf{lista} field.  You should present these article names just as
they appear in the work, separated by the keyword
\enquote{\texttt{and}} if there is more than one, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will provide the appropriate prefatory
string (\texttt{s.v.}, plural \texttt{s.vv.}), and enclose each in its
own set of quotation marks (ency:britannica).  In a typical
\textsf{inreference} entry, very few other fields are needed, as
\enquote{the facts of publication are often omitted, but the edition
  (if not the first) must be specified.}  In practice, this means a
\textsf{title} and possibly an \textsf{edition} field.

\mylittlespace There are quite a few other peculiarities to explain
here.  First of all, you should present any well-known works
\emph{only} in notes, not in a bibliography, as your readers are
assumed to know where to go for such a reference.  You can use the
\texttt{skipbib} option to achieve this.  For such works, and given
how little information will be present even in a full note, you may
wish to use \cmd{fullcite} or \cmd{footfullcite} in place of the short
form, especially if, for example, you are citing different versions of
an article appearing in different editions.

\mylittlespace If the work is slightly less well known, it may be that
full publication details are appropriate (times:guide), but this makes
things more complicated.  In earlier releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, you would have had to format the
\textsf{postnote} field of short notes appropriately, including the
prefatory string and quotation marks I mentioned above.  Now you can
put an article name in the \textsf{postnote} field of
\textsf{inreference} entries and have it formatted for you, and this
holds for both long and short notes, which could allow you to refer
separately to many different articles from the same reference work
using only one .bib entry.  (In a long note, any \textsf{postnote}
field stops the printing of the contents of \textsf{lista}.)  The only
limitation on this system is that the \textsf{postnote} field, unlike
\textsf{lista}, is not a \textsf{biblatex} list, and therefore for the
formatting to work correctly you can only put one article name in it.
Despite this limitation, I hope that the current system might simplify
things for users who cite numerous works of reference.

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace If it seems appropriate to include such a work in the
bibliography, be aware that the contents of the \textsf{lista} field
will also be presented there, which may not be what you want.  A
separate \textsf{reference} entry might solve this problem, but you
may also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure proper
alphabetization, as \textsf{biblatex} will attempt to use an
\textsf{editor} or \textsf{author} name, if either is present.  (Cf.\
mla:style, a \textsf{reference} entry that uses section numbers
instead of alphabetized headings, and \texttt{useeditor=false} in the
\textsf{options} field instead of a \textsf{sortkey} to ensure the
correct alphabetization.)

\mylittlespace Speaking of the \textsf{author}, this field holds the
author of the specific entry (in \textsf{lista}), not the author of
the \textsf{title} as a whole.  This name will be printed after the
entry's name (grove:sibelius).  If you wish to refer to a reference
work by author or indeed by editor, having either appear at the head
of the note (long or short) or bibliography entry, then you'll need to
use a \textsf{book} entry instead (cf.\ schellinger:novel), where the
\textsf{lista} mechanism will also work in the bibliography, but which
in every other way will be treated as a normal book, often a good
choice for unfamiliar or non-standard reference works.

\mylittlespace Finally, all of these rules apply to online reference
works, as well, for which you need to provide not only a \textsf{url}
but also, always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant
flux (wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius).

\mybigspace I
\colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}\\\textbf{legal}\\\textbf{legislation}}
document these three types in section~\ref{sec:legal} below, both
because they all follow the specifications of the \emph{Bluebook}
instead of the \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry
types treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
author-date styles.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} is the entry type to
use for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but \emph{only}
when they appear in a published collection.  (Unpublished material of
this nature needs a \textsf{misc} entry, for which see below.)
Depending on what sort of information you need to present in a
citation, you may simply be able to get away with a standard
\textsf{book} entry, which may then be cited by page number (see
\emph{Manual} 14.78, 14.88; meredith:letters, adorno:benj).  If,
however, for whatever reason, you need to give full details of a
specific letter, then you'll need to use the \textsf{letter} entry
type, which attempts to simplify for you the \emph{Manual}'s rather
complicated rules for formatting such references.  (See 14.117;
jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ [a completely
fictitious entry to show the \textsf{crossref} mechanism], white:total
[a \textsf{book} entry, for the bibliography]).

\mylittlespace To start, the name of the letter writer goes in the
\textsf{author} field, while the \textsf{title} field contains both
the name of the writer and that of the recipient, in the form
\texttt{Author to Recipient}.  The \textsf{titleaddon} field contains,
optionally, the type of correspondence involved.  If it's a letter,
the type needn't be given, but if it's a memorandum or report or the
like, then this is the place to specify that fact.  Also, because the
\textsf{origdate} field only accepts numbers, if you want to use the
abbreviation \enquote{n.d.}  (or \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for
undated letters, then this is where you should put it.  If you need to
specify where a letter was written, then you can also use this field,
and, if both are present, remember to separate the location from the
type with a comma, like so: \texttt{memorandum, London}.
Alternatively, you can put the place of writing into the
\textsf{origlocation} field.  Most importantly, the date of the letter
itself goes in the \textsf{origdate} field (\texttt{year-month-day}),
which allows a full date specification, while the publishing date of
the whole collection goes in the \textsf{date} field, instead of in
the obsolete \textsf{origyear}.  As in other entry types, then, the
\textsf{date} field has its ordinary meaning of \enquote{date of
  publication.}  (You may have noticed here that the presentation of
the \textsf{origdate} in this sort of reference is different from the
date format required elsewhere by the \emph{Manual}.  This appears to
result from some recent changes to the specification, and it may be
that we could get away with choosing one or the other format for all
occurrences [6.45], but for the moment I hope this mixed solution will
suffice.)  Another difficulty arises when producing the short footnote
form, which requires you to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} field of the
form \enquote{\texttt{to Recipient},} the latter name as short as
possible while avoiding ambiguity.  The remaining fields are fairly
self explanatory, but do remember that the title of the published
collection belongs in \textsf{booktitle} rather than in
\textsf{title}.

\mylittlespace Finally, the \emph{Manual} specifies that if you cite
more than one letter from a given published collection, then the
bibliography should contain only a reference to said collection,
rather than to each individual letter, while the form of footnotes
would remain the same.  This should be possible using
\textsc{Bib}\TeX's standard \textsf{crossref} field, with each
\textsf{letter} entry pointing to a \textsf{collection} or
\textsf{book} entry, for example.  (If you are using \textsf{Biber},
then \textsf{letter} entries correctly inherit fields from
\textsf{book} and \textsf{collection} entries, and also from the
\textsf{mvbook} and \textsf{mvcollection} types --- \textsf{titles}
from the former provide a \textsf{booktitle} and from the latter a
\textsf{maintitle}.)  I shall discuss cross references at length later
(see esp.\ \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below),
but I should mention here that \textsf{letter} is one of the entry
types in which a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field
automatically results in special shortened forms in notes and
bibliography if more than one piece from a single collection is cited.
(The other entry types are \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, and
\textsf{inproceedings}; see 14.113 for the \emph{Manual}'s
specification.)  This ordinarily won't be an issue for \textsf{letter}
entries in the bibliography, as individual letters aren't included
there, but it is operative in notes, where you can disable it by
setting the \texttt{longcrossref=true} option, on which see
section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below.  To stop individual letters
turning up in the bibliography, you can use the \texttt{skipbib}
option in the \textsf{options} field.

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{manual}} is the second of two
traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry types that the \emph{Manual}
suggests formatting as books, the other being \textsf{booklet}. As
with this latter, I have retained it in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for backward compatibility, its main
peculiarity being that, in the absence of a named author, the
\textsf{organization} producing the manual will be printed both as
author and as publisher.  If you are using \textsf{Biber} you no
longer need a \textsf{sortkey} field to aid \textsf{biblatex's}
alphabetization routines, as the style takes care of this for you
(cf.\ section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below).  You also don't need to
provide a \textsf{shortauthor} field, as the style will automatically
use \textsf{organization} in the absence of anything else.  Of course,
if you were to use a \textsf{book} entry for such a reference, then
you would need to define both \textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher}
using the name you here might have put in \textsf{organization}.  (See
14.92; chicago:manual, dyna:browser, natrecoff:camera.)

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{misc}} its name suggests, the
\textsf{misc} entry type was designed as a hold-all for citations that
didn't quite fit into other categories.  In
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, I have somewhat extended its
applicability, while retaining its traditional use.  Put simply, with
no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, a \textsf{misc} entry will retain
backward compatibility with the standard styles, so the usual
\textsf{howpublished}, \textsf{version}, and \textsf{type} fields are
all available for specifying an otherwise unclassifiable text, and the
\textsf{title} will be italicized.  (The \emph{Manual}, you may wish
to note, doesn't give specific instructions on how such citations
should be formatted, so when using the Chicago style I would recommend
you have recourse to this traditional entry type as sparingly as
possible.)

\mylittlespace If you do provide an \textsf{entrysubtype} field, the
\textsf{misc} type provides a means for citing unpublished letters,
memoranda, private contracts, wills, interviews, and the like, making
it something of an unpublished analogue to the \textsf{letter},
\textsf{article}, and \textsf{review} entry types (which see).  It
also works well for presenting online audio pieces, particularly dated
ones, like speeches.  Typically, such an entry will cite part of an
archive, and equally typically the text cited won't have a specific
title, but only a generic one, whereas an \textsf{unpublished} entry
will ordinarily have a specific author and title, and won't come from
a named archive.  The \textsf{misc} type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}
defined is the least formatted of all those specified by the
\emph{Manual}, so titles are in plain text, and any location details
take no parentheses in full footnotes.  (It is quite possible, though
somewhat unusual, for archival material to have a specific title,
rather than a generic one.  In these cases, you will need to enclose
the title inside a \cmd{mkbibquote} command manually.  Cf.\
roosevelt:speech, shapey:partita.)

\mylittlespace If you are wondering what to put in
\textsf{entrysubtype}, the answer is, currently, anything at all.  You
no longer need to put the exact string \texttt{letter} there in order
to move the date into closer proximity with the \textsf{title}.
Indeed, recent reconsideration of the \emph{Manual} has suggested that
the distinction to be drawn in this class of material hasn't to do
with \emph{where} the date is presented but, rather, with \emph{how}
it is presented.  As I understand the specification, it draws a
distinction between archival material that is \enquote{letter-like}
(letters, memoranda, reports, telegrams) and that which isn't
(interviews, wills, contracts, speeches, or even personal
communications you've received and which you wish to cite).  This may
not always be the easiest distinction to draw, and in earlier releases
of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I ignored it, but once you've decided to
classify it one way or the other you put the date in the
\textsf{origdate} field for letters, etc., and into the \textsf{date}
field for the others.

\mylittlespace In effect, whether it's a \textsf{letter} entry or a
\enquote{letter-like} \textsf{misc} entry (with
\textsf{entrysubtype}), it is by using the \textsf{origdate} field
that you identify when it was written, and the \textsf{origlocation},
if needed, identifies where it was written.  Other sorts of
\textsf{misc} entry (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) use the \textsf{date}
field (but still the \textsf{origlocation}).  This maintains
consistency of usage across entry types and also, I hope, improves
compliance when using the \textsf{misc} type for citing archival
material.  Remember, however, that without an \textsf{entrysubtype}
the entry will be treated as traditional \textsf{misc}, and the title
italicized.  In addition, defining \textsf{entrysubtype} activates the
automatic capitalization mechanism in the \textsf{title} field of
\textsf{misc} entries, on which see\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}
in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands} below.  (See 14.219-220, 14.231,
14.232-242; creel:house, dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview.)

\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of
unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipi\-ent}, and
further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field,
including the abbreviation \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ (or
\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for undated examples.  The \textsf{note},
\textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and \textsf{location}
fields (in ascending order of generality) allow the specification of
which manuscript collection now holds the letter, though the
\emph{Manual} specifies (14.238) that well-known depositories don't
usually need a city, state or country specified.  (The traditional
\textsf{misc} fields are all still available, also.)  Both the long
and short note forms can use the same \textsf{title}, but in both
cases you may need to use the \cmd{headlesscite} command to avoid the
awkward repetition of the author's name, though that name will always
appear in the bibliography (creel:house).  If you want to include the
date of a letter in a short note, I have provided the
\cmd{letterdatelong} command for inclusion in the postnote field of
the citation command.  (The standard \textsf{biblatex} command
\cmd{printdate} will work if you need to do the same for interviews.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace As with \textsf{letter} entries, the \emph{Manual}
(14.233) suggests that bibliography entries contain only the name of
the manuscript collection, unless only one item from that collection
is cited.  The \textsf{crossref} field can be used, as well as the
\texttt{skipbib} option, for preventing the individual items from
turning up in the bibliography.  Obviously, this is a matter for your
discretion, and if you're using only short notes (see the
\texttt{short} option, section~\ref{sec:useropts} below), you may feel
the need to include more information in the note if the bibliography
doesn't contain a full reference to an individual item.

\mylittlespace Finally, if the \textsf{misc} entry isn't a letter,
remember that, as in \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries,
words like \texttt{interview} or \texttt{memorandum} needn't be
capitalized unless they follow a period --- the automatic
capitalization routines (with the \textsf{title} field starting with a
lowercase letter [see dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview, and
\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}]) will ensure correctness.  In all
this class of archived material, the \emph{Manual} (14.232) quite
specifically requires more consistency within your own work than
conformity to some external standard, so it is the former which you
should pursue.  I hope that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} proves
helpful in this regard.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{music}} 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} revised its recommendations more for this type than for
any other, so if by any chance you have been using the 15th edition
style the notes which follow present several large changes that you'll
need to make to your .bib files.  The good news is that some, though
by no means all, of those changes involve considerable
simplifications.  \textsf{Music} is one of three audiovisual entry
types, and is intended primarily to aid in the presentation of musical
recordings that do not have a video component, though it can also
include audio books (auden:reading).  A DVD or VHS of an opera or
other performance, by contrast, should use the \textbf{video} type
instead, while an online music video will probably need an
\textbf{online} entry.  (Cf.\ \textsf{online} and \textsf{video};
handel:messiah, horowitz:youtube.)  Because \textsf{biblatex} --- and
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ before it --- were designed primarily for citing
book-like objects, some choices needed to be made in assigning the
various roles found on the back of a CD to the fields in a typical
.bib entry.  I have also implemented several bibstrings to help in
identifying these roles within entries.  If you can think of a simpler
way to distribute the roles, please let me know, so that I can
consider making changes before anyone gets used to the current
equivalences.

\mylittlespace These equivalences, in summary form, are:

{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
\begin{description}
\item[author =] composer, songwriter, or performer(s),
  depending on whom you wish to emphasize by placing them at the head
  of the entry.
\item[editor, editora, editorb =] conductor, director or
  performer(s).  These will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of
  the work, though the usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor}
  options can alter the presentation within an entry.  Because these
  are non-standard roles, you will need to identify them using the
  following:
\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
  all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will be
  \texttt{conductor}, \texttt{director}, \texttt{producer}, and,
  oddly, \texttt{none}.  The last is particularly useful when
  identifying the group performing a piece, as it usually doesn't need
  further specifying and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from
  falling back on the default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
\item[title, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other audiovisual
  types, \textsf{music} serves as an analogue both to books and to
  collections, so the title will either be, e.g., the album title or a
  song title, in which latter case the album title would go into
  \textsf{booktitle}.  The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for
  something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}.
\item[publisher, series, number:] These three closely-associated
  fields are intended for presenting the catalog information provided
  by the music publisher.  The 16th edition generally only requires
  the \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} fields (nytrumpet:art),
  which hold the record label and catalog number, respectively.
  Alternatively, \textsf{publisher} would function as a synonym for
  \textsf{series} (holiday:fool), but there may be cases when you need
  or want to specify a publisher in addition to a label, as was the
  general requirement in the 15th edition.  (This might happen, for
  example, when a single publisher oversees more than one label.)  You
  can certainly put all of this information into one of the above
  fields, but separating it may help make the .bib entry more
  readable.
\item[howpublished/pubstate:] The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}
  (14.276) has rather helpfully eliminated any reference to the
  specialized symbols (\texttt{\textcircledP} \&\
  \texttt{\textcopyright}) found in the 15th edition for presenting
  publishing information for musical recordings.  This means that the
  \textsf{howpublished} field is obsolete, and you can remove it from
  \textsf{music} entries in your .bib files.  The \textsf{pubstate}
  field, therefore, can revert to its standard use for identifying
  reprints.  In \textsf{music} entries, putting \texttt{reprint} here
  will transform the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an
  entire album into an original release date for that album, notice of
  which will be printed towards the end of a note or bibliography
  entry.
\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As though to compensate for the
  simplification I've just mentioned, the \textsf{Manual} now states
  that \enquote{citations without a date are generally unacceptable}
  (14.276).  Finding a date may take some research, but they will
  basically fall into two types, i.e., the date(s) of the recording or
  the copyright / publishing date(s).  Recording dates go either in
  \textsf{origdate} (for complete albums) or \textsf{eventdate} (for
  individual tracks).  The copyright or publishing dates go either in
  the \textsf{date} field (which applies to the current medium you are
  citing) or in the \textsf{origdate} field (which refers to the
  original release date).  You may have noticed that the
  \textsf{origdate} has two slightly different uses --- you can tell
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago} which sort you intend by using the string
  \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, which transforms
  the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date into an original release
  date.  The style will automatically prepend the bibstring
  \texttt{recorded} to the \textsf{eventdate} or, in the absence of
  this \textsf{pubstate} mechanism, to the \textsf{origdate}, or even
  to both, but you can modify what is printed there using the
  \textsf{userd} field, which acts as a sort of date type modifier.
  In \textsf{music} entries, \textsf{userd} will be prepended to an
  \textsf{eventdate} if there is one, barring that to the
  \textsf{origdate}, barring that to a \textsf{urldate}, and absent
  those three to the \textsf{date}.  (See floyd:atom, nytrumpet:art.)
 \item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
  field holds the medium of the recording, e.g., vinyl, 33 rpm,
  8-track tape, cassette, compact disc, mp3, ogg vorbis.
\end{description}}

The entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} should at least give you a good
idea of how this all works, and that file also contains an example of
an audio book presented in a \textsf{music} entry.  If you browse the
examples in the \emph{Manual} you will see some variations in the
formatting choices there, from which I have made selections for
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  It wasn't always clear to me that these
variations were rules as opposed to possibilities, so I've ignored
some of them in the code.  Arguments as to why I'm wrong will, of
course, be entertained.  (Cf. 14.276--77; \textsf{eventdate},
\textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd}; auden:reading, beethoven:sonata29,
bernstein:shostakovich, floyd:atom, holiday:fool, nytrumpet:art,
rubinstein:chopin.)

\mybigspace All \mymarginpar{\textbf{mvbook}\\\textbf{mvcollection}%
  \\\textbf{mvproceedings}\\\textbf{mvreference}} four of these entry
types function more or less as in standard \textsf{biblatex}.  I would
like, however, to emphasize a couple of things.  First, each is
aliased to the entry type that results from removing the \enquote{mv}
from their names.  Second, assuming you are using \textsf{Biber} and
not \textsc{Bib}\TeX, each has an important role as the target of
cross-references from other entries, the \textsf{title} of the
\textbf{mv*} entry \emph{always} providing a \textsf{maintitle} for
the entry referencing it.  If you want to provide a \textsf{booktitle}
for the referencing entry, please use another entry type, e.g.,
\textbf{collection} for \textbf{incollection} or \textbf{book} for
\textbf{inbook}.  (These distinctions are particularly important to
the correct functioning of the abbreviated references that
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, in various circumstances, provides.  Please
see the documentation of the \textbf{crossref} field in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below.)

\mylittlespace On the same subject, when multi-volume works are
presented in the reference apparatus, the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27)
requires that any dates presented should be appropriate to the
specific nature of the citation.  In short, this means that a date
range that is right for the presentation of a multi-volume work in its
entirety isn't right for citing, e.g., a single volume of that work
which appeared in one of the years contained in the date range.
Because child entries will by default inherit all the date fields from
their parent (including the \textsf{endyear} of a date range), I have
turned off the inheritance of \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}
fields from all of the \textbf{mv*} entry types to any other entry
type.  When the dates of the parent and of the child in such a
situation are exactly the same, then this unfortunately requires an
extra field in the child's .bib entry.  When they're not the same, as
will, I believe, often be the case, this arrangement saves a lot of
annoying work in the child entry to suppress wrongly-inherited fields.
Other sorts of parent entries aren't affected by this, and of course
you must be using \textsf{Biber} for the settings to apply.  See
harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this
might look.

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{online}}}
\label{sec:online}

The \emph{Manual}'s scattered instructions (14.4--13, 14.166--169,
14.184--185, 14.200, 14.223, 14.243--246) for citing online materials
are slightly different from those suggested by standard
\textsf{biblatex}.  Indeed, this is a case where complete backward
compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles may be impossible,
because as a general rule the \emph{Manual} considers relevant not
only where a source is found, but also the nature of that source,
e.g., if it's an online edition of a book (james:ambassadors), then it
calls for a \textsf{book} entry.  Even if you cite an intrinsically
online source, if that source is structured more or less like a
conventional printed periodical, then you'll probably want to use
\textsf{article} or \textsf{review} instead of \textsf{online}
(stenger:privacy, which cites \emph{CNN.com}).  The 16th edition's
suggestions for blogs lend themselves well to the \textsf{article}
type, too, while comments become, logically, \textsf{reviews}
(14.243--6; ellis:blog, ac:comment).  Otherwise, for online documents
not \enquote{formally published,} the \textsf{online} type is usually
the best choice (evanston:library, powell:email).  Online videos, in
particular short pieces or those that present excerpts of some longer
event or work, and also online interviews, usually require this type,
too.  (See harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant, but cp.\
weed:flatiron, a complete film, which requires a \textsf{video}
entry.)  Online audio pieces, particularly dated ones from an archive,
work well either with an \textsf{online} entry or with a \textsf{misc}
entry with an \textsf{entrysubtype}; the latter will print the
\textsf{date} in somewhat closer association with the \textsf{title}
(coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech).  Some online materials will, no
doubt, make it difficult to choose an entry type, but so long as all
locating information is present, then perhaps that is enough to
fulfill the specification, or at least so I'd like to hope.

\mylittlespace Constructing an \textsf{online} .bib file entry is much
the same as in \textsf{biblatex}.  The \textsf{title} field would
contain the title of the page, the \textsf{organization} field could
hold the title or owner of the whole site.  If there is no specific
title for a page, but only a generic one (powell:email), then such a
title should go in \textsf{titleaddon}, not forgetting to begin that
field with a lowercase letter so that capitalization will work out
correctly.  It is worth remarking here, too, that the 16th edition of
the \emph{Manual} (14.7--8) prefers, if they're available, revision
dates to access dates when documenting online material.  See
\textsf{urldate} and \textsf{userd}, below.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very
brief on this subject (14.230), but very clear about which information
it wants you to present, so such entries may not work well with other
\textsf{biblatex} styles.  The important date, as far as Chicago is
concerned, is the filing date.  If a patent has been filed but not yet
granted, then you can place the filing date in either the
\textsf{date} field or the \textsf{origdate} field, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically prepend the
bibstring \texttt{patentfiled} to it.  If the patent has been granted,
then you put the filing date in the \textsf{origdate} field, and you
put the date it was issued in the \textsf{date} field, to which the
bibstring \texttt{patentissued} will automatically be prepended.  (In
other words, you no longer need to use a hand-formatted
\textsf{addendum} field, though you can place additional information
in that field if desired, and it will be printed in close association
with the dates.)  The patent number goes in the \textsf{number} field,
and you should use the standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings in the
\textsf{type} field.  Though it isn't mentioned by the \emph{Manual},
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the \textsf{holder} after
the \textsf{author}, if you provide one.  Finally, the 16th edition of
the \emph{Manual} has removed the quotation marks from around
\textsf{patent} titles, and also capitalized them sentence-style, both
of which seem to be the generally-accepted conventions.  The former
requires no intervention from you, but the latter may mean revision of
the \textsf{title} field to provide the lowercase letters manually.
See petroff:impurity.


\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a
periodical, rather than one article within it.  It has the same
function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and in the main uses the
same fields, though in keeping with the system established in the
\textsf{article} entry type (which see) you'll need to provide
\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} if the periodical you are
citing is a \enquote{newspaper} or \enquote{magazine} instead of a
\enquote{journal.}  Also, remember that the \textsf{note} field is the
place for identifying strings like \enquote{special issue,} with its
initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization
routines.  (See \emph{Manual} 14.187; good:wholeissue.)

\mylittlespace It is worth noting that the special \textsf{biblatex}
field \textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
list.  Because the \textsf{periodical} type uses the \textsf{title}
field instead of \textsf{journaltitle}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle} field, if one is present,
into \textsf{shortjournal}.  Please see the documentation of
\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the
details on how this works.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{proceedings}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
can automatically provide abbreviated references in notes and
bibliography when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref}
field.  The functionality is not enabled by default, but you can
enable it in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the
\texttt{booklongxref} option.  Please see \textbf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is
aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a
reference work but not an alphabetized entry or entries in that work.
This could be because it doesn't contain such entries, or perhaps
because you intend the citation to appear in a bibliography rather
than in notes.  Indeed, the only differences between it and
\textsf{inreference} are the lack of a \textsf{lista} field to present
an alphabetized entry, and the fact that any \textsf{postnote} field
will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized
entry.  (See mla:style for an example of a reference work that uses
numbered sections rather than alphabetized entries, and that appears
in the bibliography as well.)

\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
type \textsf{techreport}.  Instructions for such entries are rather
thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (8.183, 14.249), so I have
followed the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope
that the results conform to the specification.  At least one user has
indicated a need, now filled, for an \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}}
\textsf{entrysubtype}, which prints the \textsf{title} inside
quotation marks instead of in italics, but affects nothing else.  This
detail aside, the type's main peculiarities are the
\textsf{institution} field in place of a \textsf{publisher}, the
\textsf{type} field for identifying the kind of report in question,
the \textsf{number} field closely associated with the \textsf{type},
and the \textsf{isrn} field containing the International Standard
Technical Report Number of a technical report.  As in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, if you use a \textsf{techreport} entry, then the
\textsf{type} field automatically defaults to
\cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}.  As with \textsf{booklet} and
\textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting the
report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
\textsf{publisher}.  (See herwign:office.)

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{review}} \textsf{review} entry
type was added to \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, and it certainly eases the
task of coping with the \emph{Manual}'s complicated requirements for
citing periodicals of all sorts, though it doesn't, I admit, eliminate
all difficulties.  As its name suggests, this entry type was designed
for reviews published in periodicals, and if you've already read the
\textsf{article} instructions above --- if you haven't, I recommend
doing so now --- you'll know that \textsf{review} serves as well for
citing other sorts of material with generic titles, like letters to
the editor, obituaries, interviews, online comments and the like.  The
primary rule is that any piece that has only a generic title, like
\enquote{review of \ldots,} \enquote{interview with \ldots,} or
\enquote{obituary of \ldots,} calls for the \textsf{review} type.  Any
piece that also has a specific title, e.g., \enquote{\enquote{Lost in
    \textsc{Bib}\TeX,} an interview with \ldots,} requires an
\textsf{article} entry.  (This assumes the text is found in a
periodical of some sort.  Were it found in a book, then the
\textsf{incollection} type would serve your needs, and you could use
\textsf{title} and \textsf{titleaddon} there.  While we're on the
topic of exceptions, the \emph{Manual} includes an example --- 14.221
--- where the \enquote{Interview} part of the title is considered a
subtitle rather than a titleaddon, said part therefore being included
inside the quotation marks and capitalized accordingly.  Not having
the journal in front of me I'm not sure what prompted that decision,
but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} would obviously have no difficulty
coping with such a situation.)

\mylittlespace Once you've decided to use \textsf{review}, then you
need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules
for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry.  If it is a
\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an
\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or the synonymous
\textsf{entrysubtype} \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}.  The generic title
goes in \textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in
an \textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype},
including the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the
\textsf{author} if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205,
14.208, 14.214--217, 14.221; barcott:review, bundy:macneil,
Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor,
nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, wallraff:\\word.)  If, on the other
hand, the piece comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an
\textsf{entrysubtype}.  The generic title goes in \textsf{title}, and
the remaining fields work just as they do in a plain \textsf{article}
entry.  (See 14.215; ratliff:review.)

\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
reviewed.  This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
latter.  Please see section \ref{sec:related} for further details.

\mylittlespace Most of the onerous details are the same as I described
them in the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of
them briefly here.  If anything in the \textsf{title} needs
formatting, you need to provide those instructions yourself, as the
default is completely plain.  (The \textsf{related} mechanism just
mentioned provides this automatically.)  \textsf{Author}-less reviews
are treated just like similar newspaper articles --- in short notes
and in the bibliography the \textsf{journaltitle} replaces the author
and heads the entry, while in long notes the \textsf{title} comes
first.  The sorting of such entries is an issue, solved if you use
\textsf{Biber} as your backend, and otherwise requiring manual
intervention with a \textsf{sortkey} or the like (14.217;
gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, and see
\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.).
As in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like
\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need
capitalization after a full stop, i.e., ordinarily in a bibliography
and not a note, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} automatically deals
with this problem itself if you start the \textsf{title} field with a
lowercase letter.  The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} and the
documentation of \cmd{autocap} will provide guidance here.

\mylittlespace One detail of the \textsf{review} type is fairly new,
and responds to the needs of the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}.
As I mentioned above, blogs are best treated as \textsf{articles} with
\texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, whereas comments on those
blogs --- or on any similar sort of online content --- need the
\textsf{review} type with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}.  What they
will frequently also need is a date of some sort closely associated
with the comment (14.246; ac:comment), so I have included the
\textsf{eventdate} in \textsf{review} entries for just this purpose.
It will be printed just after the \textsf{author} and before the
\textsf{title}.  If you need a timestamp in addition, then the
\textsf{nameaddon} field is the place for it, but you'll have to
provide your own parentheses, in order to preserve the possibility of
providing pseudonyms in square brackets that is the standard function
of this field in all other entry types, and possibly in the the
\textsf{review} type as well.

\mylittlespace For the reasons I explained in the \textsf{article}
docs above, I have brought the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
entry types into line with most of the other types in allowing the use
of the \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate
an editor or a translator specifically with the \textsf{title}.  The
\textsf{editor} and \textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology
with other entry types, are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if
one is present, and with the \textsf{title} otherwise.  The usual
string concatenation rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and
\textsf{editortype} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below.

\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries, as well as in
\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it facilitates
the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a
\textsf{shorthand} list.  Please see the documentation of
\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the
details on how this works.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to
use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a
book or in a collection, e.g., an introduction, afterword, or forward,
either by the same or a different author.  In previous releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} these three just-mentioned types of
material, and only these three types, could be referenced using the
\textsf{introduction}, \textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{foreword}
fields, a system that required you simply to define one of them in any
way and leave the others undefined.  The macros don't use the text
provided by such an entry, they merely check to see if one of them is
defined, in order to decide which sort of pre- or post-matter is at
stake, and to print the appropriate string before the \textsf{title}
in long notes, short notes, list of shorthands, and bibliography.  I
have retained this mechanism both for backward compatibility and
because it works without modification across multiple languages, but
have also added functionality which allows you to cite any sort of
supplemental material whatever, using the \textsf{type} field.  Under
this system, simply put the nature of the material, including the
relevant preposition, in that field, beginning with a lowercase letter
so \textsf{biblatex} can decide whether it needs capitalization
depending on the context.  Examples might be \enquote{\texttt{preface
    to}} or \enquote{\texttt{colophon of}.}  (Please note, however,
that unless you use a \cmd{bibstring} command in the \textsf{type}
field, the resultant entry will not be portable across languages.)

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace There are a few other rules for constructing your .bib
entry.  The \textsf{author} field refers to the author of the
introduction or afterword, while \textsf{bookauthor} refers to the
author of the main text of the work, if the two differ.  For the 16th
edition, the \emph{Manual} requires the inclusion of the page range of
the part in question, though \emph{only} in the bibliography.  I have
followed this advice literally, so the \textsf{pages} field of a
\textsf{suppbook} entry won't automatically appear in a long note.  If
you wish to include those pages in a note, then you'll need to repeat
them in the \textsf{postnote} field of the citation command.

\mylittlespace Finally, if the focus of the reference is the main text
of the book, but you want to mention the name of the writer of an
introduction or afterword for bibliographical completeness, then the
normal \textsf{biblatex} rules apply, and you can just put their name
in the appropriate field of a \textsf{book} entry, that is, in the
\textsf{foreword}, \textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{introduction} field.
(See \emph{Manual} 14.116; polakow:afterw, prose:intro).

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppcollection}} fulfills a
function analogous to \textsf{suppbook}.  Indeed, I believe the
\textbf{suppbook} type can serve to present supplemental material in
both types of work, so this entry type is an alias to
\textsf{suppbook}, which see.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppperiodical}} type, new in
\textsf{biblatex} 0.8, is intended to allow reference to
generically-titled works in periodicals, such as regular columns or
letters to the editor.  Previous releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} provided the \textsf{review} type for
this purpose, and now you can use either of these, as I've added
\textsf{suppperiodical} as an alias of \textsf{review}.  Please see
above under \textbf{review} for the full instructions on how to
construct a .bib entry for such a reference.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}}
\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a
lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps
an\ \cmd{autocap} command in the somewhat contradictory
\textsf{howpublished}, if you have one) for material that wouldn't
ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence.
Thanks to a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, such entries will print
information about any \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator},
\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file.  Also,
conforming to the indications of the \emph{Manual}, and thanks to the
prompting of Jan David Hauck, you can use the \textsf{venue},
\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and \textsf{eventtitleaddon}
fields further to specify unpublished conference papers and the like
(14.226--8; nass:address).

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the three
audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for
citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast,
on the Net, on VHS, DVD, or Blu-ray.  As with the \textsf{music} type
discussed above, certain choices had to be made when associating the
production roles found, e.g., on a DVD, to those bookish ones provided
by \textsf{biblatex}.  Here are the main correspondences:

{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
\begin{description}
\item[author:] This will not infrequently be left undefined, as the
  director of a film should be identified as such and therefore placed
  in the \textsf{editor} field with the appropriate
  \textsf{editortype} (see below).  You will need it, however, to
  identify the composer of, e.g., an oratorio on VHS (handel:messiah),
  or perhaps the provider of commentaries or other extras on a film
  DVD (cleese:holygrail).
\item[editor, editora, editorb =] director or producer, or possibly
  the performer or conductor in recorded musical performances.  These
  will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of the work, though the
  usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} options can alter
  the presentation within an entry.  Because these are non-standard
  roles, you will need to identify them using the following:
\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
  all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will
  likely be \texttt{director}, \texttt{produ\-cer}, and, oddly,
  \texttt{none}.  The last is particularly useful if you want to
  identify performers, as they usually don't need further specifying
  and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from falling back on the
  default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
\item[title, titleaddon, booktitle, booktitleaddon, maintitle:] As
  with the other audiovisual types, \textsf{video} serves as an
  analogue both to books and to collections, so the \textsf{title} may
  be of a whole film DVD or of a TV series, or it may identify one
  episode in a series or one scene in a film.  In the latter cases,
  the title of the whole would go in \textsf{booktitle}.  The
  \textsf{booktitleaddon} field, in a change from the 15th edition,
  may be useful for specifying the season and/or episode number of a
  TV series, while the \textsf{titleaddon} is for for any information
  that needs to come between the \textsf{title} and the
  \textsf{booktitle} (cleese:holygrail, friends:leia, handel:messiah).
  As in the \textsf{music} type, \textsf{maintitle} may be necessary
  for a boxed set or something similar.
\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As with \textsf{music} entries, in
  order to follow the specifications of the 16th edition of the
  \emph{Manual}, I have had to provide three separate date fields for
  citing \textsf{video} sources, but their uses differ somewhat
  between the two types.  In both, the \textsf{date} will generally
  provide the publishing or copyright date of the medium you are
  referencing.  The \textsf{eventdate} will most commonly present
  either the broadcast date of a particular TV program, or the
  recording/performance date of, for example, an opera on DVD.  The
  style will automatically prepend the bibstring \texttt{broadcast} to
  such a date, though you can use the \textsf{userd} field to change
  the string printed there.  (Absent an \textsf{eventdate}, the
  \textsf{userd} field in \textsf{video} entries will modify the
  \textsf{urldate}, and absent those two it will modify the
  \textsf{date}.)  The \textsf{origdate} has more or less the same
  function, and appears in the same places, as it does in standard
  book-like entries, providing the date of first release of a film,
  though there isn't any \texttt{reprint} string associated with it in
  this entry type.  Cf.\ friends:leia, handel:messiah,
  hitchcock:nbynw.
\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
  field holds the medium of the \textsf{title}, e.g., 8 mm, VHS, DVD,
  Blu-ray, MPEG.
\end{description}}

As with the \textsf{music} type, entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib}
should at least give you a good idea of how all this works.  (Cf.\
14.279--80; loc:city, weed:flatiron.)

\subsection{Entry Fields}
\label{sec:entryfields}

The following discussion presents, in alphabetical order, a complete
list of the entry fields you will need to use
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.  As in section \ref{sec:entrytypes},
I shall include references to the numbered paragraphs of the
\emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, and also to the entries in
\textsf{notes-test.bib}.  Many fields are most easily understood with
reference to other, related fields.  In such cases, cross references
should allow you to find the information you need.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{addendum}} in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to add miscellaneous
information to the end of an entry, after publication data but, with
the single exception of the \textsf{online} entry type, before any
\textsf{url} or \textsf{doi} field.  In the \textsf{patent} entry type
(which see), it will be printed in close association with the filing
and issue dates.  In a few entry types --- \textsf{article},
\textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{review},
and \textsf{video} --- this information will come \emph{after} any
\textsf{pages} or \textsf{postnote} references present in long notes,
while in the remainder it comes \emph{before} such information,
allowing you in particular to use the field to identify a particular
type of book-like publication when such data won't fit well in another
part of an entry.  In any entry type, if your data begins with a word
that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and the
style will take care of the rest.  Cf.\ \textsf{note}. (See
\emph{Manual} 14.119, 14.166--168; davenport:attention,
natrecoff:camera.)

\mybigspace In most \mymarginpar{\textbf{afterword}} circumstances,
this field will function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex},
i.e., you should include here the author(s) of an afterword to a given
work.  The \emph{Manual} suggests that, as a general rule, the
afterword would need to be of significant importance in its own right
to require mentioning in the reference apparatus, but this is clearly
a matter for the user's judgment.  As in \textsf{biblatex}, if the
name given here exactly matches that of an editor and/or a translator,
then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will concatenate these fields in
the formatted references.

%\vspace{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace As noted above, however, this field has a special
meaning in the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, used to make an
afterword, foreword, or introduction the main focus of a citation.  If
it's an afterword at issue, simply define \textsf{afterword} any way
you please, leave \textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}
undefined, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will do the rest. Cf.\
\textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.91,
14.116; polakow:afterw.)

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{annotation}}}
\label{sec:annote}

At the request of Emil Salim, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} has,
since version 0.9, provided a package option (see \texttt{annotation}
below, section \ref{sec:useropts}) to allow you to produce annotated
bibliographies.  The formatting of such a bibliography is currently
fairly basic, though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal
guidelines (14.59).  The default in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} is to
define \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using
\cmd{par}\cmd{no\-break} \cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitemsep}, though you can
alter it by re-declaring the format in your preamble.  The
page-breaking algorithms don't always give perfect results here, but
the default formatting looks, to my eyes, fairly decent.  In addition
to tweaking the field formatting you can also insert \cmd{par} (or
even \cmd{vadjust\{\cmd{eject}\}}) commands into the text of your
annotations to improve the appearance.  Please consider the
\texttt{annotation} option a work in progress, but it is usable now.
(N.B.: The \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field \textsf{annote} serves as an alias
for this.)

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotator}} have implemented this
\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it.  It may
be useful for some purposes.  Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{author}} the most part, I have
implemented this field in a completely standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
fashion.  Remember that corporate or organizational authors need to
have an extra set of curly braces around them (e.g.,
\texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from
treating one part of the name as a surname (14.92, 14.212;
assocpress:gun, chicago:man\-ual).  If there is no \textsf{author}, then
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will, in the bibliography and long
notes, look in sequence, for a \textsf{namea}, an \textsf{editor}, a
\textsf{nameb}, a \textsf{translator}, or a \textsf{namec} (i.e., a
compiler) and use that name (or those names) instead, followed by the
appropriate identifying string (esp.\ 14.87, also 14.76, 14.126,
14.132, 14.189; boxer:china, brown:bre\-mer, harley:cartography,
schellinger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:gawain, soltes:geor\-gia).
\textsf{Biblatex's} sorting algorithms will use the first of those
names found, which should ensure correct alphabetization in the
bibliography.  (See \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in
section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.)  In short notes, where the
\textsf{labelname} is used, the order searched is somewhat augmented:
\textsf{shortauthor, author, shorteditor, namea, editor, nameb,
  translator, namec}.  (See \cmd{DeclareLabelname} in
section~\ref{sec:formatopts}.)

\mylittlespace In the rare cases when this substitution mechanism
isn't appropriate, you have (at least) two options: either you can
(chaucer:liferecords) put all the information into a \textsf{note}
field rather than individual fields, or you can use the
\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false},
\texttt{usenamea=false}, \texttt{useeditor=false},
\texttt{usenameb=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
\texttt{usenamec=false} in the \textsf{options} field (chaucer:alt).
If you look at the chaucer:alt entry in \textsf{notes-test.bib},
you'll notice that you only need to turn off the fields that are
present in the entry, but please remember to use the new option
\texttt{usenamec} instead of the old \texttt{usecompiler}, as the
latter doesn't work as smoothly and completely as \textsf{biblatex's}
own name toggles.

\mylittlespace This system of options, then, can turn off
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}'s mechanism for finding a name to
place at the head of an entry, but it also very usefully adds the
possibility of citing a work with an \textsf{author} by its editor,
compiler or translator instead (14.90; eliot:pound), something that
wasn't possible before.  For full details of how this works, see the
\textsf{editortype} documentation below.  (Of course, in
\textsf{collection}, \textsf{periodical} and \textsf{proceedings}
entries, an \textsf{author} isn't expected, so there the chain of
substitutions starts with \textsf{namea} and \textsf{editor}.  Also,
in \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entries with
\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the absence of an
\textsf{author} triggers the use of the \textsf{journaltitle} in its
stead.  See those entry types for further details.)

\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} provides specific
instructions for formatting the names of both anonymous and
pseudonymous authors (14.79--84).  In the former case, if no author is
known or guessed at, then it may simply be omitted
(virginia:plantation).  The use of \enquote{Anonymous} as the name is
\enquote{generally to be avoided,} but may in some cases be useful
\enquote{in a bibliography in which several anonymous works need to be
  grouped.}  If, on the other hand, \enquote{the authorship is known
  or guessed at but was omitted on the title page,} then you need to
use the \textsf{authortype} field to let
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} know this fact.  If the author is
known (horsley:prosodies), then put \texttt{anon} in the
\textsf{authortype} field, if guessed at (cook:sotweed) put
\texttt{anon?}\ there.  (In both cases,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} tests for these \emph{exact} strings,
so check your typing if it doesn't work.)  This will have the effect
of enclosing the name in square brackets, with or without the question
mark indicating doubt.  As long as you have the right string in the
\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will also
do the right thing automatically in the short note form.

\mylittlespace In most entry types (except \textsf{customc} and
\textsf{review}, which see), the \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes
the means to cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship.  If the
author's real name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.}\,(or
\cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters).  If
you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include it
there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this
field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex}
(lecarre:quest).  If you have given the author's real name in the
\textsf{author} field, then the pseudonym goes in \textsf{nameaddon},
in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\ (creasey:ashe:blast,
creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death).  This latter method will
allow you to keep all references to one author's work under different
pseudonyms grouped together in the bibliography, as recommended by the
\emph{Manual}, though it is now recommended that, whichever system you
employ, you include a cross-reference from one name to the other in
the bibliography.  You can do this using a \textsf{customc} entry
(ashe:creasey, morton:creasey, york:creasey).

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}}
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in
keeping with the spirit of standard \textsf{biblatex}, if not with its
letter.  Instead of allowing you to change the string used to identify
an author, the field allows you to indicate when an author is
anonymous, that is, when his or her name doesn't appear on the title
page of the work you are citing.  As I've just detailed under
\textsf{author}, the \emph{Manual} generally discourages the use of
\enquote{Anonymous} as an author, preferring that you simply omit it.
If, however, the name of the author is known or guessed at, then
you're supposed to enclose that name within square brackets, which is
exactly what \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does for you when you put
either \texttt{anon} (author known) or \texttt{anon?} (author guessed
at) in the \textsf{authortype} field.  (Putting the square brackets in
yourself doesn't work right, hence this mechanism.)  The macros test
for these \emph{exact} strings, so check your typing if you don't see
the brackets.  Assuming the strings are correct,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will also automatically do the right
thing in the short note form.  Cf.\ \textsf{author}.  (See 14.80--81;
cook:sotweed, horsley:prosodies.)

\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookauthor}} the most part, as in
\textsf{biblatex}, a \textsf{bookauthor} is the author of a
\textsf{booktitle}, so that, for example, if one chapter in a book has
different authorship from the book as a whole, you can include that
fact in a reference (will:cohere).  Keep in mind, however, that the
entry type for introductions, forewords and afterwords
(\textsf{suppbook}) uses \textsf{bookauthor} as the author of
\textsf{title} (polakow:afterw, prose:intro).

\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\vspace{-12pt}\textbf{bookpagination}}
a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix
the appropriate string to information you provide in a \textsf{pages}
field.  If you leave it blank, the default is to print no identifying
string (the equivalent of setting it to \texttt{none}), as this is the
practice the \emph{Manual} recommends for nearly all page numbers.
Even if the numbers you cite aren't pages, but it is otherwise clear
from the context what they represent, you can still leave this blank.
If, however, you specifically need to identify what sort of unit the
\textsf{pages} field represents, then you can either hand-format that
field yourself, or use one of the provided bibstrings in the
\textsf{bookpagination} field.  These bibstrings currently are
\texttt{column,} \texttt{line,} \texttt{paragraph,} \texttt{page,}
\texttt{section,} and \texttt{verse}, all of which are used by
\textsf{biblatex's} standard styles.

\mylittlespace There are two points that may need explaining here.
First, all the bibstrings I have just listed follow the Chicago
specification, which may be confusing if they don't produce the
strings you expect.  Second, remember that \textsf{bookpagination}
applies only to the \textsf{pages} field --- if you need to format a
citation's \textsf{postnote} field, then you must use
\textsf{pagination}, which see (10.43--44, 14.154--163).

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{booksubtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{booktitle}.  See the next entry for further information.

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitle}} the
\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entry types, the
\textsf{booktitle} field holds the title of the larger volume in which
the \textsf{title} itself is contained as one part.  It is important
not to confuse this with the \textsf{maintitle}, which holds the more
general title of multiple volumes, e.g., \emph{Collected Works}.  It
is perfectly possible for one .bib file entry to contain all three
sorts of title (euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr).  You may also
find a \textsf{booktitle} in other sorts of entries (e.g.,
\textsf{book} or \textsf{collection}), but there it will almost
invariably be providing information for the traditional
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing apparatus, which I discuss below
(\textbf{crossref}).  This provision is unnecessary if you are using
\textsf{Biber}.

\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
\textsf{booktitle}.  It will be printed in the main text font, without
quotation marks.  If your data begins with a word that would
ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
The package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to
customize the punctuation that appears before the
\textsf{booktitleaddon} field.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the
chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an
\textsf{incollection} entry where you wish to cite a specific chapter
of a book (ashbrook:brain).

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{commentator}} have implemented this
\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it.  It may
be useful for some purposes.  Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}}}
\label{sec:crossref}

This field is the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing
mechanism, and \textsf{biblatex} has adopted it while also introducing
a modified one of its own (\textsf{xref}).  If you are using
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (or \textsf{bibtex8)} the \textsf{crossref} field
works exactly the same as it always has, while \textsf{xref} attempts
to remedy some of the deficiencies of the usual mechanism by ensuring
that child entries will inherit no data at all from their parents.
Section~2.4.1.1 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} contains useful notes on the
intricacies of managing cross-referenced entries with these
traditional backends, and for the most part these backends are still
usable, if inconvenient.  The functionality, discussed below, for
abbreviating references in \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
\textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, and for using
the \textsf{mv*} entry types to do so, will prove extremely difficult
to replicate with the older backends, so if you plan on lots of
cross-referencing in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} then I strongly
recommend you use \textsf{Biber}.

\mylittlespace (One reason for this is that when \textsf{Biber} is the
backend, \textsf{biblatex} defines a series of inheritance rules for
the \textsf{crossref} field which make it much more convenient to use.
Appendix B of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} explains the defaults, to which
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added several that I should mention
here: \textsf{incollection} entries can now inherit from \textsf{book}
and \textsf{mvbook} just as they do from \textsf{collection} and
\textsf{mvcollection} entries; \textsf{letter} entries now inherit
from \textsf{book}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{mvbook}, and
\textsf{mvcollection} entries the same way an \textsf{inbook} or an
\textsf{incollection} entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb},
\textsf{sortname}, \textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields,
all highly single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and
\textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields are not inheritable from
any of the new \textbf{mv*} entry types.)

\mylittlespace Turning now to the provision of abbreviated references
in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the \emph{Manual} (14.113)
specifies that if you cite several contributions to the same
collection, all (including the collection itself) may be listed
separately in the bibliography, which the package does automatically,
using the default inclusion threshold of 2 in the case both of
\textsf{crossref}'ed and \textsf{xref}'ed entries.  (The familiar
\cmd{nocite} command may also help in some circumstances.)  In
footnotes the specification suggests that, after a citation of any one
contribution to the collection, all subsequent contributions may, even
in the first, long footnote, be cited using a slightly shortened form,
thus \enquote{avoiding clutter.}  In the bibliography the abbreviated
form is appropriate for all the child entries.  The
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} package has always implemented these
instructions, but only if you use a \textsf{crossref} or an
\textsf{xref} field, and only in \textsf{incollection},
\textsf{inproceedings}, or \textsf{letter} entries (on the last named,
see just below).  Recent releases have considerably extended this
functionality.

\mylittlespace First, I added five entry types --- \textbf{book},
\textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, \textbf{inbook}, and
\textbf{proceedings} --- to the list of those which use shortened
cross references, and I added two options --- \texttt{longcrossref}
and \texttt{booklongxref}, on which more below --- which you can use
in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to enable
or disable the automatic provision of abbreviated references.  (The
\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field are still necessary for this
provision, but they are no longer sufficient on their own.)  The
\textsf{inbook} type works exactly like \textsf{incollection} or
\textsf{inproceedings}; in previous releases, you could use
\textsf{inbook} instead of \textsf{incollection} to avoid the
automatic abbreviation, the two types being otherwise identical.  Now
that you can use an option to turn off abbreviated references even in
the presence of a \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field, I have
thought it sensible to include this entry type alongside the others.
(Cf.\ ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, lippincott:chicago, and
prairie:state to see this mechanism in action in both notes and
bibliography.)

\mylittlespace The inclusion of \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook},
\textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings} entries fulfills a
request made by Kenneth L. Pearce, and allows you to obtain shortened
references to, for example, separate volumes within a multi-volume
work, or to different book-length works collected inside a single
volume.  Such references are not an explicit part of the
\emph{Manual's} specification, but they are a logical extension of it,
so the system of options for turning on this functionality behaves
differently for these four entry types than for the other 4 (see
below).  In \textsf{notes-test.bib} you can get a feel for how this
works by looking at bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter,
bernhard:themacher, harley:ancient:cart, harley:carto\-graphy, and
har\-ley:hoc.

\mylittlespace Before discussing the new package options, I should say
a little about some subtleties involved in this mechanism.  First, and
especially for \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
\textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, it is much
simpler if your backend is \textsf{Biber}, which allows you to provide
\textsf{maintitles} by cross-referencing an \textbf{mv*} entry, and
\textsf{booktitles} by cross-referencing \textsf{book} or
\textsf{collection} entries.  Second, where and when to print
\textsf{volume} information in these references is extremely complex,
and I confess that I designed the tests primarily with \textsf{Biber}
in mind.  If you can't get it to work using \textsc{Bib}\TeX, or if
you find something that looks wrong to you, please let me know.
Third, Andrew Goldstone long ago identified some other difficulties in
the package's treatment of abbreviated citations, both in notes and
bibliography, difficulties exacerbated now by the extension of the
mechanism to book-like entries.  If you refer separately to chapters
in a single-author \textsf{book}, then the shortened part of the
reference, to the whole book, won't repeat the author's name before
the title of the whole.  If, however, you refer separately to parts of
a \textsf{collection} or \textsf{proceedings}, even when the
\textsf{editor} of the \textsf{collection} is the same as the
\textsf{author} of an essay in the collection, you will see the name
repeated before the abbreviated part referencing the whole parent
volume.

\mylittlespace Shortened references to book-like entries require, I
believe, a somewhat different treatment.  Here, repeated
\textsf{editors} are avoided if the abbreviated reference is to a
\textsf{collection} or \textsf{proceedings} entry, or to either of
their \textsf{mv*} versions, while for other entry types repeated
\textsf{authors} are avoided.  Because the code in these situations
tests for entry type, there may be corner cases where careful choice
of the parent entry type gets you what you want.  Likewise, judicious
use of the \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} fields may also
help, in some circumstances, to clear names that are repeated
unnecessarily.  Also, because of the way dates are handled by the
\textsf{mv*} entry types, and by child entries cross-referenced to
such entry types, I thought it might help in these abbreviated
book-like entries to provide a date for the \textsf{title} when it's
part of a \textsf{maintitle}, though not when it's only part of a
\textsf{booktitle}.  If dates appear in shortened references where
you'd rather not have them, I have provided the \texttt{omitxrefdate}
option to turn them off, either in the preamble for the document as a
whole or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries.  There
is also an \texttt{xrefurl} option available to control the printing
of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} fields in
abbreviated references where such information might otherwise never
appear.  See \textbf{mvbook} in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, and both
\texttt{omitxrefdate} and \texttt{xrefurl} in
section~\ref{sec:useropts}.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Finally, a published collection of letters also
requires different treatment (14.117).  If you cite more than one
letter from the same collection, then the \emph{Manual} specifies that
only the collection itself should appear in the bibliography.  In
footnotes, you can use the \textsf{letter} entry type, documented
above, for each individual letter, while the collection as a whole may
well require a \textsf{book} entry.  I have, after some consideration,
implemented the system of shortened references in \textsf{letter}
entries, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't explicitly require it.
(See white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total, for examples of the
\textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} field in action in this way, and
please note that the second of these entries is entirely fictitious,
provided merely for the sake of example.)  How then to keep the
individual letters from appearing in the bibliography?  The simplest
mechanism is probably just to use \enquote{\texttt{skipbib}} in the
\textsf{options} field.

\mylittlespace If you look closely at the .bib entries for
white:ross:memo and white:russ, you'll see that, despite the latter
using \textsf{xref} instead of \textsf{crossref}, the first note
referring to it inherits data from the parent (white:total).  In the
abbreviated note and in abbreviated bibliography entries \emph{only},
the driver is making a separate call to the parent's .bib entry,
formatting the information there to fill out the bare data provided by
the child.  For the first white:ross:memo note, which contains the
full bibliographical information for the collection as a whole, I have
used \textsf{crossref} because this unabbreviated note no longer makes
a separate call to the parent's entry --- or, technically, it no
longer makes a call that prints anything at all.  This is a change
from earlier releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so if your
documents came to rely on the side effects of this separate citation
for providing data that haven't been inherited by the child, please be
aware that it no longer works as before.  (You could see this by
citing white:russ \emph{before} white:ross:memo.)  This change only
affects the eight entry types that provide the abbreviated
cross-references, a provision that is dependent on the settings of two
preamble and entry options.

\mylittlespace Those \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref}} options
function, by default, asymmetrically.  The first,
\texttt{longcrossref}, generally controls the settings for the entry
types more-or-less authorized by the \emph{Manual}: \textsf{inbook},
\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}.

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad false:] This is the default.  If you use
  \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned
  entry types, you'll get the abbreviated references in both notes and
  bibliography.
\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated references in these
  entry types, either in notes or in the bibliography.
\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in
  notes, but only in the bibliography.
\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the
  bibliography, but only in notes.
\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one
  setting to provide abbreviated references not just to the four entry
  types mentioned but also to \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
  \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, both in notes
  and in the bibliography.
\end{description}

The \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref}} second option,
\texttt{booklongxref}, controls the settings for \textsf{book},
\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings}
entries:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad true:] This is the default.  If you use \textsf{crossref}
  or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will
  \emph{not} get any abbreviated references, either in notes or
  bibliography.
\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated references in these entry
  types both in notes and in the bibliography.
\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in
  notes, but only in the bibliography.
\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the
  bibliography, but only in notes.
\end{description}

Please note that you can set both of these options either in the
preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries,
allowing you to change the settings on an entry-by-entry basis.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Please further note that in earlier releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I recommended against using
\textsf{shorthand}, \textsf{reprinttitle} and/or \textsf{userf} fields
in combination with this abbreviated cross-referencing mechanism.  I
received, however, a request from Alexandre Roberts to allow the
shorthand to appear in the place of the abbreviated cross-reference as
an additional space-saving measure, and one from Kenneth Pearce to
permit the combination of the other two fields with \textsf{crossref},
as well.  The \textsf{userf} and \textsf{reprinttitle} fields should
just work automatically in such circumstances, but
\mymarginpar{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} the \textsf{shorthand} field
in parent entries needs to be enabled by setting the
\texttt{inheritshorthand} package option to \texttt{true}.  There are,
in addition, several other steps required to make this function
smoothly --- please see the documentation of the \textbf{shorthand}
field, below, for a full explanation.  (In case it isn't clear, the
combination of \textsf{userf}, \textsf{shorthand}, and
\textsf{crossref} functionality in a single entry is now possible.  If
you come across any problems or inaccuracies, please report them.)

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{date}} field may be used to
specify an item's complete date of publication, in \textsc{iso}8601
format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}.  It may also be used to specify a
date range, according to the instructions in §~2.3.8 of
\textsf{biblatex.pdf}.  Please be aware, however, that \textsf{Biber}
is somewhat more exacting when parsing the \textsf{date} field than
\textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like \texttt{1968/75} will simply
be ignored --- you need \texttt{1968/1975} instead.  If you want to
present a more compressed year range, or more generally if only part
of a date is required, then the \textsf{month} and \textsf{year}
fields may be more convenient.  The latter may be particularly useful
in some entries because it can hold more than just numerical data, in
contrast to \textsf{date} itself.  Cf.\ the \textsf{misc} entry type
in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above for how to use this field to
distinguish between two classes of archival material.  See also
\textsf{origdate} and \textsf{urldate}.

\mylittlespace I should also point out that you can, in most entry
types, qualify a \textsf{date} with the \textsf{userd} field, assuming
that the entry contains no \textsf{urldate}.  For \textsf{music} and
\textsf{video} entries there are several other requirements --- please
see the documentation of \textsf{userd}, below.

\mylittlespace (Users of the Chicago author-date style who wish to
minimize the labor needed to convert a .bib database for the notes \&\
bibliography style should be aware that the latter style includes
compatibility code for the \texttt{cmsdate} (silently ignored) and
\texttt{switchdates} options, along with the mechanism for reversing
\textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}.  This means that you can, in
theory, leave all of this alone in your .bib file when making the
conversion, though I'm retaining the right to revoke this if the code
in question demonstrably interferes with the functioning of the notes
\&\ bibliography style.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of
\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it
in your .bib files.  Use \textsf{date} instead.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{doi}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, providing the Digital Object Identifier of the work.  The 16th
edition of the \emph{Manual} specifies that, given their relative
permanence compared to URLs, \enquote{authors should include DOIs
  rather than URLs for sources that make them readily available}
(14.6).  (14.184; friedman:learn\-ing).  Cf.\ \textsf{url}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{edition}} \textsf{biblatex}
field.  If you enter a plain cardinal number, \textsf{biblatex} will
convert it to an ordinal (chicago:manual), followed by the appropriate
string.  Any other sort of edition information will be printed as is,
though if your data begins with a word (or abbreviation) that would
ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
simply ensure that that word (or abbreviation) is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing
(babb:peru, times:guide).  In most situations, the \emph{Manual}
generally recommends the use of abbreviations in both bibliography and
notes, but there is room for the user's discretion in specific
citations (emerson:nature).

\mylittlespace In a previous release of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, I introduced the \textsf{userd} field
to hold this non-numeric information, as \textsf{biblatex} only
accepted an integer in the \textsf{edition} field, but this changed in
version 0.8.  The \textsf{userd} field now has an entirely different
function --- please see its documentation below.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{editor}} far as possible, I have
implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, but
the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
complications that need explaining.  \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
that the \textsf{editor} field will be associated with a
\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
depending on the sort of entry.  More specifically,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{editor} with the most
comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if there is
one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, if the
other two are lacking.  In a large number of cases, this is exactly
the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
plato:republic:gr, among others).  Predictably, however, there are
numerous cases that require, for example, an additional editor for one
part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work.  For
these cases I have provided the \textsf{namea} field.  You should
format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
\textsf{title} (donne:var).

\mylittlespace As you will see below, I have also provided a
\textsf{nameb} field, which holds the translator of a given
\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes).  If \textsf{namea} and
\textsf{nameb} are the same, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
concatenate them, just as \textsf{biblatex} already does for
\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the
compiler).  Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will
need separate editors for each of the three sorts of title.  For this,
and for various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{partedit}
macro (and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field
or in one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (chaucer:liferecords).
(Because the strings identifying an editor differ in notes and
bibliography, one can't simply write them out in such a field, hence
the need for a macro, which I discuss further in the commands section
below [\ref{sec:formatcommands}].)  Please note that, when attempting
to find a name for the head of a note or a bibliography entry,
\textsf{namea} takes precedence over \textsf{editor}, and
\textsf{nameb} over \textsf{translator}.  Cf.\ \textsf{namea},
\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, and \textsf{translator}.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{editora\\editorb\\editorc}} newer
releases of \textsf{biblatex} provide these fields as a means to
specify additional contributors to texts in a number of editorial
roles.  In the Chicago styles they seem most relevant for the
audiovisual types, especially \textsf{music} and \textsf{video}, where
they help to identify conductors, directors, producers, and
performers.  To specify the role, use the fields \textsf{editoratype},
\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see.  (Cf.\
bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.)

\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically find a name to put
at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and
proceeding in order through \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor},
\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (the
compiler).  If all six are missing, then the \textsf{title} will be
placed at the head.  (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries
with a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, a missing author
immediately prompts the use of \textsf{journaltitle} at the head of an
entry.  See above under \textsf{article} for details.)  The
\textsf{editortype} field provides even greater flexibility, giving
you the ability to indicate any number of roles at the head of an
entry.  You can do this even though an author is named (eliot:pound
shows this mechanism in action for a standard editor, rather than for
an alternative role).  Two things are necessary for this to happen.
First, in the \textsf{options} field you need to set
\texttt{useauthor=false}, then you need to put the name you wish to
see at the head of your entry into the \textsf{editor} or the
\textsf{namea} field.  If the \enquote{editor} is in fact a compiler,
then you need to put \texttt{compiler} into the \textsf{editortype}
field, and \textsf{biblatex} will print the correct string after the
name in both the bibliography and in the long note form.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware.
Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field,
which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a
\textsf{title} as opposed to a \textsf{maintitle} or a
\textsf{booktitle}, the name-finding algorithm checks first to see
whether a \textsf{namea} is defined.  If it is, that name will be used
at the head of the entry, if it isn't, or if you've set the option
\texttt{usenamea=false}, the algorithm will go ahead and look for an
\textsf{editor}.  The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to the
\textsf{editor}, but you can use \textsf{nameatype} to modify
\textsf{namea}.  Either of these names should be sorted properly in
the bibliography, but please be aware that if you want a shortened
form to appear in short notes then there's only the
\textsf{shorteditor}, which you should ensure presents whichever of
the two editors' names appears at the head of long notes or
bibliography entries.

\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman reworked the string
concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlined in his RELEASE file,
and I have followed his lead.  In short, if you define the
\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if
the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the
\textsf{translator}.  In the absence of an \textsf{editortype} (or
\textsf{nameatype}), the usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if
the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a
\textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a
\textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will
print the appropriate strings.  The \emph{Manual} specifically (14.87)
recommends not using these identifying strings in the short note form,
and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation.  If
you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different
sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field.

\mylittlespace It may also be worth noting that because of certain
requirements in the specification -- absence of an \textsf{author},
for example -- the \texttt{useauthor=false} mechanism is either
unnecessary or won't work properly in the following entry types:
\textsf{collection}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{patent},
\textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{review},
\textsf{suppbook}, \textsf{suppcollection}, and
\textsf{suppperiodical}.

\mybigspace These
\mymarginpar{\textbf{editoratype\\editorbtype\\editorctype}} fields
identify the exact role of the person named in the corresponding
\textsf{editor[a-c]} field.  Note that they are not part of the string
concatenation mechanism.  I have implemented them just as the standard
styles do, and they have now found a use particularly in
\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries.  Cf.\
bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{eid}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, providing a string or number some journals use uniquely to
identify a particular article.  Only applicable to the
\textsf{article} entry type.  Not typically required by the
\emph{Manual}.

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{entrysubtype}}}
\label{sec:entrysub}

Standard and very powerful \textsf{biblatex} field, left undefined by
the standard styles.  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} it has four
very specific uses, the first three of which I have designed in order
to maintain, as much as possible, backward compatibility with the
standard styles.  First, in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
\textsf{review} entries, the field allows you to differentiate between
scholarly \enquote{journals,} on the one hand, and \enquote{magazines}
and \enquote{newspapers} on the other.  Usage is fairly simple: you
need to put the exact string \texttt{magazine} into the
\textsf{entrysubtype} field if you are citing one of the latter two
types of source, whereas if your source is a \enquote{journal,} then
you need do nothing.

\mylittlespace The second use involves references to works from
classical antiquity and, according to the \emph{Manual}, from the
Middle Ages, as well.  When you cite such a work using the traditional
divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are
presumed to be the same across all editions, then you need to put the
exact string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} field.
This has no effect in long notes or in the bibliography, but it does
affect the formatting of short notes, where it suppresses some of the
punctuation.  Ordinarily, you will use this toggle in a \textsf{book}
or a \textsf{bookinbook} entry, but it is possible that a journal
might well also present an edition of such a work.  Given the
tradition of using italics for the titles of such works, this may
require using a \textsf{titleaddon} field (with hand formatting)
instead of a \textsf{title}.  If you wish to reference a classical or
medieval work by the page numbers of a particular, non-standard
edition, then you shouldn't use the \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle.
Also, and the specification is reasonably clear about this, works from
the Renaissance and later, even if cited by the traditional divisions,
have short notes formatted normally, and therefore don't need an
\textsf{entrysubtype} field.  (See \emph{Manual} 14.256--268;
aristotle:metaphy:gr, plato:republic:gr; euripides:orestes is an
example of a translation cited by page number in a modern edition.)

\mylittlespace The third use occurs in \textsf{misc} entries.  If such
an entry contains no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, then the citation
will be treated just as the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles would,
including the use of italics for the \textsf{title}.  Any string at
all in \textsf{entrysubtype} tells \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to
treat the source as part of an unpublished archive.  A \textsf{misc}
entry with \textsf{entrysubtype} defined is the least formatted of all
those specified by the \emph{Manual} --- see
section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above under \textbf{misc} for all the
details on how these citations work.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Fourth, and finally, the field can be defined in the
\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity
whose title you do not wish to be italicized.  Please see the
documentation of \textbf{artwork} above for the details.

\mybigspace Kazuo
\mymarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}}
Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent
\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go}, and he sent me
a patch implementing it.  I have applied it, with minor alterations,
so these three fields now work more or less as they do in standard
\textsf{biblatex}.  They may prove helpful in providing more
abbreviated references to online content than conventional URLs,
though I can find no specific reference to them in the \emph{Manual}.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{eventdate}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field.  In the 15th edition it was barely used, but
in order to comply with changes in the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} it can now play a significant role in \textsf{music},
\textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries.  In \textsf{music}
entries, it identifies the recording or performance date of a
particular song (rather than of a whole disc, for which you would use
\textsf{origdate}), whereas in \textsf{video} entries it identifies
either the original broadcast date of a particular episode of a TV
series or the date of a filmed musical performance.  In both these
cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically prepend a bibstring
--- \texttt{recorded} and \texttt{aired}, respectively --- to the
date, but you can change this string using the new \textsf{userd}
field, something you'll definitely want to do for filmed musical
performances (friends:leia, handel:messiah, holiday:fool).

\mylittlespace The field's use in \textsf{review} entries is somewhat
different.  There, it helps to identify a particular comment within an
online thread.  There isn't a particular string associated with it,
but you can further specify a comment by placing a time\-stamp in
parentheses in the \textsf{nameaddon} field, in case the date alone
isn't enough (ac:comment).

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{foreword}} with the
\textsf{afterword} field above, \textsf{foreword} will in general
function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}.  Like
\textsf{afterword} (and \textsf{introduction}), however, it has a
special meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to
define it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and
\textsf{introduction} undefined) to make a foreword the focus of a
citation.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{holder}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
field for identifying a \textsf{patent}'s holder(s), if they differ
from the \textsf{author}.  The \emph{Manual} has nothing to say on the
subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} prints it (them), in
parentheses, just after the author(s).

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet}
entry type, where it replaces the \textsf{publisher}.  I have also
retained it in the \textsf{misc} and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
for historical reasons.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{institution}}
\textsf{biblatex} field.  In the \textsf{thesis} entry type, it will
usually identify the university for which the thesis was written,
while in a \textsf{report} entry it may identify any sort of
institution issuing the report.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{introduction}} with the
\textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} fields above,
\textsf{introduction} will in general function as it does in standard
\textsf{biblatex}.  Like those fields, however, it has a special
meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to define
it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword}
undefined) to make an introduction the focus of a citation.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isbn}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, for providing the International Standard Book Number of a
publication.  Not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isrn}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, for providing the International Standard Technical Report
Number of a report.  Only relevant to the \textsf{report} entry type,
and not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issn}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, for providing the International Standard Serial Number of a
periodical in an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{periodical} entry.  Not
typically required by the \emph{Manual}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issue}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, designed for \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or
\textsf{review} entries identified by something like \enquote{Spring}
or \enquote{Summer} rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or
\textsf{number} fields (brown:bremer).

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an
\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuetitle}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, intended to contain the title of a special
issue of any sort of periodical.  If the reference is to one article
within the special issue, then this field should be used in an
\textsf{article} entry (conley:fifthgrade), whereas if you are citing
the entire issue as a whole, then it would go in a \textsf{periodical}
entry, instead (good:wholeissue).  The \textsf{note} field is the
proper place to identify the type of issue, e.g.,\ \texttt{special
  issue}, with the initial letter lower-cased to enable automatic
contextual capitalization.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{journalsubtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{journaltitle} --- see next entry.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{journaltitle}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
field \textsf{journal}, which, however, still works as an alias.  It
contains the name of any sort of periodical publication, and is found
in the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entry types.  In the case
where a piece in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review}
(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}) doesn't have an author,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} provides for this field to be used as
the author.  See above (section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}) under
\textbf{article} for details.  The lakeforester:pushcarts and
nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} will give you some
idea of how this works.  Please note there is a \textsf{shortjournal}
field which you can use to abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} in
notes and/or in the bibliography, and you can also use it to print a
list of journal abbreviations.  Cf.\ the \textsf{shortjournal}
documentation below.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is
\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for
filtering bibliography entries, allowing you to subdivide a
bibliography according to just about any criteria you care to invent.
See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} (3.11.4) for thorough documentation.  In
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the field can provide a convenient means to
exclude certain entries from making their way into a bibliography.  We
have already seen (\textbf{letter}, above) how the \emph{Manual}
(14.117) requires, in the case of published collections of letters,
that when more than one letter from the same collected is cited, the
bibliography should contain only a reference to the collection as a
whole (white:ross:memo, white:russ, white:total).  Similarly, when
citing both an original text and its translation (see \textbf{userf},
section~\ref{sec:related} below), the \emph{Manual} (14.109) suggests
including the original at the end of the translation's bibliography
entry, a procedure which requires that the original not also be
printed as a separate bibliography entry (furet:passing:eng,
furet:passing:fr, aristotle:metaphy:trans, aristotle:metaphy:gr).
Finally, citations of well-known reference works (like the
\emph{Encyclopaedia Britannica}, for example), need only be presented
in notes, and not in the bibliography (14.247--248; ency:britannica,
wikiped:bibtex; see \textsf{inreference}, above).  A \textsf{keywords}
field can be a convenient way to exclude all such entries from
appearing in a bibliography, though of course including
\texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field works, too.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{language}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify the
language(s) in which a work is written.  As a general rule, the
Chicago style doesn't require you to provide this information, though
it may well be useful for clarifying the nature of certain works, such
as bilingual editions, for example.  There is at least one situation,
however, when the \emph{Manual} does specify this data, and that is
when the title of a work is given in translation, even though no
translation of the work has been published, something that might
happen when a title is in a language deemed to be unparseable by a
majority of your expected readership (14.108, 14.110, 14.194;
pirumova, rozner:liberation).  In such a case, you should provide the
language(s) involved using this field, connecting multiple languages
using the keyword \texttt{and}.  (I have retained \textsf{biblatex's}
\cmd{bibstring} mechanism here, which means that you can use the
standard bibstrings or, if one doesn't exist for the language you
need, just give the name of the language, capitalized as it should
appear in your text.  You can also mix these two modes inside one
entry without apparent harm.)

\mylittlespace An alternative arrangement suggested by the
\emph{Manual} is to retain the original title of a piece but then to
provide its translation, as well.  If you choose this option, you'll
need to make use of the \textbf{usere} field, on which see below.  In
effect, you'll probably only ever need to use one of these two fields
in any given entry, and in fact \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will
only print one of them if both are present, preferring \textsf{usere}
over \textsf{language} for this purpose (see kern and weresz).  Note
also that both of these fields are universally associated with the
\textsf{title} of a work, rather than with a \textsf{booktitle} or a
\textsf{maintitle}.  If you need to attach a language or a translation
to either of the latter two, you could probably manage it with special
formatting inside those fields themselves.

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{lista}} intend this field
specifically for presenting citations from reference works that are
arranged alphabetically, where the name of the item rather than a page
or volume number should be given.  The field is a \textsf{biblatex}
list, which means you should separate multiple items with the keyword
\texttt{and}.  Each item receives its own set of quotation marks, and
the whole list will be prefixed by the appropriate string
(\enquote{s.v.,} \emph{sub verbo}, pl.\ \enquote{s.vv.}).
\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-notes} will only print such a field in a
\textsf{book} or an \textsf{inreference} entry, and you should look at
the documentation of these entry types for further details.  (See
\emph{Manual} 14.247--248; ency:britannica, grove:sibelius,
times:guide, wikiped:bibtex.)

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{location}} is
\textsf{biblatex}'s version of the usual \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field
\textsf{address}, though the latter is accepted as an alias if that
simplifies the modification of older .bib files.  According to the
\emph{Manual} (14.135), a citation usually need only provide the first
city listed on any title page, though a list of cities separated by
the keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} will be formatted appropriately.
If the place of publication is unknown, you can use
\cmd{autocap\{n\}.p.}\ instead (14.138).  For all cities, you should
use the common English version of the name, if such exists (14.137).

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Three more details need explanation here.  In
\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries,
there is usually no need for a \textsf{location} field, but
\enquote{if a journal might be confused with another with a similar
  title, or if it might not be known to the users of a bibliography,}
then this field can present the place or institution where it is
published (14.191, 14.203; lakeforester:pushcarts, kimluu:diethyl, and
garrett).  For blogs cited using \textsf{article} entries, this is a
good place to identify the nature of the source --- i.e., the word
\enquote{blog} --- letting the style automatically provide the
parentheses (14.246; ellis:blog).  Less predictably, it is here that
\emph{Manual} indicates that a particular book is a reprint edition
(14.119), so in such a case you can use the \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma, a space, and the location
(aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweitzer:bach).  (You can also now, somewhat
more simply, just put the string \texttt{reprint} into the
\textsf{pubstate} field to achieve the same result.  See the
\textsf{pubstate} documentation in section~\ref{sec:related}.)  The
\textsf{origdate} field may be used to give the original date of
publication, and of course more complicated situations should usually
be amenable to inclusion in the \textsf{note} field (emerson:nature).

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{mainsubtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{maintitle} --- see next entry.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a
multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.}
(See donne:\hfill var, euripides:orestes, harley:cartography,
lach:asia, pelikan:christian, and plato:repub\-lic:gr.)  When using a
\textsf{crossref} field and \textsf{Biber}, the \textsf{title} of
\textbf{mv*} entry types always becomes a \textsf{maintitle} in the
child entry.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry.  Such an annex would
be printed in the main text font.  If your data begins with a word
that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
The package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to
customize the punctuation that appears before the
\textsf{maintitleaddon} field (schubert:muellerin).

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, containing the month of publication.  This should be an
integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}.  See
\textsf{date} for more information.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it
leaves undefined itself.  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the
name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle}, in which situation the
\textsf{editor} would be associated with one of these latter fields
(donne:var).  (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries,
\textsf{namea} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the
\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.)  You should
present names in the field exactly as you would those in an
\textsf{author} or \textsf{editor} field, and the package will
concatenate this field with \textsf{nameb} if they are identical.
When choosing a name to head a note or a bibliography entry,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} gives precedence to \textsf{namea} over
\textsf{editor}.  See under \textbf{editor} above for the full
details.  Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry
specific, if you are using \textsf{Biber} \textsf{namea} isn't
inherited from a \textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry.  Please note,
also, that you can use the \textsf{nameatype} field to redefine this
role just as you can with \textsf{editortype}, which see.  Cf.\ also
\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros
\cmd{partedit},\,\cmd{parttrans},\,\cmd{parteditandtrans},
\cmd{partcomp},\,\cmd{part\-editandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, for which see
section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided
by \textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles.  In
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it allows you, in most entry types, to
specify that an author's name is a pseudo\-nym, or to provide either
the real name or the pseudonym itself, if the other is being provided
in the \textsf{author} field.  The abbreviation
\enquote{\texttt{pseud}.}\ (always lowercase in English) is specified,
either on its own or after the pseudo\-nym (centinel:letters,
creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death, and
le\-carre:quest); \cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}} does the work for you.
See under \textbf{author} above for the full details.

\mylittlespace In \textsf{review} entries, I have removed the
automatic provision of square brackets from the field, allowing it to
be used in at least two ways.  First, if you provide your own square
brackets, then it can have its standard function, as above.  Second,
and new to the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}, you can further
specify comments to blogs and other online content using a timestamp
(in parentheses) that supplements the \textsf{eventdate}, particularly
when the latter is too coarse a specification to identify a comment
unambiguously.  Cf.\ ac:comment.

\mylittlespace In the \textsf{customc} entry type, finally, which is
used to create alphabetized cross-references to other bibliography
entries, the \textsf{nameaddon} field allows you to change the default
string linking the two parts of the cross-reference.  The code
automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize.
Otherwise, it prints the string as is.

\mybigspace You \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field
to change the role of a \textsf{namea} just as you can use
\textsf{editortype} to change the role of an \textsf{editor}.  As with
the \textsf{editortype}, using this field prevents string
concatenation with identical \textsf{nameb} or \textsf{namec} fields.
Please see \textbf{editortype}, above, for the details.

\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameb}} \textsf{namea}, above,
this is a field left undefined by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
styles.  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it contains the name(s) of the
translator(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation
the \textsf{translator} would be associated with one of these latter
fields (euripides:orestes).  (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
entries, \textsf{nameb} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the
\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.)  You should
present names in this field exactly as you would those in an
\textsf{author} or \textsf{translator} field, and the package will
concatenate this field with \textsf{namea} if they are identical.  See
under the \textbf{translator} field below for the full details.
Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry specific, if you
are using \textsf{Biber} \textsf{nameb} isn't inherited from a
\textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry.  Please note, also, that in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago's} name-finding algorithms \textsf{nameb}
takes precedence over \textsf{translator}.  Cf.\ \textsf{namea},
\textsf{namec}, \textsf{origlanguage} (section~\ref{sec:related}),
\textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} (section~\ref{sec:related}), and
the macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},\,\,
\cmd{partcomp},\,\, \cmd{parteditandcomp},\,\, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
\cmd{partedittransand-\break comp} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (14.87)
specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor,
translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also
specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s).  All
this suggests that the \emph{Manual} considers this to be standard
information that should be made available in a bibliographic
reference, so I have added that possibility to the many that
\textsf{biblatex} already provides, such as the \textsf{editor},
\textsf{translator}, \textsf{commentator}, \textsf{annotator}, and
\textsf{redactor}, along with writers of an \textsf{introduction},
\textsf{foreword}, or \textsf{afterword}.  Since \textsf{biblatex}
doesn't offer a \textsf{compiler} field, I have adopted for this
purpose the otherwise unused field \textsf{namec}.  It is important to
understand that, despite the analogous name, this field does not
function like \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, but rather like
\textsf{editor} or \textsf{translator}, and therefore if used will be
associated with whichever title field these latter two would be were
they present in the same entry.  Identical fields among these three
will be concatenated by the package, and concatenated too with the
(usually) unnecessary commentator, annotator and the rest.  Also
please note that I've arranged the concatenation algorithms to include
\textsf{namec} in the same test as \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb},
so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make
\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only
fields.  (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you
may, in certain circumstances, use that field, or the
\textsf{nameatype} field, to identify a compiler.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to
identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the
compiler(s) of a \textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, but for the
moment I've run out of available \textsf{name} fields, so you'll have
to fall back on the \cmd{partcomp} macro or the related
\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, on which see Commands
(section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}) below.  (Future releases may be
able to remedy this.)  It may be as well to mention here too that of
the names that can be substituted for the missing \textsf{author} at
the head of an entry, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will choose a
\textsf{namea} if present, then an \textsf{editor}, a \textsf{nameb},
or a \textsf{translator}, with \textsf{namec} coming last, assuming
that the fields aren't identical, and therefore to be concatenated.
The alphabetization routines should work properly for any of these
names, but do please remember that if you want the package to skip
over any names you can employ the \texttt{use<name>=false} options.
Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's} \texttt{usenamec} has replaced the old
Chicago-specific \texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data
that doesn't easily fit into any other field.  In this sense, it's
very like \textsf{addendum}, but the information provided here will be
printed just before the publication data.  (See chaucer:alt,
chaucer:liferecords, cook:sotweed, emerson:nature, and rodman:walk for
examples of this usage in action.)  It also has a specialized use in
all the periodical types (\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
\textsf{review}), where it holds supplemental information about a
\textsf{journaltitle}, such as \enquote{special issue}
(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue).  In all uses, if your data
begins with a word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the
beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in
lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do
the right thing.  Cf.\ \textsf{addendum}.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{number}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, containing the number of a
\textsf{journaltitle} in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry,
the number of a \textsf{title} in a \textsf{periodical} entry, the
volume/number of a book in a \textsf{series}, or the (generally
numerical) specifier of the \textsf{type} in a \textsf{report} entry.
Generally, in an \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or
\textsf{review} entry, this will be a plain cardinal number, but in
such entries \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now does the right thing if you
have a list or range of numbers (unsigned:ranke).  In any
\textsf{book}-like entry the field may well contain considerably more
information, including even a reference to \enquote{2nd ser.,} for
example, while the \textsf{series} field in such an entry will contain
the name of the series, rather than a number.  This field is also the
place for the patent number in a \textsf{patent} entry.  Cf.\
\textsf{issue} and \textsf{series}.  (See \emph{Manual} 14.128--132
and boxer:china, palmatary:pottery, wauchope:ceramics; 14.180--181 and
beattie:crime, conley:fifthgrade, friedman:learn\-ing, garrett,
gibbard, hlatky:hrt, mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation,
warr:el\-lison.)

\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: This may be an opportune place to point
out that the \emph{Manual} (14.154) prefers arabic to roman numerals
in most circumstances (chapters, volumes, series numbers, etc.), even
when such numbers might be roman in the work cited.  The obvious
exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the
citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry
basis rather than globally.  Information about some of the more common
options may be found above under \textsf{author} and below in
section~\ref{sec:options}.  See chaucer:alt, eliot:pound,
herwign:office, lecarre:quest, and mla:style for examples of the field
in use.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc},
\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of
use to specify a publishing body that might not easily fit in other
categories.  In \textsf{biblatex}, it is also used to identify the
organization sponsoring a conference in a \textsf{proceedings} or
\textsf{inproceedings} entry, and I have retained this as a
possibility, though the \emph{Manual} is silent on the matter.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origdate}} \textsf{biblatex}
field allows you to provide more than one full date specification for
those references which need it.  As with the analogous \textsf{date}
field, you provide the date (or range of dates) in \textsc{iso}8601
format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}.  In most entry types, you would use
\textsf{origdate} to provide the date of first publication of a work,
most usually needed only in the case of reprint editions, but also
recommended by the \emph{Manual} for electronic editions of older
works (14.119, 14.166, 14.169; aristotle:metaphy:gr, emerson:nature,
james:ambassadors, schweitzer:bach).  In the \textsf{letter} and
\textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) entry types, the
\textsf{origdate} identifies when a letter (or similar) was written.
In such \textsf{misc} entries, some \enquote{non-letter-like}
materials (like interviews) need the \textsf{date} field for this
purpose, while in \textsf{letter} entries the \textsf{date} applies to
the publication of the whole collection.  If such a published
collection were itself a reprint, improvisation in the
\textsf{location} field might be able to rescue the situation.  (See
jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total
for how \textsf{letter} entries usually work; creel:house shows the
field in action in a \textsf{misc} entry, while spock:interview uses
\textsf{date}.)

\mylittlespace In \textsf{music} entries, you can use the
\textsf{origdate} in two separate but related ways.  First, it can
identify the recording date of an entire disc, rather than of one
track on that disc, which would go in \textsf{eventdate}.  (Compare
holiday:fool with nytrumpet:art.)  The style will automatically
prepend the bibstring \texttt{recorded} to the date, but you can
change it with the new \textsf{userd} field.  Be aware, however, that
if an entry also has an \textsf{eventdate}, then \textsf{userd} will
apply to that, instead, and you'll be forced to accept the default
string.  Second, the \textsf{origdate} can provide the original
release date of an album.  For this to happen, you need to put the
string \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, which is a
standard mechanism across many other entry types for identifying a
reprinted work.  (See floyd:atom.)

\mylittlespace Because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts
numbers, some improvisation may be needed if you wish to include
\enquote{n.d.}\ (\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) in an entry.  In
\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}, this information can be placed in
\textsf{titleaddon}, but in other entry types you may need to use the
\textsf{location} field.  (The \textsf{origyear} field usually works,
too.)

\mybigspace See
\vspace{-14.2pt}
\mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\
\textbf{origlocation}\\\textbf{origpublisher}}
section~\ref{sec:related}, below.
\vspace{18pt}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{pages}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} field for providing page references.  In many
\textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries you'll find this contains
something other than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition
specification (14.203, 14.209; kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor,
nyt:trevor\-obit).  Of course, the same may be true of almost any sort
of entry, though perhaps with less frequency.  Curious readers may
wish to look at brown:bremer (14.189) for an example of a
\textsf{pages} field used to facilitate reference to a two-part
journal article.  Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more information on the
\emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the formatting of numerals;
\textsf{bookpagination} and \textsf{pagination} provide details about
\textsf{biblatex's} mechanisms for specifying what sort of division a
given \textsf{pages} field contains; and \textsf{usera} discusses a
different way to present the section information pertaining to a
newspaper article.

\mylittlespace David Gohlke brought to my attention a discussion that
took place a couple of years ago on
\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange}
regarding the automatic compression of page ranges, e.g., 101-{-}109
in the .bib file or in the \textsf{postnote} field would become 101--9
in the document.  \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for
providing this, and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly
complicated, Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion
code that implements the specifications.  As some users may well be
accustomed to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files,
and in their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of
this code a package option, so setting \texttt{compresspages=true}
when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should automatically give you
the Chicago-recommended page ranges.

\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{pagination}} a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix the
appropriate identifying string to information you provide in the
\textsf{postnote} field of a citation command, whereas
\textsf{bookpagination} allows you to prefix a string to the
\textsf{pages} field.  Please see \textbf{bookpagination} above for
all the details on this functionality, as aside from the difference
just mentioned the two fields are equivalent.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{part}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, which identifies physical parts of a single logical volume in
\textsf{book}-like entries, not in periodicals.  It has the same
purpose in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, but because the
\emph{Manual} (14.126) calls such a thing a \enquote{book} and not a
\enquote{part,} the string printed in notes and bibliography will, at
least in English, be \enquote{\texttt{bk.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ instead of
the plain dot between volume number and part number
(harley:cartography, lach:asia).  If the field contains something
other than a number, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print it as is,
capitalizing it if necessary, rather than supplying the usual
bibstring, so this provides a mechanism for altering the string to
your liking.  The field will be printed in the same place in any entry
as would a \textsf{volume} number, and although it will most usually
be associated with such a number, it can also function independently,
allowing you to identify parts of works that don't fit into the
standard scheme.  If you need to identify \enquote{parts} or
\enquote{books} that are part of a published \textsf{series}, for
example, then you'll need to use a different field, (which in this
case would be \textsf{number} [palmatary:pottery]).  Cf.\
\textsf{volume}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{publisher}}
\textsf{biblatex} field.  Remember that \enquote{\texttt{and}} is a
keyword for connecting multiple publishers, so if a publisher's name
contains \enquote{and,} then you should either use the ampersand (\&)
or enclose the whole name in additional braces.  (See \emph{Manual}
14.139--148; aristotle:metaphy:gr, cohen:schiff, creasey:ashe:blast,
dunn:revolutions.)

\mylittlespace There are, as one might expect, a couple of further
subtleties involved here.  Two publishers will be separated by a
forward slash in both notes and bibliography, and you no longer, in
the 16th edition, need to provide hand formatting if a company issues
\enquote{certain books through a special publishing division or under
  a special imprint,} as these, too, should be separated by a forward
slash.  If a book has two co-publishers, \enquote{usually in different
  countries,} (14.147) then the simplest thing to do is to choose one,
probably the nearest one geographically.  If you feel it necessary to
include both, then levistrauss:savage demonstrates one way of doing
so, using a combination of the \textsf{publisher} and
\textsf{location} fields.  Finally, if the publisher is unknown, then
the \emph{Manual} recommends (14.143) simply using the place (if
known) and the date.  If for some reason you need to indicate the
absence of a publisher, the abbreviation given by the \emph{Manual} is
\texttt{n.p.}, though this can also stand for \enquote{no place.}
Some style guides apparently suggest using \texttt{s.n.}\,(=
\emph{sine nomine}) to specify the lack of a publisher, but the
\emph{Manual} doesn't mention this.

\mybigspace In addition to the functions involving reprinted titles,
on which see \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}}
section~\ref{sec:related} below, you can now also use the
\textsf{pubstate} field to indicate that a work is
\enquote{forthcoming.}  Just put the exact string \texttt{forthcoming}
into the field and the style will print \cmd{bibstring\{forth\-coming\}}
as the \textsf{year} (author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this
field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the
\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it.  It may be useful for some
purposes.  Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}.

\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
section~\ref{sec:related}, below.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
field, usually just a number in an \textsf{article},
\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, almost always the name
of a publication series in \textsf{book}-like entries.  If you need to
attach further information to the \textsf{series} name in a
\textsf{book}-like entry, then the \textsf{number} field is the place
for it, whether it be a volume, a number, or even something like
\enquote{2nd ser.} or \enquote{\cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.}  Of
course, you can also use \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}} or
\cmd{bibstring\{newseries\}} in an \textsf{article} entry, but there
you would place it in the \textsf{series} field itself.  (In fact, the
\textsf{series} field in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
\textsf{review} entries is one of the places where \textsf{biblatex}
allows you just to use the plain bibstring \texttt{oldseries}, for
example, rather than making you type \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.
The \textsf{type} field in \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent},
\textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis} entries also has this
auto-detection mechanism in place; see the discussion of
\cmd{bibstring} below for details.)  In whatever entry type, these
bibstrings produce the required abbreviation, which thankfully is the
same in both notes and bibliography.  (For books and similar entries,
see \emph{Manual} 14.128--132; boxer:china, browning:aurora,
palmatary:pottery, plato:republic:gr, wauchope:ceramics; for
periodicals, see 14.195; garaud:gatine, sewall:letter.)  Cf.\
\textsf{number} for more information on the \emph{Manual}'s
preferences regarding the formatting of numerals.

\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}}}
\label{sec:shortauthor}

This is a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, but
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} makes considerably grea\-ter use of it
than the standard styles.  For the purposes of the Chicago style, the
field provides the name to be used in the short form of a footnote.
In the vast majority of cases, you don't need to specify it, because
the \textsf{biblatex} system selects the author's last name from the
\textsf{author} field and uses it in such a reference, and if there is
no \textsf{author} it will search \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor},
\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec}, in that
order.  In an author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry
(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}), where
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will use the \textsf{journaltitle} as
the author, you can use the \textsf{shortjournal} field instead, but
you'll need to set up the \texttt{journalabbrev} option to make sure
it's actually printed.  (See below.)  In author-less \textsf{manual}
entries, where the \textsf{organization} will be so used, the style
automatically uses any \textsf{shortauthor} in the short note form,
though you may still need to help the alphabetization routines by
providing a \textsf{sortkey} field in such cases (dyna:browser,
gourmet:052006, lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit).

\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the
\emph{Manual} (14.87) recommends against providing the identifying
string (e.g., ed.\ or trans.)\ in the short note form, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation.  If you
need to provide these strings in such a citation, then you'll have to
do so by hand in the \textsf{shortauthor} field, or in the
\textsf{shorteditor} field, whichever you are using.

\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorteditor}}
\textsf{shortauthor}, a field to provide a name for a short footnote,
in this case for, e.g., a \textsf{collection} entry that typically
lacks an author.  The \textsf{shortauthor} field works just as well in
most situations, but if you have set \texttt{useauthor=false} (and not
\texttt{useeditor=false}) in an entry's \textsf{options} field, then
only \textsf{shorteditor} will be recognized.  It may be worth
pointing out that, because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also provides a
\textsf{namea} field for the editor of a \textsf{title} as opposed to
a \textsf{main-} or \textsf{booktitle}, and because in standard use
the \textsf{namea}, if present, will be chosen to head a bibliography
entry before the \textsf{editor}, you should present the shortened
\textsf{namea} here instead of a shortened \textsf{editor} in such
cases.  Cf.\ \textsf{editortype}, above.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthand}} is
\textsf{biblatex}'s mechanism for using abbreviations in place of the
usual short note form, and in previous releases I left it effectively
unmodified in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, apart from a few
formatting tweaks.  At the request of Kenneth Pearce, and following
some hints in the \emph{Manual}, I have made the system considerably
more flexible, which I hope might be useful for those with specialized
formatting needs.  In the default configuration, any entry which
contains a \textsf{shorthand} field will produce a normal first note,
either long or short according to your package options, informing the
reader that the work will hereafter be cited by this abbreviation.  As
in \textsf{biblatex}, the \cmd{printshorthands} command, now for
\textsf{Biber} users at least an alias for
\cmd{printbib\-list\{shorthand\}}, will produce a formatted list of
abbreviations for reference purposes, a list which the \emph{Manual}
suggests should be placed either in the front matter (when using
footnotes) or before the endnotes, in case these are used.

\mylittlespace I have provided three options to alter these defaults.
First, there is a new citation command, \cmd{shorthandcite}, which
will print the \textsf{shorthand} even at the first citation.  I have
only provided the most general form of this command, so you'll need to
put it inside parentheses or in a \cmd{footnote} command yourself.
Second, I have included two \texttt{bibenvironments} for use with the
\texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command:
\texttt{losnotes} is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear
inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for
endnotes.  Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the
latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that
I see on my system when using endnotes.  (You'll probably also want to
use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the
[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote}
command.)  Third, I have provided a package option,
\texttt{shorthandfull}, which prints entries in the list of shorthands
which contain full bibliographical information, effectively allowing
you to eschew the bibliography in favor of a fortified shorthand list.
(See 13.65, 14.54--55, and also \textsf{biblatex.pdf} for more
information.)

\mylittlespace Alexandre Roberts suggested a further refinement to
\textsf{shorthand} behavior, which allows for it to appear in the
place of the usual abbreviated citation of parent entries
cross-referenced by several different child entries.  In such a case,
instead of the usual \enquote{\ldots\,in Author, \emph{Title},
  24--38,} you would see instead \enquote{\ldots\,in \emph{ShrtHd},
  24--38.}  There are several steps required for enabling this
behavior.  First, you need to set the package option
\texttt{inheritshorthand} to \texttt{true}, which allows child entries
to inherit the necessary fields from their cross-referenced parents.
Second, you'll probably want to use the \textsf{shorthandintro} field
somehow to clarify that the \textsf{shorthand} applies to the
\emph{parent} rather than to the \emph{child}, as otherwise the
reference will be ambiguous.  Third, you'll need to put
\texttt{skipbiblist}, formerly \texttt{skiplos}, in the
\textsf{options} field of the child entries so that the
\textsf{shorthand} itself appears in the list of shorthands
\emph{only} next to the parent entry, and not also next to all of its
children.

\mylittlespace As I mentioned above under \textbf{crossref}, I
formerly recommended against using shorthands with cross-references,
but this extension of their use makes sense as an extra space-saving
measure.  I'm not certain that I've identified all the possible
drawbacks to enabling the \texttt{inheritshorthand} option, so care is
still needed, at least in the current state of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.  Please report any problems you might
have with this functionality to the email address at the head of this
documentation.

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace When \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthandintro}} you include a
\textsf{shorthand} in an entry, it will ordinarily appear the first
time you cite the work, at the end of a long note, surrounded by
parentheses and prefaced by the phrase \enquote{hereafter cited as.}
With this standard \textsf{biblatex} field, you can change that
formatting and that phrase to suit your needs.  Please note, first,
that you need to include the shorthand in this field as you intend it
to appear and, second, that you still need the \textsf{shorthand}
field present in order to ensure the appropriate presentation of that
shorthand in later citations and in the list of shorthands.  Finally,
I've tried to allow for as many different styles of notification as
possible, so by default the only punctuation that will appear between
the rest of the citation and the \textsf{shorthandintro} is a space.
You can change this punctuation, either in the preamble for the whole
document or in individual entries, using the \texttt{shorthandpunct}
option, documented in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}.  If the available
option keys aren't adequate, you can use \texttt{none} and then
provide custom punctuation inside the \textsf{shorthandintro} field
itself.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special
\textsf{biblatex} field, used to provide both an abbreviated form of a
\textsf{journaltitle} in notes and/or bibliography and to facilitate
the creation of a list of journal abbreviations rather in the manner
of a \textsf{shorthand} list.  As requested by user BenVB, you can now
utilize this functionality in your documents, but there are several
steps to take in order to do so.  First, you'll need to provide both
\textsf{shortjournal} and \textsf{journaltitle} fields in the entry
types that use them, i.e., mainly \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
entries.  In \textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} field
presents what would be the \textsf{journaltitle} in the previous two,
so in such entries you can provide the standard \textsf{shorttitle}
field to accompany the \textsf{title}, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
will automatically copy the \textsf{shorttitle} into a
\textsf{shortjournal}.

\mylittlespace Having done this, you need to set the
\texttt{journalabbrev} option either when loading
\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} or in the \textsf{options} field of
individual .bib entries.  By default, this option is not set, so your
\textsf{shortjournal} fields will be silently ignored.  There are
three other settings:\ \texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both
in notes and bibliography, \texttt{notes} only in notes, and
\texttt{bib} only in the bibliography.  Should you wish to present a
list of these abbreviations with their expansions, then you need to
use the \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjour\-nal\}} command, perhaps with a
\texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from any
\textsf{shorthand} list.  As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have
provided two \texttt{bibenvironments} for printing this list in foot-
or endnotes (\texttt{sjnotes} and \texttt{sjendnotes}, respectively),
to be used with the \texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}.  Again
as with \textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option
\texttt{heading=none} when using these environments, just to turn off
the (oversized) default, and perhaps provide your own title within the
\cmd{footnote} command.  Finally, if you don't like the default
formatting of the abbreviations in the list (bold italic), you can
roll your own using \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{shortjournal\-width\}}
--- you can see its default definition at the top of
\textsf{chicago-notes.bbx}.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated
title for short notes.  (It is also the way to hook
\textsf{periodical} entries into the \textsf{shortjournal} mechanism,
on which see the previous entry.)  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes},
you need to take particular care with \textsf{letter} entries, where,
as explained above, the \emph{Manual} requires a special format
(\enquote{\texttt{to Recipient}}).  (See 14.117;
jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ.)  Some
\textsf{misc} entries (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}) also need
special attention.  (See creel:house, where the full \textsf{title} is
used as the \textsf{shortauthor} + \textsf{shorttitle} by using
\cmd{headlesscite} commands.  Placing \cmd{isdot} into the
\textsf{shortauthor} field no longer works in \textsf{biblatex} 1.6,
so be sure to check your .bib files when you upgrade.)  Remember,
also, that the generic titles in \textsf{review} and \textsf{misc}
entries may not want capitalization in all contexts, so, as with the
\textsf{title} field, if you begin a \textsf{shorttitle} with a
lowercase letter the style will do the right thing (barcott:review,
bundy:macneil, Clemens:letter, kozinn:review, ratliff:review,
unsigned:ranke).

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortkey}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify how you want
an entry alphabetized in a bibliography.  In general, if an entry
doesn't turn up where you expect or want it, this field should provide
the solution.  Entries with a corporate author can now omit the
definite or indefinite article, which should help (14.85;
cotton:manufacture, nytrumpet:art).  If you use \textsf{Biber} as your
backend, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also now includes the three
supplemental name fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}) in the sorting
algorithm, so once again you should find that this field is needed
less than before.  Still, many entries without a name field of any
sort, particularly those with a definite or indefinite article
beginning the \textsf{title}, may require assistance (chaucer:alt,
dyna:browser, gourmet:052006, greek:filmstrip, grove:sibelius,
lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, silver:ga\-wain,
un\-signed:ran\-ke, vir\-gin\-ia:plan\-tation).  \textsf{Biblatex}
also provides \textbf{sortname}, \textbf{sorttitle}, and
\textbf{sortyear} for more fine-grained control.  Please consult
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} and the remarks on \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}
in section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{title} --- see next entry.

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} the vast majority of
cases, this field works just as it always has in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and
just as it does in \textsf{biblatex}.  Nearly every entry will have
one, the most likely exceptions being \textsf{incollection} or
\textsf{online} entries with a merely generic title, instead of a
specific one (centinel:letters, powell:email).  The main source of
difficulties flows from the \emph{Manual}'s rules for formatting
\textsf{titles}, rules which also hold for \textsf{booktitles} and
\textsf{maintitles}.  The whole point of using a
\textsc{Bib}\TeX-based system is for it to do the formatting for you,
and in most cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} does just that,
surrounding titles with quotation marks, italicizing them, or
occasionally just leaving them alone.  When, however, a title is
quoted within a title, then you need to know some of the rules.  A
summary here should serve to clarify them, and help you to understand
when \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} might need your help in order to
comply with them.

\mylittlespace The internal rules of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
are as follows:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and
  \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of
  \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
  \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{image},
  \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no
  \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings},
  \textsf{report}, \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection}
  entry types.
\item[\qquad Quotation Marks:] \textsf{title} of \textsf{article},
  \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{online},
  \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry
  types, \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical},
  and \textsf{review} entry types.
\item[\qquad Unformatted:] \textsf{booktitleaddon},
  \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types,
  \textsf{title} of \textsf{customc}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}
  (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{patent}, \textsf{review},
  and \textsf{suppperiodical} entry types.
\item[\qquad Italics or Quotation Marks:] All of the audiovisual entry
  types --- \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} ---
  have to serve as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to
  \textsf{inbook}.  Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a
  \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in quotation
  marks.  If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title}
  will be italicized.
\end{description}

Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend
to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult
section \ref{sec:entrytypes} above, the examples in
\textsf{notes-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself,
8.154--195.  Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a
title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on
its own, require, then the following rules apply:

\begin{enumerate}
\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in
  quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do
  is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will
  take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought
  within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var,
  mchugh:wake).
\item Inside a quoted title, you should present another title as it
  would appear if it were on its own, so in such cases you'll need to
  do the formatting yourself.  Within the double quotes of the title
  another quoted title would take single quotes --- the
  \cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also,
  I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be
  brought within the closing quotation mark(s).  (See 14.177; garrett,
  loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:calli\-machus.)
\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or
  a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it
  would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using
  \cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}.  (barcott:review, gibbard,
  osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke).
\end{enumerate}

The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well.  A word normally
italicized in text should also be italicized in a quoted or plain-text
title, but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an
italicized title.  A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or
without a subtitle) retains its quotation marks in an italicized title
\enquote{only if it appears that way in the source,} but always
retains them when the surrounding title is quoted or plain (14.104,
14.177; lewis).  A word or phrase in quotation marks, but that isn't a
quotation, retains those marks in all title types (kimluu:diethyl).

\mylittlespace Finally, please note that in all \textsf{review} (and
\textsf{suppperiodical}) entries, and in \textsf{misc} entries with an
\textsf{entrysubtype}, and only in those entries,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically capitalize the
first word of the \textsf{title} after sentence-ending punctuation,
assuming that such a \textsf{title} begins with a lowercase letter in
your .bib database.  See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
section~\ref{sec:formatcommands} below for more details.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles
that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves,
and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the
additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
to do what you want (cf.\ centinel:letters, powell:email).  This field
will always be unformatted, that is, neither italicized nor placed
within quotation marks, so any formatting you may need within it
you'll need to provide manually yourself.  The single exception to
this rule is when your data begins with a word that would ordinarily
only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, in which case you
need then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, below.  The package and entry
options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and \texttt{ctitleaddon}
(section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to customize the punctuation
that appears before the \textsf{titleaddon} field.  (Cf.\
brown:bremer, osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for
examples where the field starts with a lowercase letter;
morgenson:market provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon}
field, holding the name of a regular column in a newspaper, is
capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would expect;
coolidge:speech shows both entry options for controlling the
punctuation.)

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do,
but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
complications that need explaining.  \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
that the \textsf{translator} field will be associated with a
\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
depending on the sort of entry.  More specifically,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{translator} with the
most comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if
there is one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title},
if the other two are lacking.  In a large number of cases, this is
exactly the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
plato:republic:gr, among others).  Predictably, however, there are
numerous cases that require, for example, an additional translator for
one part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work.
For these cases I have provided the \textsf{nameb} field.  You should
format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes) In the algorithm for finding a name
for the head of notes and bibliography entries, \textsf{nameb} takes
precedence over \textsf{translator}.

\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which
holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:ores\-tes).  If
\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as
\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor},
\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the compiler).
Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will need separate
translators for each of the three sorts of title.  For this, and for
various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{parttrans} macro
(and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field or in
one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (ratliff:review).  (Because the
strings identifying a translator differ in notes and bibliography, one
can't simply write them out in such a field, hence the need for a
macro, which I discuss further in the commands section below
[\ref{sec:formatcommands}].)

\mylittlespace Finally, as I detailed above under \textbf{author}, in
the absence of an \textsf{author}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor},
and \textsf{nameb}, the \textsf{translator} will be used at the head
of an entry (silver:gawain), and the bibliography entry alphabetized
by the translator's name, behavior that can be controlled with the
\texttt{use<name>} switches in the \textsf{options} field.  Cf.\
\textsf{author}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, and
\textsf{namec}.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{type}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, and in its normal usage serves to identify
the type of a \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, or
\textsf{thesis} entry.  \textsf{Biblatex} 0.7 introduced the ability,
in some circumstances, to use a bibstring without inserting it in a
\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type}
field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g.,
\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both
will work.  (See petroff:im\-purity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and
ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may sometimes
be automatically set in such entries by using one of the standard
entry-type aliases).

\mylittlespace In the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and in its alias
\textsf{suppcollection}, you can use the \textsf{type} field to
specify what sort of supplemental material you are citing, e.g.,
\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{post\-script to}.}
Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the details.  (See \emph{Manual}
14.116; polakow:af\-terw, prose:intro).

\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in
\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and
\textsf{video} entries to identify the medium of the work, e.g.,
\texttt{oil on canvas}, \texttt{albumen print}, \texttt{compact disc}
or \texttt{MPEG}.  If the first word in this field would normally only
be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then leave it in
lowercase in your .bib file and \textsf{biblatex} will automatically
do the right thing in citations.  Cf.\ \textsf{artwork},
\textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video},
above, for all the details.  (See auden:reading, bedford:photo,
cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art.)

\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace A standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can
provide one for all entry types.  The 16th edition of the
\textsf{Manual} expresses a strong preference for DOIs over URLs if
the former is available --- cf.\ \textsf{doi} above, and also
\textsf{urldate} just below.  The required \LaTeX\ package
\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references
properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus.  It may be worth
noting that child entries no longer inherit \textsf{url} fields from
their parents --- the information seems entry-specific enough to
warrant a little bit of extra typing if you need to present the same
locator in several entries.

\mybigspace A standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a
given url, and is given in \textsc{iso}8601 format.  The 16th edition
of the \emph{Manual} prefers DOIs to URLs; in the latter case it
allows the use of access dates, particularly in contexts that require
it, but prefers that you use revision dates, if these are available.
To enable you to specify which date is at stake, I have provided the
\textbf{userd} field, documented below.  If an entry doesn't have a
\textsf{userd}, then the \textsf{urldate} will be treated, as before,
as an access date (14.6--8, 14.184; evanston:library, grove:sibelius,
hlatky:hrt, osborne:poison, sirosh:visualcortex, wikiped:bibtex).

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{usera}} supplemental
\textsf{biblatex} field which functions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
almost as a \enquote{\textsf{journaltitleaddon}} field.  In
\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries
with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the contents of this
field will be placed, unformatted and between commas, after the
\textsf{journaltitle} and before the date.  The main use is for
identifying the broadcast network when you cite a radio or television
program (14.221; bundy:macneil).

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{userc}} have implemented this
supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field as part of Chicago's name
cross-referencing system.  (The \enquote{c} part is meant as a sort of
mnemonic for this function, though it's perfectly possible to use the
field in other contexts.)  If you use the \textbf{customc} entry type
to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
a bibliography, it is unlikely that you will cite the \textsf{customc}
entry in the body of your text.  Therefore, in order for it to appear
in the bibliography, you have two choices.  You can either include the
entry key of the \textsf{customc} entry in a \cmd{nocite} command
inside your document, or you can place that entry key in the
\textsf{userc} field of another .bib entry that you will be citing.
In the latter case, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will call \cmd{nocite}
for you, and this method should ensure that there will be at least one
entry in the bibliography to which the cross-reference will point.
(See 14.84, 14.86; creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide,
creasey:york:death, lecarre:quest.)

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{userd}} \textsf{userd} field acts
as a sort of \enquote{\textsf{datetype}} field, allowing you in most
entry types to identify whether a \textsf{urldate} is an access date
or a revision date.  The general usage is fairly simple.  If this
field is absent, then a \textsf{urldate} will be treated as an access
date, as has long been the default in \textsf{biblatex} and in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  If you need to identify it in any other
way, what you include in \textsf{userd} will be printed \emph{before}
the \textsf{urldate}, so phrases like \enquote{\texttt{last modified}}
or \enquote{\texttt{last revised}} are what the field will typically
contain (14.7--8; wikiped:bibtex).  In the absence of a
\textsf{urldate} you can, in most entry types, include a
\textsf{userd} field to qualify a \textsf{date} in the same way it
would have modified a \textsf{urldate}.

\mylittlespace Because of the rather specialized needs of some
audio-visual references, this basic sche\-ma changes for \textsf{music}
and \textsf{video} entries.  In \textsf{music} entries where an
\textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify that date
instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present, and it will
modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is no
\textsf{eventdate}.  It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the
absence of the other three.  In \textsf{video} entries it will modify
an \textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the
\textsf{urldate}.  In the absence of those two, it can modify a
\textsf{date}.  Please see the documentation of the \textbf{music} and
\textbf{video} entry types, and especially of the \textsf{eventdate},
\textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate} fields, above (14.276--279;
nytrumpet:art).

\mylittlespace In all cases, you can start the \textsf{userd} field
with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex} will take care of
automatic contextual capitalization for you.

\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{usere}} supplemental
\textsf{biblatex} field, which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses
specifically to provide a translated \textsf{title} of a work,
something that may be needed if you deem the original language
unparseable by a significant portion of your likely readership.  The
\emph{Manual} offers two alternatives in such a situation: either you
can translate the title and use that translation in your
\textsf{title} field, providing the original language in
\textsf{language}, or you can give the original title in
\textsf{title} and the translation in \textsf{usere}.  If you choose
the latter, you may need to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} so that the
short note form is also parseable.  Cf.\ \textbf{language}, above.
(See 14.108--110, 14.194; kern, weresz.)

\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}}
section~\ref{sec:related}, below.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex}
offers this field for use in \textsf{proceedings} and
\textsf{inproceedings} entries, but I haven't yet implemented it,
mainly because the \emph{Manual} has nothing to say about it.  Perhaps
the \textsf{organization} field could be used, for the moment,
instead.  Anything in a \textsf{venue} field will be ignored.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{version}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, currently only available in \textsf{misc} and \textsf{patent}
entries in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volume}} \textsf{biblatex}
field.  It holds the volume of a \textsf{journaltitle} in
\textsf{article} (and some \textsf{review}) entries, and also the
volume of a multi-volume work in many other sorts of entry.  The
treatment and placement of \textsf{volume} information in
\textsf{book}-like entries is rather complicated in the \emph{Manual}
(14.121--27).  In bibliography entries, the \textsf{volume} appears
either before the \textsf{maintitle} or before the publication
information.  In long notes, the same applies, but with the additional
possibility of this information appearing \emph{after} the publication
data, just before page numbers.  In the past, if you wanted the volume
information to appear here, you had to leave that information out of
your .bib entry and give it in the \textsf{pages} or \textsf{postnote}
field.  Now, you can use the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} option
\texttt{delayvolume} \mymarginpar{\texttt{delayvolume}} in your
preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to ensure that
any \textsf{volume} information that would normally have appeared just
before the publication data in a long note appears after it.

\mylittlespace The \textsf{volume} information in both books and
periodicals, and in both the bibliography and long notes, can appear
\emph{immediately before} the page number(s).  In such a case, the
\emph{Manual} prescribes the same treatment for both sorts of sources,
that is, that \enquote{a colon separates the volume number from the
  page number with no intervening space.}  I have implemented this,
but at the request of Clea~F.\ Rees I have made this punctuation
customizable, using the command \cmd{postvolpunct}.\
\mymarginpar{\cmd{postvolpunct}} By default it prints \cmd{addcolon},
but you can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash
  postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it.  Cf.\
\textsf{part}, and the command documentation in
section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volumes}} \textsf{biblatex}
field.  It holds the total number of volumes of a multi-volume work,
and in the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} no longer triggers any
odd changes to the punctuation of short notes (14.159;
meredith:letters).  If both a \textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes}
field are present, as may occur particularly in cross-referenced
entries, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the
\textsf{volumes} field in the list of references, except in some
instances when a \textsf{maintitle} is present.  In this latter case,
if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, the
option \texttt{hidevolumes}, \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes}} set to
\texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the
\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not.  Set it to
\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}.  See the
option's documentation in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, below.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{xref}} modified \textsf{crossref}
field provided by \textsf{biblatex}, which prevents inheritance of any
data from the parent entry.  See \textbf{crossref}, above.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex}
field.  It usually identifies the year of publication, though unlike
the \textsf{date} field it allows non-numeric input, so you can put
\enquote{n.d.}\ (or, to be language agnostic,
\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) here if required, or indeed any other sort
of non-numerical date information.  If you can guess the date then you
can include that guess in square brackets instead of, or after, the
\enquote{n.d.}\ abbreviation.  Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:mesopot,
leo:madonna, ross:thesis.

\subsubsection{Fields for Related Entries}
\label{sec:related}

As \textsf{biblatex.pdf} puts it (§~3.4), \enquote{Almost all
  bibliography styles require authors to specify certain types of
  relationship between entries such as \enquote{Reprint of},
  \enquote{Reprinted in,} etc. It is impossible to provide data fields
  to cover all of these relationships and so \textsf{biblatex}
  provides a general mechanism for this using the entry fields
  \textsf{related}, \textsf{relatedtype} and \textsf{relatedstring}.}
Before this mechanism was available \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
attempted to provide a similar but much more limited set of
inter-entry relationships using the \textsf{biblatex} fields
\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{origlocation}, \textsf{origpublisher},
\textsf{pubstate}, \textsf{reprinttitle}, and \textsf{userf}.  All of
these still work just as they always have or, I hope, somewhat better
than they always have after many recent bug fixes, but the more
general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{related} mechanism
is also available.  It can provide much of what the older system
provided and a great deal that it couldn't.  What follows is a
field-by-field discussion of the options now available.

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the
\emph{Manual}'s specifications, I have fairly thoroughly redefined
\textsf{biblatex}'s facilities for treating translations.  The
\textsf{origtitle} field isn't used, while the \textsf{language} and
\textsf{origdate} fields have been press-ganged for other duties.  The
\textsf{origlanguage} field, for its part, retains a dual role in
presenting translations in a bibliography.  The details of the
\emph{Manual}'s suggested treatment when both a translation and an
original are cited may be found below under \textbf{userf}.  Here,
however, I simply note that the introductory string used to connect
the translation's citation with the original's is \enquote{Originally
  published as,} which I suggest may well be inaccurate in a great
many cases, as for instance when citing a work from classical
antiquity, which will most certainly not \enquote{originally} have
been published in the Loeb Classical Library.  Although not, strictly
speaking, authorized by the \emph{Manual}, I have provided another way
to introduce the original text, using the \textsf{origlanguage} field,
which must be provided \emph{in the entry for the translation, not the
  original text} (aristotle:metaphy:trans).  If you put one of the
standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings there (enumerated below), then
the entry will work properly across multiple languages.  Otherwise,
just put the name of the language there, localized as necessary, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will eschew \enquote{Originally published
  as} in favor of, e.g., \enquote{Greek edition:} or \enquote{French
  edition:}.  This has no effect in notes, where only the work cited
--- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help to
make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the bibliography more
palatable.  \textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype}
\texttt{origpubas} with a customized \textsf{relatedstring} field to
achieve the same ends.

\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the
spirit of the \emph{Manual}.  I have also, perhaps less in keeping
with that specification, retained some of \textsf{biblatex}'s
functionality for this field.  If an entry doesn't have a
\textsf{userf} field, and therefore won't be combining a text and its
translation in the bibliography, you can also use
\textsf{origlanguage} as the standard styles use it, so that instead
of saying, e.g., \enquote{translated by X,} the entry will read
\enquote{translated from the German by X.}  The \emph{Manual} doesn't
mention this, but it may conceivably help avoid certain ambiguities in
some citations.  As in \textsf{biblatex}, if you wish to use this
functionality, you have to provide \emph{not} the name of the
language, but rather a bibliography string, which may, at the time of
writing, be one of \texttt{american}, \texttt{brazilian},
\texttt{danish}, \texttt{dutch}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{french},
\texttt{german}, \texttt{greek}, \texttt{italian}, \texttt{latin},
\texttt{norwegian}, \texttt{portuguese}, \texttt{spanish}, or
\texttt{swedish}, to which I've added \texttt{russian}.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlocation}} 16th edition of
the \emph{Manual} has somewhat clarified issues pertaining to the
documentation of reprint editions and their corresponding originals
(14.166).  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you can provide both an
\textsf{origlocation} and an \textsf{origpublisher} to go along with
the \textsf{origdate}, should you so wish, and all of this information
will be printed in long notes and bibliography.  You can also use this
field in a \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with
\textsf{entrysubtype}) entry to give the place where a published or
unpublished letter was written (14.117).  (Jonathan Robinson has
suggested that the \textsf{origlocation} may in some circumstances
actually be necessary for disambiguation, his example being early
printed editions of the same material printed in the same year but in
different cities.  The new functionality should make this simple to
achieve.  Cf.\ \textsf{origdate} (section~\ref{sec:entryfields}),
\textsf{origpublisher} and \textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)
\textbf{NB:} It is impossible to present this same information, as
here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \texttt{related} field,
though the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} presents much the
same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a
separate entry.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the
\textsf{origlocation} field just above, the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} has clarified issues pertaining to reprint editions and
their corresponding originals (14.166).  You can provide an
\textsf{origpublisher} and/or an \textsf{origlocation} in addition to
the \textsf{origdate}, and all will be presented in long notes and
bibliography.  (Cf.\ \textsf{origdate}
(section~\ref{sec:entryfields}), \textsf{origlocation}, and
\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)  \textbf{NB:} It is impossible to
present this same information, as here, \emph{inside} a single entry
using a \texttt{related} field, though the \textsf{relatedtype}
\texttt{origpubin} presents much the same information \emph{after} the
entry, using data extracted from a separate entry.

\mybigspace Due \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} to specific
requirements in the author-date style, I have implemented this field
there as a way of providing accurate citations of reprinted books.  As
the functionality seemed useful, I have also included some of it in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.  In previous releases you could
identify a reprint by placing \cmd{bibstring\{reprint\}} in the
\textsf{location} field, followed by a comma, and the style would
print the appropriate string in notes and bibliography.  Now, if it is
more convenient, easier to remember, or if you want to reuse your .bib
database for the author-date style, you can simply put the string
\texttt{reprint} into the \textsf{pubstate} field, and the package
will take care of everything for you.  Both of these methods will now
work just fine, but please choose only one per entry, otherwise the
string will be printed twice.

\mylittlespace There are a couple of exceptions to this basic
functionality.  In \textsf{video} entries, no bibstring will be
printed, as it's not appropriate there, so in effect the
\textsf{pubstate} field will be ignored.  In \textsf{music} entries,
the mechanism transforms the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date
for an album into the original release date for that album.  Whereas a
recording date will be printed in the middle of the note or
bibliography entry, the original release date will be printed near the
end, preceded by the appropriate string.  (Cf.\ 14.276; floyd:atom.)
Aside from \texttt{reprint}, you can now put \texttt{forthcoming} into
the field to present works that are about to be published
(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).  Please remember that if you
put anything else in the \textsf{pubstate} field it will silently be
ignored, though this may change in future releases.  \textbf{NB:} The
\textsf{pubstate} functionality currently has no equivalent using the
\textsf{related} field.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to
use \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{related} functionality, and it should
contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex} should
extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the
bibliography entry (or long note) which contains the \textsf{related}
field itself.  Indeed, unless you change the defaults using the
\textsf{relatedoptions} field this data will only appear in such
entries, never on its own.  Without a \textsf{relatedtype} field, this
will print the default type, equivalent to a long note citation
\emph{immediately after} the bibliography entry containing the
\textsf{related} field, with no intervening string.  You can specify a
string using the \textsf{relatedstring} field, so in effect this
presents a powerful mechanism for presenting full references to
related material of any sort whatsoever.

\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} default, the
package option \texttt{related} is set to print \textsf{related}
entries only in the bibliography.  If you would like them to appear
only in long notes, in both notes and bibliography, or indeed in
neither, you can set this option, either in your preamble or in the
\textsf{options} field of the relevant entry, to \texttt{notes},
\texttt{true}, or \texttt{false}, respectively.  (See coolidge:speech
and weed:flatiron.)

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I
should expect, only be needed very rarely.  If you want to set
entry-level options for a \textsf{related} entry this is where you can
do it, though please remember one important detail.  By default,
\textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which among
other things prevents the \textsf{related} entry from
appearing separately in the bibliography.  If you use the field
yourself, then you'll need to include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the
options therein to maintain this effect.  Of course, it may be you
don't want all the effects of \texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it
however you wish.  See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.4.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for
choosing a string to connect the main entry with its related entry/ies
is straightforward, the default being a \texttt{bibstring}, if any,
with the same name as the \textsf{relatedtype}, or alternately a
string or strings defined within the driver for that
\textsf{relatedtype}, as happens with the types \texttt{origpubin} and
\texttt{bytranslator}.  Failing these, you can supply your own in the
\textsf{relatedstring} field, either in the form of the name of a
pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and anything
in this field always takes precedence over the automatic choices.  If
your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase letter then
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically for you
depending on context (weed:flatiron).  I have not altered the standard
\textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have indeed changed the
\textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the \texttt{reprintfrom}
string, which works better syntactically in this context.

\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedtype}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \textsf{relatedtypes}, and I have
either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the needs of
the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as possible.  I
have also added one to these six (see below):

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad bytranslator:] This prints a full citation of a
  translation, starting with the (localized) string
  \enquote{Translated by \textsf{translator} as \textsf{Title},
    \ldots} The reference is fuller in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} than
  in the standard styles, and for the first time allows users to
  choose the \emph{Manual's} alternate method for presenting original
  + translation (14.109; furet:related).  The old \textsf{userf}
  mechanism provides the other, as does the \texttt{origpubas}
  \textsf{relatedtype} (see below).
\item[\qquad default:] This is the macro used when no
  \textsf{relatedtype} is defined.  It prints, as in the standard
  styles, and with no intervening string, a full citation of
  \textsf{related} entries.  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the
  citation is in long note form, rather than bibliography form, as
  this is the usual practice in the \emph{Manual}.
\item[\qquad multivolume:] This briefly lists the individual volumes
  in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard styles.
  The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say on the
  matter.
\item[\qquad origpubas:] This type can, if you want, replace the old
  \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an
  original with its translation.  It's quite similar to the
  \texttt{default} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring} automatically
  connecting the entry with its \textsf{related} entries.  You can
  identify other sorts of relationships if you change the introductory
  string using \textsf{relatedstring}.
\item[\qquad origpubin:] I haven't altered this from the
  \textsf{biblatex} default at all, and it presents reprint
  information \emph{after} the main entry rather than within it.  The
  \emph{Manual} seems to prefer the latter for the notes \&
  bibliography style and, in some circumstances, the former for
  author-date.
\item[\qquad reprintfrom:] This type provides a replacement for the
  old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below.  As in the
  standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted
  material than does \texttt{origpubin}, and is designed particularly
  for presenting pieces formerly printed in other collections or
  perhaps essays collected from various periodicals.  (In
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with
  possible \textsf{babel} language environments, so if you find it
  behaving oddly please let me know, including whether you are using
  \textsf{babel} [which I've tested] or \textsf{polyglossia} [which I
  haven't].)
\item[\qquad \mycolor{reviewof:}] Philip Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa}
  package includes this type, and user Bertold Schweitzer suggested it
  might be a useful addition to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I've
  added it to the standard six detailed above.  It differs from all of
  them in that it prints the \textsf{relatedstring} (by default
  \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}}) and the data from the \textsf{related}
  entry in the middle of the parent entry, rather than at the end.  It
  also differs from them in being available only in \textsf{article}
  and \textsf{review} entries (along with the latter's clone,
  \textsf{suppperiodical}).

  In \textsf{article} entries it replaces the \textsf{titleaddon} with
  the \textsf{relatedstring} followed by the \textsf{title} of the
  child entry, and in \textsf{review} entries it replaces the
  \textsf{title} with the same two components.  In both types these
  components will optionally be followed by the \textsf{author},
  \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.,\ of the reviewed item,
  and then any child \textsf{titleaddon} may optionally appear at the
  end, allowing maximum flexibility when presenting, for example,
  reviews of live performances.

  This mechanism automates both the provision of the localized
  \cmd{bibstring} and also the formatting of the \textsf{title} of the
  reviewed work, and it also obviates the need to use any of the
  \cmd{partedit} macros in this context.  You should, however,
  remember to set the \texttt{related} option to \texttt{true} (either
  in the preamble or in individual entries) to ensure that the full
  data appears both in notes and in the bibliography.  Also, if the
  mechanism doesn't work for you in a particular context, remember
  that the standard way of presenting reviewed works is still
  available.  Finally, this \textsf{relatedtype} has the further
  peculiarity that, in \textsf{review} and \textsf{suppperiodical}
  entries only, it uses the \textsf{related} functionality also in
  short notes, which means that if you want to provide a
  \textsf{shorttitle} for short notes then it goes in the \emph{child}
  entry rather than the parent.
\end{description}

\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
\textbf{If you have been using this feature, you may want to have a
  look at the} \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom},
\textbf{documented above, for a better solution to this problem, one
  that also allows you to change the introductory string using the}
\textsf{relatedstring} \textbf{field.  The} \textsf{reprinttitle}
\textbf{field will continue to work as before, however.}  At the
request of Will Small, I have included a means of providing the
original publication details of an essay or a chapter that you are
citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays}
volume.  In such a case, at least according to the \emph{Manual}
(14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes, only in the
bibliography, and then only if these details are \enquote{of
  particular interest.}  The data would follow an introductory phrase
like \enquote{originally published as,} making the problem strictly
parallel to that of including details of a work in the original
language alongside the details of its translation.  I have addressed
the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which provides a
sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way.  In the
.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite
key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field
(which it may help mnemonically to think of as a \enquote{reprinted
  title} field).  The main difference between the two forms is that
\textsf{userf} prints all but the \textsf{author} of the original
work, whereas \textsf{reprinttitle} suppresses both the
\textsf{author} and the \textsf{title} of the original, giving only
the more general details, beginning with, e.g., the
\textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle} and continuing from there.
The string prefacing this information will be \enquote{Reprinted
  from.}  Please see the documentation on \textbf{userf} below for all
the details on how to create .bib entries for presenting your data.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is one of the
supplemental fields which \textsf{biblatex} provides, and is used by
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for a very specific purpose.  When you cite
both a translation and its original, the \emph{Manual} (14.109)
recommends that, in the bibliography at least, you combine references
to both texts in one entry, though the presentation in notes is pretty
much up to you.  In order to follow this specification, I have
provided a third cross-referencing system (the others being
\textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}), and have chosen the name
\textsf{userf} because it might act as a mnemonic for its function.

\mylittlespace In order to use this system, you should start by
entering both the original and its translation into your .bib file,
just as you normally would.  The mechanism works for any entry type,
and the two entries need not be of the same type.  In the entry for
the \emph{translation}, you put the cite key of the original into the
\textsf{userf} field.  In the \emph{original's} entry, you need to
include something that will prevent the entry from being printed
separately in the bibliography --- \texttt{skipbib} in the
\textsf{options} field will work, as would something in the
\textsf{keywords} field in conjunction with a \texttt{notkeyword=}
switch in the \cmd{printbibliography} command.  In this standard case,
the data for the translation will be printed first, followed by the
string \texttt{originally published as}, followed by the original,
author omitted, in what amounts to the same format that the
\emph{Manual} uses for long footnotes (furet:pas\-sing:eng,
furet:passing:fr).  As explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}), I have
also included a way to modify the string printed before the original.
In the entry for the \emph{translation}, you put the original's
language in \textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of \texttt{originally
  published as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:} or \texttt{Latin
  edition:}, etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr, aristotle:metaphy:trans).
\textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas}
to replicate the \textsf{userf} functionality, and you can also
customize the \textsf{relatedstring} field to achieve the same result
as with \textsf{origlanguage}.


\subsection{Commands}
\label{sec:commands}

In this section I shall attempt to document all those commands you may
need when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} that I have either
altered with respect to the standard provided by \textsf{biblatex} or
that I have provided myself.  Some of these, unfortunately, will make
your .bib file incompatible with other \textsf{biblatex} styles, but
I've been unable to avoid this.  Any ideas for more elegant, and more
compatible, solutions will be warmly welcomed.

\subsubsection{Formatting Commands}
\label{sec:formatcommands}

These commands allow you to fine-tune the presentation of your
references in both notes and bibliography.  You can find many examples
of their usage in \textsf{notes-test.bib}, and I shall try to point
you toward a few such entries in what follows.  \textbf{NB:}
\textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{mkbibquote} command is mandatory in some
situations.  See its entry below.

\mybigspace Version \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}} 0.8
of \textsf{biblatex} introduced the \cmd{autocap} command, which
capitalizes a word inside a note or bibliography entry if that word
follows sentence-ending punctuation, and leaves it lowercase
otherwise.  As this command is both more powerful and more elegant
than the kludge I designed for a previous version of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} (see\ \textbf{\textbackslash
  bibstring} below), you should be aware that the use of the
single-letter \cmd{bibstring} commands in your .bib file is obsolete.

\mylittlespace In order somewhat to reduce the burden on users even
further, I have, following \textsf{biblatex's} example, implemented a
system which automatically tracks the capitalization of certain fields
in your .bib file.  I chose these fields after a non-scientific survey
of entries in my own databases, so of course if you have ideas for the
extension of this facility I would be most interested to hear them.
In order to take advantage of this functionality, all you need do is
begin the data in the appropriate field with a lowercase letter,
e.g.,\ \texttt{note = \{with the assistance of X\}}.  If the data
begins with a capital letter --- and this is not infrequent --- that
capital will always be retained.  (cf., e.g., creel:house,
morgenson:market.)  If, on the other hand, you for some reason need
such a field always to start with a lowercase letter, then you can try
using the \cmd{isdot} macro at the start, which turns off the
mechanism without printing anything itself.  Here, then, is the
complete list of fields where this functionality is active:

\begin{enumerate}
\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
\item The \textbf{addendum} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{booktitleaddon} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{edition} field in all entry types.  (Numerals work
  as you expect them to here.)
\item The \textbf{maintitleaddon} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{part} field in entry types that use it.
\item The \textbf{prenote} field prefixed to citation commands.
\item The \textbf{relatedstring} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review}
  (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
  in the latter case, however, only when there is an
  \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
  from an archive.
\item The \textbf{title} field in the \textsf{review}
  (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
  in the latter case, however, only when there is an
  \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
  from an archive.
\item The \textbf{titleaddon} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{type} field in \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio},
  \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{suppbook},
  \textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{video} entry types.
\end{enumerate}

In any other cases --- and there are only two examples of this in
\textsf{notes-test.bib} (centinel:letters, powell:email) --- you'll
need to provide the \cmd{autocap} command yourself.  Indeed, if you
accidentally do so in one of the above fields, it shouldn't matter at
all, and you'll still get what you want, but taking advantage of the
automatic provisions should at least save some typing.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash bibstring}} is a
very powerful mechanism to allow \textsf{biblatex} automatically to
provide a localized version of a string, and to determine whether that
string needs capitalization, depending on where it falls in an entry.
In the first release of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the style
relied very heavily on this macro, particularly on an extension I
provided by defining all 26 letters of the (ASCII) alphabet as
\texttt{bibstrings} (\cmd{bibstring\{a\}}, \cmd{bibstring\{b\}}, etc.)
While you should continue to use the standard, whole-word bibstrings,
\textbf{all use of the single-letter variants I formerly provided is
  obsolete, and will generate an error}.  This functionality has been
replaced by the \cmd{autocap} command, which does the same thing, only
more elegantly.  For yet greater convenience I have implemented,
following \textsf{biblatex's} example, a system automating this
functionality in all of the entry fields where its use was, by my
reckoning, most frequent.  This means that, when you require this
functionality, all you need do is input the data in such a field
starting with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
will do the rest with no further assistance.  In my
\textsf{notes-test.bib} file, this mechanism in effect eliminated
all need for the single-letter \texttt{bibstrings} and very nearly all
need for the \cmd{autocap} command --- centinel:letters and
powell:email being the only exceptions.  Please see
\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} above for full details.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace I should also mention here that \textsf{biblatex 0.7}
introduced functionality which sometimes allows you simply to input,
for example, \texttt{newseries} instead of
\cmd{bibstring\{newse\-ries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a
bibstring is involved and doing the right thing, though in all such
cases either form will work.  This functionality is available in the
\textsf{series} field of \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
\textsf{review} entries; in the \textsf{type} field of
\textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis}
entries; in the \textsf{location} field of \textsf{patent} entries; in
the \textsf{language} field in all entry types; and in the
\textsf{nameaddon} field in \textsf{customc} entries.  There may be
other places where \textsf{biblatex's} standard styles support this
feature, and I shall add them when they come to my attention.

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash custpunct} \\
  \textbf{\textbackslash custpunctb}} common with other American
citation styles, the \emph{Manual} requires that the commas and
periods separating units of a reference go inside any quotation marks
that happen to be present.  As of version 0.8c, \textsf{biblatex}
contains truly remarkable code that handles this situation in very
nearly complete generality, detecting punctuation after the closing
quotation mark and moving it inside when necessary, and also
controlling which punctuation marks can be printed after which other
punctuation marks, whether quotation marks intervene or not.  This
functionality is now mature, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
relies on this code to place punctuation in the \enquote{American
  style,} rather than on complicated \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}
instructions that attempt to anticipate all possible permutations.
One result of this, thankfully, is that both \cmd{custpunct} and
\cmd{cust\-punctb} are now basically unnecessary, as their only purpose
was to supply context-appropriate punctuation inside any quotation
marks that users themselves provided as part of various entry fields.
A second consequence, and I've already recommended this in previous
releases anyway, is that users now \emph{must} use \cmd{mkbibquote}
instead of \cmd{enquote} or the usual \LaTeX\ mechanisms inside their
.bib files.  For further details, please see the \cmd{mkbibquote}
entry below.

\mylittlespace I have retained the code for the \cmd{custpunct}
commands in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, in case a particularly gnarly
entry might still require them, but I have already started to re-use
the \textsf{type} field, which formerly served as a switch for
\cmd{custpunct}, in other contexts (see \textbf{artwork},
\textbf{image}, and \textbf{suppbook} above).

\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    foottextcite\\\textbackslash foottextcites}} two commands look
like citation commands, but are in fact wrappers for customizing the
behavior of the \cmd{textcite} and \cmd{textcites} citation commands
when they are used inside a foot- or an endnote.  By default, in such
a context these commands print the name of the \textsf{author(s)}
followed by the \emph{short} citation or citations, i.e., usually
\textsf{title} only, enclosed within parentheses.  You can change the
way the citation part is presented by using \cmd{renewcommand} in your
preamble.  The default definitions are: \texttt{\{\textbackslash
  addspace\textbackslash headlessparenshortcite\}} and
\texttt{\{\textbackslash addspace\textbackslash
  headlessparenshort\-cites\}}.  If you wanted to return to the default
behavior of previous releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, for
example, you could change the first to: \texttt{\{\textbackslash
  newcunit\textbackslash bibstring\{in\}\textbackslash
  addspace\break\textbackslash headlesscite\}}, and the second similarly,
only using \cmd{headlesscites}.  (There is also, by the way, a
\cmd{head\-lessparencite(s)} command if you want to retain the long
citations inside the parentheses.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash isdot}} is a
standard \textsf{biblatex} macro, which in previous releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} could function as a convenient placeholder
in entry fields that, for one reason or another, you may have wanted
to have defined and yet to print nothing.  With the release of
\textsf{biblatex} 1.6, this no longer works as before, a situation
which has revealed a number of inconsistencies and bugs in my code,
the rectification of which may therefore require some changes to your
.bib files, assuming you've taken advantage of this mechanism.  I
believe that all the situations formerly calling for this specific use
of the macro can now be addressed by more standard means, i.e., the
\cmd{headlesscite} commands and the \texttt{useauthor=false}
declaration in the \textsf{options} field.  (See creel:house,
nyt:obittrevor, sewall:letter, unsigned:ranke, and white:total.)

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash letterdatelong}}
have provided this macro mainly for use in the optional postnote field
of the various citation commands.  When citing a letter (published or
unpublished, \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc}), it may be useful to
append the date to the usual short note form in order to disambiguate
references.  This macro simply prints the date of a letter, or indeed
of any other sort of correspondence.  (If your main document language
isn't English, it's better just to use the standard \textsf{biblatex}
command \cmd{printorigdate}.)

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote}} is
the standard \textsf{biblatex} command, which requires attention here
because it is a crucial part of the mechanism for the
\enquote{American} punctuation system.  If you look in
\textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} you'll see that the quoted fields, e.g., an
\textsf{article} or \textsf{incollection title}, have this command in
their formatting, which does most of the work for you.  If, however,
you need to provide additional quotation marks in a field --- a quoted
title within a title, for example --- then you may need to use this
command so that any following period or comma will be brought within
the closing quotation marks.  Its use is \emph{required} when the
quoted material comes at the end of a field, and I recommend always
using it in your .bib database, as it does no harm even when that
condition is not fulfilled.  A few examples from
\textsf{notes-test.bib} should help to clarify this.

\mylittlespace In an \textsf{article} entry, the \textsf{title}
contains a quoted phrase:

\begin{quotation}
  \noindent\texttt{title = \{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \\
    \indent\cmd{mkbibquote}\{Morning After\} Pill\}}
\end{quotation}

Here, because the quoted text doesn't come at the end of title, and no
punctuation will ever need to be drawn within the closing quotation
mark, you could instead use \texttt{\cmd{enquote}\{Morning After\}} or
even \texttt{`Morning After'}. (Note the single quotation marks here
--- the other two methods have the virtue of taking care of nesting
for you.)  All of these will produce the formatted
\enquote{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \enquote{Morning
    After} Pill.}  Here, by contrast, is a \textsf{book title}:

\begin{quotation}
  \noindent \texttt{title = \{Annotations to
    \cmd{mkbibquote}\{Finnegans Wake\}\}}
\end{quotation}

Because the quoted title within the title comes at the end of the
field, and because this bibliographical unit will be separated from
what follows by a period in the bibliography, then the
\cmd{mkbibquote} command is necessary to bring that period within the
final quotation marks, like so: \emph{Annotations to
  \enquote{Finnegans Wake.}}

\mylittlespace Let me also add that this command interacts well with
Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package, which I highly recommend, though
the latter isn't strictly necessary in texts using an American style,
to which \textsf{biblatex} defaults when \textsf{csquotes} isn't
loaded.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash postvolpunct}}
\emph{Manual} (14.121) unequivocally prescribes that when a
\textsf{volume} number appears immediately before a page number,
\enquote{the abbreviation \emph{vol.}\ is omitted and a colon
  separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening
  space.}  The treatment is basically the same whether the citation is
of a book or of a periodical, and it appears to be a surprising and
unwelcome feature for many users, conflicting as it may do with
established typographic traditions in a number of contexts.  Clea~ F.\
Rees requested a way to customize this, so I have provided the
\cmd{postvolpunct} command, which prints the punctuation between a
\textsf{volume} number and a page number.  It is set to \cmd{addcolon}
by default, except when the current language of the entry is French,
in which case it defaults to \cmd{addcolon\textbackslash addspace}.
You can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash
  postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it, but
please note that the command only applies in this limited context, not
more generally to the punctuation that appears between, e.g., a
\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{part} field.

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash reprint}} and the
following 7 macros all help \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} cope with
the fact that many bibstrings in the Chicago system differ between
notes and bibliography, the former sometimes using abbreviated forms
when the latter prints them in full.  In the current case, if a book
is a reprint, then the macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma,
should go in the \textsf{location} field before the city of
publication (aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweit\-zer:bach).  See
\textbf{location}, above.

\mylittlespace \textbf{NB:} The rules for employing abbreviated or
full bibstrings in the \emph{Manual} are remarkably complex, but I
have attempted to make them as transparent for users as possible.  In
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, if you don't see it mentioned in this
section, then in theory you should always provide an abbreviated
version, using the \cmd{bibstring} mechanism, if necessary
(babb:peru).  The standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings should also
work (palmatary:pottery), and any that won't should be covered by the
series of macros beginning here with \cmd{reprint} and ending below
with \cmd{parttransandcomp}.

\mybigspace Since \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partcomp}} the
\emph{Manual} specifies that the strings \texttt{editor},
\texttt{translator}, and \texttt{compiler} all require different forms
in notes and bibliography, and since it mentions these three apart
from all the others \textsf{biblatex} provides (\textsf{annotator},
\textsf{commentator}, et al.), and further since it may indeed happen
that the available fields (\textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea},
\textsf{translator}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}) aren't
adequate for presenting some entries, I have provided 7 macros to
allow you to print the correct strings for these functions in both
notes and bibliography.  Their names all begin with \cmd{part}, as
originally I intended them for use when a particular name applied only
to a specific \textsf{title}, rather than to a \textsf{maintitle} or
\textsf{booktitle} (cf.\ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb}, above).

\mylittlespace In the present instance, you can use \cmd{partcomp} to
identify a compiler when \textsf{namec} won't do, e.g., in a
\textsf{note} field or the like.  In such a case,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the appropriate string in
your references.

\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit
into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}).  (N.B.: If
you are writing in French then you no longer need to add either
\texttt{de} or \texttt{d'} after this command in your .bib files.  The
new version of the command should take care of this automatically for
you.)  See chaucer:liferecords.

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    partedit-\\andcomp}} before, but for use when an editor is also a
compiler.

\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    partedit-\\andtrans}} before, but for when when an editor is also a
translator (ratliff:review).

\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    partedit-\\transandcomp}} before, but for when an editor is also a
translator and a compiler.

\vspace{1.4\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    parttrans-\\andcomp}} before, but for when a translator is also a
compiler.

\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    parttrans}} before, but for use when identifying a translator
whose name doesn't conveniently fit into the usual fields
(\textsf{translator} and \textsf{nameb}).

\subsubsection{Citation Commands}
\label{sec:citecommands}

The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation
commands, some of which (e.g., \cmd{supercite(s)}, \cmd{citeyear})
provide functionality that isn't really needed by the Chi\-cago notes
and bibliography style offered here.  If you are getting unexpected
behavior when using them please have a look in your .log file ---
there may be warnings there that alert you to undefined citation
commands.  Other \textsf{biblatex}-provided commands, though I haven't
tested them extensively, should pretty much work out of the box.  What
remains are the commands I have found most useful and necessary for
following the \emph{Manual}'s specifications, and I document in this
section any alterations I have made to these.  As always, if there are
standard commands that don't work for you, or new commands that would
be useful, please let me know, and it should be possible to fix or add
them.

\mylittlespace A number of users have run into a problem that appears
when they've used a command like \cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}
macro.  In this situation, the automatic capitalization routines will
not be in operation at the start of the footnote, so instead of
\enquote{Ibid.,} for example, you'll see \enquote{ibid.}  If you need
to use the \cmd{cite} command within a \cmd{footnote} command, the
solution is to use \cmd{Cite} instead.  Alternatively, don't use a
\cmd{footnote} macro at all, rather try \cmd{footcite} or
\cmd{autocite} with the optional prenote and postnote arguments.  Cf.\
\cmd{Citetitle} below, and also section~3.7 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocite}} haven't
adapted this in the slightest, but I thought it worth pointing out
that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} sets this command to use
\cmd{footcite} as the default option. It is, in my experience, much
the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in
its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace While \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash cite*}} the
\cmd{cite} command works just as you would expect it to, I have also
provided a starred version for the rare situations when you might need
to turn off the ibidem tracking mechanism.  \textsf{Biblatex} provides
very sophisticated algorithms for using \enquote{Ibid} in notes, so in
general you won't find a need for this command, but in case you'd
prefer a longer citation where you might automatically find
\enquote{Ibid,} I've provided this.  Of course, you'll need to put it
inside a \cmd{footnote} command manually.  (See also section
\ref{sec:useropts}, below.)

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citeauthor}} have
adapted this standard \textsf{biblatex} command only very slightly to
bring it into line with \textsf{biblatex-chicago's} needs.  Its main
usage will probably be for references to works from classical
antiquity, when an \textsf{author's} name (abbreviated or not)
sometimes suffices in the absence of a \textsf{title}, e.g.,
Thuc.\ 2.40.2--3 (14.258).  You'll need to put it inside a
\cmd{footnote} command manually.  (Cf.\ also \textsf{entrysubtype} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.)

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citejournal}}
command provides an alternative short form when citing journal
\textsf{articles}, giving the \textsf{journaltitle} and
\textsf{volume} number instead of the article \textsf{title} after the
\textsf{author's} name.  The \emph{Manual} suggests that this format
might be helpful \enquote{in the absence of a full bibliography}
(14.196).  It may also prove useful when you want to provide
parenthetical references to newspaper articles within the text rather
than in the bibliography, a style endorsed by the \emph{Manual}
(14.206).  In such a case, an article's author, if there is one, could
form part of the running text.  As usual with these general citation
commands, if you want the reference to appear in a footnote you need
to put it inside a \cmd{footnote} command manually.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash Citetitle}}
simply prepends \cmd{bibsentence} to the usual \cmd{citetitle}
command.  Some titles may need this for the automatic contextual
capitalization facility to work correctly.  (Included as standard from
\textsf{biblatex} 0.8d.)

\mybigspace Joseph \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citetitles}}
Reagle noticed that, because of the way
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} formats titles in quotation marks,
using the \cmd{citetitle} command will often get you punctuation you
don't want, especially when presenting a list of titles.  I've
included this multicite command to enable you to present such a list,
if the need arises.  Remember that you'll have to put it inside a
\cmd{footnote} command manually.

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash footfullcite}}
standard \textsf{biblatex} command, modified to work properly with
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and provided in case you find
yourself in a situation where you really need the full citation in a
footnote, but where \cmd{autocite} would print a short note or even
\enquote{Ibid.}  This may be particularly useful if you've chosen to use all
short notes by setting the \texttt{short} option in the arguments to
\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex\}}, yet still feel the need for the
occasional full citation.

\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash fullcite}} too,
is a standard command, and it too provides a full citation, but unlike
the previous command it doesn't automatically place it in a footnote.
It may be useful within long textual notes.

\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}}
Skjærholt requested, for the author-date styles, a variant of the
\cmd{textcite} command that presented the author's name in the
genitive case in running text, thereby simplifying certain syntactic
constructions.  As a convenience for users, I've also ported this to
the notes \& bibliography style.  In most respects it behaves exactly
like \cmd{textcite}, on which see below.  The difference is that I've
added a new optional field to the front of the command to allow you to
choose which declensional ending to add to the name.  If you don't
specify this field, you'll get the standard English \enquote{\,'s\,}.
If you want something different, then you'll need to present a third
option to the command, like so:
\cmd{gentextcite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}.  You must include the
two further sets of square brackets, because with only one set it
will, as with other citation commands, be interpreted as a
\textsf{postnote}, and with two a \textsf{prenote} and a
\textsf{postnote}.  There is a \cmd{gentext\-cites} command as well, and
for it you may need to specify
\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]\\()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}},
though if you don't have a \textsf{pre-} or \textsf{postnote} to the
first citation you can make do with
\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\\\{entry:key2\}}.

\mylittlespace The syntax of multiple authors' names in running text
is unpredictable.  There is currently no way to add the genitival
ending to all the names attached to a single citation key, so it will
only appear at the end of a group of names in such a case.  (This is
in keeping with the usual syntax when referring to a multi-author
work, at least in English.)  When using \cmd{gentextcites}, however,
you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s) attached
to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the names
attached to the last key.  By default, it only appears after the last,
but the \texttt{genallnames} preamble and/or entry option
set to \texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's name(s).

\mybigspace Matthew \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash headlesscite}}
Lundin requested a more generalized \cmd{headlesscite} macro,
suppressing the author's name in specific contexts while allowing
users not to worry about whether a particular citation needs the long
or short form, a responsibility thereby handed over to
\textsf{biblatex's} tracking mechanisms.  This citation command
attempts to fulfill this request.  Please note that, in the short
form, the result will be rather like a \cmd{citetitle} command, which
may or may not be what you want.  Note, also, that as I have provided
only the most flexible form of the command, you'll have to wrap it in
a \cmd{footnote} yourself.  Please see the next entry for further
discussion of some of the needs this command might help address.

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    headless-\\fullcite}} have provided this command in case you want
to print a full citation without the author's name.  The \emph{Manual}
(14.78, 14.88) suggests this for brevity's sake in cases where that
name is already obvious enough from the title, and where repetition
might seem awkward (creel:house, feydeau:farces, meredith:letters, and
sewall:letter).  \textsf{Letter} entries --- and only such entries ---
do this for you automatically, and of course the repetition is
tolerated in bibliographies for the sake of alphabetization, but in
notes this command may help achieve greater elegance, even if it isn't
strictly necessary.  As I've provided only the most flexible form of
the command, you'll have to wrap it in a \cmd{footnote} yourself.

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash shortcite}} have
provided this command in case, for any reason, you specifically
require the short form of a note, and \textsf{biblatex} thinks you
want something else.  Again, I've provided only the most flexible form
of the command, so you'll have to wrap it in a \cmd{footnote}
manually.

\mybigspace At \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash shorthandcite}}
the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have included this command which
always prints the \textsf{shorthand}, even at the first citation of a
given work.  Again, I've only provided the most flexible form of the
command, so you'll need to place it inside parentheses or wrap it in a
\cmd{footnote} manually.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash surnamecite}}
command is analogous to \cmd{headlesscite}, but whereas the latter
allows you to omit an \textsf{author's} name when that name is obvious
from the \textsf{title} of a work, \cmd{surnamecite} allows you to
shorten a full note citation in contexts where the full name(s) of the
\textsf{author} have already been provided in the text.  In short
notes this falls back to the standard format, but in long notes it
simply omits the given names of the \textsf{author} and provides only
the surname, along with the full data of the entry.  (Cf.\ 14.52.)

\mybigspace Norman \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash textcite}} Gray
started a discussion on
\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/67837/citations-as-nouns-in-biblatex-chicago}{Stackexchange}
which established both that \textsf{biblatex} had begun including a
\cmd{textcite} command in its verbose styles and that
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} hadn't kept up.  In that thread Audrey
Boruvka provided some code, adapted from \textsf{verbose.cbx}, to
provide such a command for the Chicago notes \&\ bibliography style.
More recently, Rasmus Pank Rouland pointed out some changes in
\textsf{biblatex} that made the \cmd{textcites} command fit more
elegantly into the flow of text.  I've adapted this solution in this
release.  I'm still not entirely certain how best to accommodate this
request within the package, but there are now at least commands
(\cmd{textcite} and \cmd{textcites}) for users to test.  Their
functionality is a little complicated.  In the main text, they will
provide an \textsf{author's} name(s), followed immediately by a foot-
or endnote which contains the full (or short) reference, following the
usual rules.  If you use \cmd{textcite} inside a foot- or endnote,
then the default behavior, for both \cmd{textcite} and
\cmd{textcites}, specifies that you'll get the \textsf{author's}
name(s) followed by a headless \emph{short} citation (or citations)
placed within parentheses.  Such parentheses are generally discouraged
by the \emph{Manual} (14.33), but are nonetheless somewhat better than
other solutions for smoothing the syntax of sentences that include
such a citation.  I have made the citation short, i.e., \textsf{title}
only, because this again seems likely to be the least awkward solution
syntactically.  If you want to configure this behavior for either
citation command, please see \cmd{foottextcite} and
\cmd{foottextcites} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.

\mylittlespace If you look at \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, you'll see a
number of other citation commands, but those are intended for internal
use only, mainly in cross-references of various sorts.  Use at your
own risk.

\subsection{Package Options}
\label{sec:options}

\subsubsection{Pre-Set \textsf{biblatex} Options}
\label{sec:presetopts}

Although a quick glance through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
tell you which \textsf{biblatex} options the package sets for you, I
thought I might gather them here also for your perusal.  These
settings are, I believe, consistent with the specification, but you
can alter them in the options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
preamble or by loading the package via
\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes]\{biblatex\}}, which gives you the
\textsf{biblatex} defaults unless you redefine them yourself inside
the square brackets.

\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{abbreviate=\\false}} default,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} prints the longer bibstrings, mainly
for use in the bibliography, but since notes require the shorter forms
of many of them, I've had to define many new strings for use there.

\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-notes}
\mymarginpar{\texttt{autocite=\\footnote}} places references in
footnotes by default.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{citetracker=\\true}} citetracker
for the \cmd{ifciteseen} test is enabled globally.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{alldates=comp}} specification calls
for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened when
presenting date ranges.

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{dateabbrev=\\false}}
\emph{Manual} prefers to use full month names in the notes \&\
bibliography style.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ibidtracker=\\constrict}}
enables the use of \enquote{Ibid} in notes, but only in the most
strictly-defined circumstances.  Whenever there might be any
ambiguity, \textsf{biblatex} should default to printing a more
informative reference.  Remember also that you can use the \cmd{cite*}
command to disable this functionality in any given reference, or
indeed one of the \texttt{fullcite} commands if you need the long note
form for any reason.

\mylittlespace Roger \mymarginpar{\texttt{idemtracker=\\false}} Hart
suggested that it might be helpful, despite the \emph{Manual's}
objections (14.30), to be able to turn on \textsf{biblatex's}
\texttt{idemtracker}.  This replaces, in notes only, authors' names
with the string \enquote{Idem} when a work by the same author follows
a different work by that author, two consecutive references to the
same work by the same author generating, of course, \enquote{Ibid.}
You can turn this on when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} by setting
\texttt{idemtracker=constrict}.  It works very much like the standard
\textsf{biblatex} styles which include this option, so that you never
get \enquote{Idem} in long notes, but only in short ones, and
(ideally) never when the repeated name might be somewhat ambiguous.
Also, if you wish the localized string to be appropriately gendered,
you need to employ the \textsf{biblatex} field \textsf{gender}, on
which see \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~2.3.3.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{loccittracker\\=constrict}}
allows the package to determine whether two consecutive citations of
the same source also cite the same page of that source.  In such a
case, \texttt{Ibid} alone will be printed, without the page reference,
following the specification (14.29).

\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\textsf{\texttt{maxbibnames\\=10\\
      minbibnames\\=7}}} two options control the number of names
printed in the bibliography when that number exceeds 10.  These
numbers follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual} (14.76), and
they are different from those for use in notes.  With
\textsf{biblatex} 1.6 you can no longer redefine \texttt{maxnames} and
\texttt{minnames} in the \cmd{printbiblio\-graphy} command at the bottom
of your document, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now does this
automatically for you, though of course you can change them in your
document preamble.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{pagetracker=\\true}} enables
page tracking for the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage}
commands for controlling, among other things, the printing of
\enquote{Ibid.}  It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside
mode, or whole spreads in twoside mode.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} is the
standard \textsf{biblatex} bibliography option, but I have given it
some extra settings and also added an entry option as well.  By
default it enables the use of \textsf{related} functionality in the
bibliography only, not in long notes.  You can set it either in the
preamble or in individual entries to enable the functionality in long
notes only (\texttt{notes}), in both notes and bibliography
(\texttt{true}), or in neither (\texttt{false}).  Cf.\
coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off
the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice
which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sorting=\\}\cmd{cms@choose}}
new setting tests whether you are using \textsf{Biber} as your
backend, and if so enables a custom \textsf{biblatex-chicago} sorting
scheme for the bibliography (\texttt{cms}).  If you are using any
other backend, it reverts to the \textsf{biblatex} default
(\texttt{nty}).  Please see the discussion of
\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} just below.

\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{uniquework=\\true}} option
enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to disambiguate shortened
citations to different sources which might otherwise be confusingly
identical.  Though I've set it in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
you'll need to set the \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}} option
yourself in order for it to have any visible effect.  See the
documentation of that option in section~\ref{sec:useropts}, below.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}}
enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of
entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
In the bibliography, the entry will be alphabetized by the
translator's surname.  You can disable this functionality on a
per-entry basis by setting \texttt{use\-translator=false} in the
\textsf{options} field.  Cf.\ silver:gawain.

\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options}
\label{sec:formatopts}

I've chosen defaults for many of the general formatting commands
provided by \textsf{biblatex}, including the vertical space between
bibliography items and between items in the list of shorthands
(\cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{lositemsep}).  I define many of these in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and of course you may want to redefine
them to your own needs and tastes.  It may be as well you know that
the \emph{Manual} does state a preference for two of the formatting
options I've implemented by default: the 3-em dash as a replacement
for repeated names in the bibliography (14.63--67, and just below);
and the formatting of note numbers, both in the main text and at the
bottom of the page / end of the essay (superscript in the text,
in-line in the notes; 14.19).  The code for this last formatting is
also in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and I've wrapped it in a test
that disables it if you are using the \textsf{memoir} class, which I
believe has its own commands for defining these parameters.  You can
also disable it by using the \texttt{footmarkoff} package option, on
which see below.

\mylittlespace Gildas Hamel pointed out that my default definition, in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, of \textsf{biblatex's}
\cmd{bibnamedash} didn't work well with many fonts, leaving a line of
three dashes separated by gaps.  He suggested an alternative, which
I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you
can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your
chosen font.  The default definition is:
\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibname\-dash\}\{\textbackslash
  rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{losnotes}
  \&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have
added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to \textsf{chicago-notes\break .bbx}, for
use with the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command.
The first, \texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of
shorthands to appear inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does
the same for endnotes.  Their main effect is to change the font size,
and in the latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white
space that I see on my system when using endnotes.  (You'll probably
also want to use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid
of the [oversized] default, providing your own within the
\cmd{footnote} command.)  If you use a command like
\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} to print a list of journal
abbreviations, you can use the \texttt{sjnotes} and
\texttt{sjendnotes} \texttt{biben\-vironments} in exactly the same way.
Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and
\textsf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above for
further options available to you for presenting and formatting these
two types of \texttt{biblist}.

\mylittlespace Formerly
\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}} available only to
those using \textsf{Biber}, but since version 3.0 handled by
\textsf{biblatex} itself, \cmd{DeclareLabelname} allows you to add
name fields for consideration when \textsf{biblatex} is attempting to
find a shortened name for short notes.  This, for example, allows a
compiler (=\textsf{namec}) to appear at the head of short notes
without any other intervention from the user, rather than requiring a
\textsf{shortauthor} field as previous releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} did.  The default search order for the
Chicago styles is \textsf{shortauthor}, \textsf{author},
\textsf{shorteditor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb},
\textsf{translator}, \textsf{namec}.  You can set the option
\texttt{use<name>=false} in entries or when loading
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} to exclude individual fields from appearing
in short notes, or indeed at the head of long notes and bibliography
entries.  See the documentation of those name types in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for further details.

\mylittlespace I
\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Sorting-}\\\texttt{Template}}
have provided, using this declaration, a custom sorting algorithm for
the bibliography.  The idea is that \textsf{biblatex} can use any
field whatsoever for sorting, so that a great many more entries will
be sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring manual
intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the like.
Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} loads the custom scheme
\enquote{\texttt{cms},} a Chicago-specific variant of the default
\texttt{nty}.  (You can find its definition in
\textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}.)  The advantages of this scheme are,
specifically, that any entry headed by one of the supplemental name
fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}), a \textsf{manual} entry headed by an
\textsf{organization}, or an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry
headed by a \textsf{journaltitle} won't need a \textsf{sortkey} set.
Further, the \texttt{use<name>=false} options will remove any name
field from the sorting order, again reducing the need for user
intervention.

\subsubsection{{Pre-Set \textsf{chicago} Options}}
\label{sec:chicpreset}

At \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookpages=\\true}} the request
of Scot Becker, I have included this rather specialized option, which
controls the printing of the \textsf{pages} field in \textsf{book}
entries.  Some bibliographic managers, apparently, place the total
page count in that field by default, and this option allows you to
stop the printing of this information in notes and bibliography.  It
defaults to true, which means the field is printed, but it can be set
to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field (though rather than use
this latter method it would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages}
field from the affected entries).

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be
printed in notes and bibliography.  At the request of Daniel
Possenriede, and keeping in mind the \emph{Manual's} preference for
this field instead of a \textsf{url} (14.6), I have added a third
switch, \texttt{only}, which prints the \textsf{doi} if it is present
and the \textsf{url} only if there is no \textsf{doi}.  The package
default remains the same, however --- it defaults to true, which will
print both \textsf{doi} and \textsf{url} if both are present.  The
option can be set to \texttt{only} or to \texttt{false} either in the
preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the
\textsf{options} field.  In \textsf{online} entries, the \textsf{doi}
field will always be printed, but the \texttt{only} switch will still
eliminate any \textsf{url}.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{eprint=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{eprint} fields present in the .bib file will be
printed in notes and bibliography.  It defaults to true, and can be
set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.  In \textsf{online}
entries, the \textsf{eprint} field will always be printed.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{isbn=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{isan}, \textsf{isbn}, \textsf{ismn},
\textsf{isrn}, \textsf{issn}, and \textsf{iswc} fields present in the
.bib file will be printed in notes and bibliography.  It defaults to
true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole
document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.

\mylittlespace Once \mymarginpar{\texttt{numbermonth=\\true}} again at
the request of Scot Becker, I have included this option, which
controls the printing of the \textsf{month} field in all the
periodical-type entries when a \textsf{number} field is also present.
Some bibliographic software, apparently, always includes the month of
publication even when a \textsf{number} is present.  When all this
information is available the \emph{Manual} (14.180, 14.185) prints
everything, so this option defaults to true, which means the field is
printed, but it can be set to false either in the preamble, for the
whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{url=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{url} fields present in the .bib file will be
printed in notes and bibliography.  It defaults to true, and can be
set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.  Please note that, as
in standard \textsf{biblatex}, the \textsf{url} field is always
printed in \textsf{online} entries, regardless of the state of this
option.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{includeall=\\true}} is the
one option that rules the six preceding, either printing all the
fields under consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of
them.  It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but
you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document or,
for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual
entries.  The rationale for all of these options is the availability
of bibliographic managers that helpfully present as much data as
possible, in every entry, some of which may not be felt to be entirely
necessary.  Setting \texttt{includeall} to \texttt{true} probably
works just fine for those compiling their .bib databases by hand, but
others may find that some automatic pruning helps clear things up, at
least to a first approximation.  Some per-entry work afterward may
then polish up the details.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{addendum=\\true}} the request
of Roger Hart, I have included this option, which controls the
printing of the \textsf{addendum} field, but \emph{only} in long
notes.  It defaults to true, and can be set to false either in the
preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis, in the
\textsf{options} field.

\mylittlespace According \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookseries=\\true}} to
the \emph{Manual} (14.128), the \textsf{series} field in book-like
entries \enquote{may be omitted to save space (especially in a
  footnote).}  This option allows you to control the printing of that
field in long notes.  It defaults to true, and can be set to false
either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry
basis, in the \textsf{options} field.  Several entry types don't use
this field, so the option will have no effect in them, and it is also
ignored in \textsf{article}, \textsf{misc}, \textsf{music},
\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries.

\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{notefield=\\true}} with the
previous two options, Roger Hart requested an option to control the
printing of the \textsf{note} field in long notes.  It defaults to
true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole
document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.  The
option will be ignored in \textsf{article}, \textsf{misc},
\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} fields.

\mylittlespace This
\mymarginpar{\vspace{-1\baselineskip}\texttt{completenotes=}%
  \\\texttt{true}} is the one option that rules
the three preceding, either printing all the fields under
consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of them from long
notes.  It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but
you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document or,
for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual
entries.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref=\\true}} the
request of Bertold Schweitzer, I have included two options for
controlling whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print
abbreviated references when you cite more than one part of a given
collection or series.  This option controls whether multiple
\textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and
\textsf{proceedings} entries which are part of the same collection
will appear in this space-saving format.  The parent collection itself
will usually be presented in, e.g., a \textsf{book},
\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{mvbook}, \textsf{mvcollection}, or
\textsf{mvproceedings} entry, and using \textsf{crossref} or
\textsf{xref} in the child entries will allow such presentation
depending on the value of the option:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad true:] This is the default.  If you use \textsf{crossref}
  or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will
  \emph{not} get any abbreviated references, either in notes or
  bibliography.
\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated references in these entry
  types both in notes and in the bibliography.
\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in
  notes, but only in the bibliography.
\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the
  bibliography, but only in notes.
\end{description}

This option can be set either in the preamble or in the
\textsf{options} field of individual entries.  For controlling the
behavior of \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entries, please see
\texttt{longcrossref}, below, and also the documentation of
\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}.

\mylittlespace Roger
\mymarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart
requested a way to control the punctuation printed before the
\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, and
\textsf{maintitleaddon} fields.  By default, this is
\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\textsf{ctitleaddon}) for all
occurrences in notes and for nearly all \textsf{book-} and
\textsf{maintitleaddons} in the bibliography, while
\cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\textsf{ptitleaddon}) is the default
before most \textsf{titleaddons} in the bibliography.  If the
punctuation printed isn't correct for your needs, you can set the
relevant option either in the preamble or in individual entries.
(Cf.\ coolidge:speech and schubert:muellerin.)  The accepted option
keys are:

\begin{description}
\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all
\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace}
\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}}
\end{description}

If you need something a little more exotic, you can directly
\cmd{renewcommand} either \cmd{ctitleaddonpunct} or
\cmd{ptitleaddonpunct} (or both) in your preamble, but it's worth
remembering that the redefinition will hold for all instances, unless
you use the \textsf{options} field in your other entries with a
\textsf{titleaddon} field.  A simpler solution might be to set the
relevant option to \texttt{none} in your entry and then include the
punctuation in the \textsf{titleaddon} field itself.

\mylittlespace If \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes=\\true}} both a
\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur
particularly in cross-referenced entries, then
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the
\textsf{volumes} field.  In some instances, when a \textsf{maintitle}
is present, this may not be the desired result.  In this latter case,
if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, this new
option, set to \texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the
\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not.  Set it to
\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref=\\false}} is
the second option, requested by Bertold Schweitzer, for controlling
whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print abbreviated
references when you cite more than one part of a given collection or
series.  It controls the settings for the entry types more-or-less
authorized by the \emph{Manual}, i.e., \textsf{inbook},
\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}.
The mechanism itself is enabled by multiple \textsf{crossref} or
\textsf{xref} references to the same parent, whether that be, e.g., a
\textsf{collection}, an \textsf{mvcollection}, a \textsf{proceedings},
or an \textsf{mvproceedings} entry.  Given these multiple cross
references, the presentation in the reference apparatus will be
governed by the following options:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad false:] This is the default.  If you use
  \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned
  entry types, you'll get the abbreviated references in both notes and
  bibliography.
\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated references in these
  entry types, either in notes or in the bibliography.
\item[\qquad notes:] The abbreviated references will not appear in
  notes, but only in the bibliography.
\item[\qquad bib:] The abbreviated references will not appear in the
  bibliography, but only in notes.
\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one
  setting to provide abbreviated references not just to the four entry
  types mentioned but also to \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
  \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries, both in notes
  and in the bibliography.
\end{description}

This option can be set either in the preamble or in the
\textsf{options} field of individual entries.  For controlling the
behavior of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection},
and \textsf{proceedings} entries, please see \texttt{booklongxref},
above, and also the documentation of \textsf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}.

\mylittlespace This
\mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthand\\punct\\=space}}
option controls the punctuation that appears before the first
introduction of a \textsf{shorthand} field, including the
\textsf{shorthandintro}, in long notes.  The default is
\cmd{addspace}, but if this isn't correct for your needs, especially
if you change the \textsf{shorthandintro} or don't want the whole
phrase inside parentheses, then you can change it in the preamble or
in individual entries.  The accepted option keys are:

\begin{description}
\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all
\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace}
\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad emdash] =
  \cmd{addthinspace\cmd{textemdash}\cmd{addthinspace}}
\item[\qquad endash] = \cmd{addspace\cmd{textendash}\cmd{addspace}}
\end{description}

You can, in emergencies, directly
\cmd{renewcommand\{\cmd{shorthandpunct}\}} in the pream\-ble, but it
might be easier to use the \texttt{none} option to
\texttt{shorthandpunct} and hand-craft solutions inside the
\textsf{shorthandintro} fields of individual entries.

\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}}
\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \texttt{usenamec} option as
standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is now
deprecated.  Please replace it your documents and .bib files with
\texttt{usenamec}, which works much better across the board.

\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble}
\label{sec:useropts}

These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to
enable.  All except the fourth can be used even if you load the
package in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users
can just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
\cmd{usepackage} \texttt{\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of
Emil Salim, I included in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} the ability to
produce annotated bibliographies.  If you turn this option on then the
contents of your \textsf{annotation} (or \textsf{annote}) field will
be printed after the bibliographical reference.  (You can also use
external files to store annotations -- please see
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.11.8 for details on how to do this.)  This
functionality is currently in a beta state, so before you use it
please have a look at the documentation for the \textsf{annotation}
field, on page~\pageref{sec:annote} above.

\mylittlespace When \mymarginpar{\texttt{compresspages}} set to
\texttt{true}, any page ranges in your .bib file or in the
\textsf{postnote} field of your citation commands will be compressed
in accordance with the \emph{Manual's} specifications (9.60).
Something like 321-{-}328 in your .bib file would become 321--28 in
your document.  See the \textsf{pages} field in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.

\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{delayvolume}} presentation of
\textsf{volume} information in the notes \&\ bibliography style is
complicated (\emph{Manual}, 14.121--27).  Depending on entry type and
on the presence or absence of a \textsf{booktitle} or a
\textsf{maintitle}, \textsf{volume} data will be presented, in the
bibliography, either before a \textsf{maintitle} or after a
\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, that is, just before
publication information.  This, so far, is handled for you
automatically by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.  In long notes, the
same options apply, but it is also sometimes better to place
\textsf{volume} information \emph{after} the publication information
and just before any page numbers, so I have included this option,
which you can set either for the whole document or on a per-entry
basis, to allow you to move \textsf{volume} data to the end of a long
note.  Please note that this doesn't affect any \textsf{volume} data
printed \emph{before} a \textsf{maintitle}, but only data that would,
without this option, be printed \emph{after} a \textsf{booktitle} or
\textsf{maintitle}.  Cf.\ also \cmd{postvolpunct}, below.

\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{footmarkoff}} the
\emph{Manual} (14.19) recommends specific formatting for footnote (and
endnote) marks, i.e., superscript in the text and in-line in foot- or
endnotes, Charles Schaum has brought it to my attention that not all
publishers follow this practice, even when requiring Chicago style.  I
have retained this formatting as the default setup, but if you include
the \texttt{footmarkoff} option, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will
not alter \LaTeX 's (or the \textsf{endnote} package's) defaults in
any way, leaving you free to follow the specifications of your
publisher.  I have placed all of this code in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, so if you load the package with a call
to \textsf{biblatex} instead, then once again footnote marks will
revert to the \LaTeX\ default, but of course you also lose a fair
amount of other formatting, as well.  See section~\ref{sec:loading},
below.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects
the choice of which names to present in the genitive case when using
the \cmd{gentextcites} command.  Please see the documentation of that
command in section~\ref{sec:citecommands}, above.

\mylittlespace Setting \mymarginpar{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} this
option to \texttt{true} allows child entries to inherit the
\textsf{shorthand} and \textsf{shorthandintro} fields from
cross-referenced parent entries.  This in turn allows abbreviated
references to the parent entry to use the \textsf{shorthand} instead
of the usual and merely short citation, thus allowing for extra space
savings.  There are several other steps required to make this all
function smoothly, so please see the documentation of the
\textbf{shorthand} field in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option
controls the printing of the \textsf{shortjournal} field in place of
the \textsf{journaltitle} field in notes and bibliography.  It is
\texttt{false} by default, so as shipped
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will silently ignore such fields, but
you can set it, either in the preamble or in individual entries, to
one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints the abbreviated form
in notes and bibliography, \texttt{notes} in notes only, and
\texttt{bib} in the bibliography only.  Please note that in
\textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} and \textsf{shorttitle}
fields behave in exactly the same manner.  For more details, see the
documentation of \textsf{shortjournal} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.

\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual}
(6.47) states that \enquote{commas are not required around \emph{Jr.}\
  and \emph{Sr.},} so by default \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has
followed standard \textsf{biblatex} in using a simple space in names
like \enquote{John Doe Jr.}  Charles Schaum has pointed out that
traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ practice was to include the comma, and
since the \emph{Manual} has no objections to this, I have provided an
option which allows you to turn this behavior back on, either for the
whole document or on a per-entry basis.  Please note, first, that
numerical suffixes (John Doe III) never take the comma.  The code
tests for this situation, and detects cardinal numbers well, but if
you are using ordinals you may need to set this to \texttt{false} in
the \textsf{options} field of some entries.  Second, I have fixed a
bug in older releases which always printed the \enquote{Jr.}\ part of
the name immediately after the surname, even when the surname came
before the given names (as in a bibliography).  The package now
correctly puts the \enquote{Jr.}\ part at the end, after the given
names, and in this position it always takes a comma, the presence of
which is unaffected by this option.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{natbib}} may look like the
standard \textsf{biblatex} option, but to keep the coding of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have
reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to
\textsf{biblatex}.  If you load the Chicago style with
\cmd{usepackage\{bibla\-tex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}.  The shorter
form also works if you load the style using
\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago\-notes]\{biblatex\}}, so I hope this
requirement isn't too onerous.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an
early tester, I have included this option to allow you globally to
turn off the \texttt{ibidem} mechanism that
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses by default.  Some publishers, it
would appear, require this.  Setting this option will mean that all
possible instances of \emph{ibid.}\ will be replaced by the short note
form.  For more fine-grained control of individual citations you'll
probably want to use specialized citation commands, instead.  See
section \ref{sec:citecommands}.

\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{omitxrefdate}} part of the
abbreviated cross-referencing functionality for \textsf{book},
\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings}
entries, I have thought it helpful to include, in the abbreviated
references only, a date for any \textsf{title} that's part of a
\textsf{maintitle}, though not for those that are only part of
\textsf{booktitle}.  If these dates annoy you, you can use this option
to turn them off, either in the preamble for the document as a whole
or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries.  Cf.\
harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc; and
\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which
only affects users of the \texttt{british} language, restores the
previous package defaults, printing the \textsf{day} part of a
\textsf{date} specification as an ordinal number: 26th March 2017.
The new package default prints 26 March 2017, which is more in keeping
both with standard British usage and with the recommendations of the
\emph{Manual} (9.36).  The option is available only in the preamble.

\mylittlespace Several
\mymarginpar{\texttt{postnotepunct}\\(experimental)} users, most
recently David Gohlke, have requested a way to alter the punctuation
that appears just before the \textsf{postnote} argument of citation
commands, usually, but perhaps not always, to allow citations to fit
better into the flow of text.  This punctuation is a complex issue in
the \emph{Manual}, and I've attempted to make
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} follow the specifications closely.  Still,
as a first stab at enabling the greater flexibility in punctuation
that some have requested, I have introduced the \texttt{postnotepunct}
package option.  Set to \texttt{true}, it allows you to start the
\textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and have
it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in place of whatever the package
might otherwise automatically have chosen.  Please note that this
functionality relies on a very nifty macro by Philipp Lehman which I
haven't extensively tested, so I'm labeling this option experimental.
Note also that the option only affects the \textsf{postnote} field of
citation commands, not the \textsf{pages} field in your .bib file.

\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{short}} option means that
your text will only use the short note form, even in the first
citation of a particular work.  The \emph{Manual} (14.14) recommends
this space-saving format only when you provide a \emph{full}
bibliography, though even with such a bibliography you may feel it
easier for your readers to present long first citations.  If you do
use the \texttt{short} option, remember that there are several
citation commands which allow you to present the full reference in
specific cases (see section \ref{sec:citecommands}).  If your
bibliography is not complete, then you should not use this option.

\mylittlespace N.\
Andrew\colmarginpar{\texttt{shortextra-\\field\\shortextra-\\format\\shortextra-\\punct}}
Walsh has remarked that it is quite possible for documents to cite
works that, though perfectly distinguishable in their long form, end
up looking identical in short notes; multiple performances of the same
work by the same artist, for example, might end up producing such a
situation.  While the use of a \textsf{shorthand} field could provide
some sort of remedy, he requested a way to disambiguate short notes by
adding a user-configurable field to the note, thereby keeping it both
short and unique without the need to consult a list of shorthands.
The \emph{Manual} (15.28) itself provides just such a mechanism in the
author-date specification, so I've added one to the notes \&\
bibliography style, as well.  It consists of the standard
\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{uniquework}, now set to \texttt{true}
by default, along with three package options for the user to
configure.  All three of these options are settable for the whole
document, for individual entries, or for individual entry types.

\mylittlespace The first is \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}}, which
\emph{must} be set in order for the mechanism to print anything at
all.  You should set this option to the name of the field you wish to
be printed in addition to the \textsf{author} and \textsf{labeltitle}.
By default, it will be printed after the latter, separated from it by
a comma.  You can manually define this punctuation by setting the
\mycolor{\texttt{shortextrapunct}} option to one of \texttt{none,
  space, comma, period, colon,} or \texttt{semicolon}.  You can also
enclose the extra field in parentheses or square brackets by setting
the \mycolor{\texttt{shortextraformat}} option to \texttt{parens} or
\texttt{brackets}.

\mylittlespace User \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthand-\\first}} laudecir
requested a simpler way to print the \textsf{shorthand} even in the
first citation of a source, simpler, that is, than remembering to use
the \cmd{shorthandcite} command.  You can set this option to
\texttt{true} either in the preamble or in individual entries.

\mylittlespace Kenneth Pearce \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandfull}} has
suggested that, in some fields of study, a list of shorthands
providing full bibliographical information may replace the
bibliography itself.  This option prints this full information in the
list of shorthands, though of course you should remember that any .bib
entry not containing a \textsf{shorthand} field won't appear in such a
list.  Please see the documentation of the \textbf{shorthand} field in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above for information on further options
available to you for presenting and formatting the list of shorthands.

\mylittlespace Chris Sparks \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandibid}}
pointed out that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} would never use
\emph{ibid.}\ in the case of entries containing a \textsf{shorthand}
field, but rather that consecutive references to such an entry
continued to provide the shorthand, instead.  The \emph{Manual} isn't,
as far as I can tell, completely clear on this question.  In 14.258,
discussing references to works from classical antiquity, it states
that \enquote{when abbreviations are used, these rather than
  \emph{ibid.}\ should be used in succeeding references to the same
  work,} but I can't make out whether this rule is specific to
classical references or has more general scope.  Given this ambiguity,
I don't think it unreasonable to provide an option to allow printing
of \emph{ibid.}\ instead of the shorthand in such circumstances,
though the default behavior remains the same as it always has.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{strict}} still-experimental
option attempts to follow the \emph{Manual}'s recommendations (14.36)
for formatting footnotes on the page, using no rule between them and
the main text unless there is a run-on note, in which case a short
rule intervenes to emphasize this continuation.  I haven't tested this
code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats
might interfere with it.  Let me know if it causes problems.

\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{urlnotes}} Björk, for
specialized reasons, requested a way to turn off the printing of
\textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} information in notes
but not in the bibliography.  As it's possible this might be of more
general usefulness, I've provided a new option.  You can set it to
\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in individual entries, but
please note that it does not apply to \textsf{online} entries.

\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Björk pointed
out that when, using the \texttt{longcrossref} or
\texttt{booklongxref} options, you turn on the automatic abbreviation
of multiple entries in the same (e.g.) \textsf{collection} or
\textsf{mvcollection}, you could entirely lose a \textsf{url} that
might be helpful for locating a source, as the abbreviated forms in
notes and in the bibliography wouldn't include this information.
Setting this option to \textsf{true} either in the preamble or in
individual entries will allow the \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, or
\textsf{eprint} field to appear even in these abbreviated references.

\subsection{General Usage Hints}
\label{sec:hints}

\subsubsection{Loading the Style}
\label{sec:loading}

With the addition of the author-date styles to the package, I have
provided three keys for choosing which style to load, \texttt{notes},
\texttt{authordate}, and \textsf{authordate-trad}, one of which you
put in the options to the \cmd{usepackage} command.  The default way
of loading the notes + bibliography style has therefore slightly
changed.  With early versions of \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-notes},
the standard way of loading the package was via a call to
\textsf{biblatex}, e.g.:
\begin{quote}
  \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes,strict,backend=bibtex8,\%\\
    babel=other,bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex\}}
\end{quote}
Now, the default way to load the style, and one that will in the
vast majority of standard cases produce the same results as the old
invocation, will look like this:
\begin{quote}
  \cmd{usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,\%\\
    bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
\end{quote}

(In point of fact, the previous \textsf{biblatex-chicago} loading
method without the \texttt{notes} option will still work, but only
because I've made the notes \&\ bibliography style the default if no
style is explicitly requested.)  If you read through
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, you'll see that it sets a number of
\textsf{biblatex} options aimed at following the Chicago
specification, as well as setting a few formatting variables intended
as reasonable defaults (see section~\ref{sec:presetopts}, above).
Some parts of this specification, however, are plainly more
\enquote{suggested} than \enquote{required,} and indeed many
publishers, while adopting the main skeleton of the Chicago style in
citations, nonetheless maintain their own house styles to which the
defaults I have provided do not conform.

\mylittlespace If you only need to change one or two parameters, this
can easily be done by putting different options in the call to
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or redefining other formatting variables in
the preamble, thereby overriding the package defaults.  If, however,
you wish more substantially to alter the output of the package,
perhaps to use it as a base for constructing another style altogether,
then you may want to revert to the old style of invocation above.
You'll lose all the definitions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
including those to which I've already alluded and also the code that
sets the note number in-line rather than superscript in endnotes or
footnotes.  Also in this file is the code that calls
\textsf{cms-american.lbx}, which means that you'll lose all the
Chicago-specific bibstrings I've defined unless you provide, in your
preamble, a \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command adapted for your
setup, on which see section~\ref{sec:international} below and also
§§~4.9.1 and 4.11.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.

%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace What you \emph{will not} lose is the ability to call
the package options \texttt{annotation, strict, short,} and
\texttt{noibid} (section~\ref{sec:useropts}, above), in case these
continue to be useful to you when constructing your own modifications.
There's very little code, therefore, actually in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, but I hope that even this minimal
separation will make the package somewhat more adaptable.  Any
suggestions on this score are, of course, welcome.

\subsubsection{Other Hints}
\label{sec:otherhints}

One useful rule, when you are having difficulty creating a .bib entry,
is to ask yourself whether all the information you are providing is
strictly necessary.  The Chicago specification is a very full one, but
the \emph{Manual} is actually, in many circumstances, fairly relaxed
about how much of the data from a work's title page you need to fit
into a reference.  Authors of introductions and afterwords, multiple
publishers in different countries, the real names of authors more
commonly known under pseudonyms, all of these are candidates for
exclusion if you aren't making specific reference to them, and if you
judge that their inclusion won't be of particular interest to your
readers.  Of course, any data that may be of such interest, and
especially any needed to identify and track down a reference, has to
be present, but sometimes it pays to step back and reevaluate how much
information you're providing.  I've tried to make
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} robust enough to handle the most
complex, data-rich citations, but there may be instances where you can
save yourself some typing by keeping it simple.

\mylittlespace Scot Becker pointed out to me that the inverse problem
not only exists but may well become increasingly common, to wit, .bib
database entries generated by bibliographic managers which helpfully
provide as much information as is available, including fields that
users may well wish not to have printed (ISBN, URL, DOI,
\textsf{pagetotal}, inter alia).  The standard \textsf{biblatex}
styles contain a series of options, detailed in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}
§3.1.2.2, for controlling the printing of some of these fields, and I
have implemented the ones that are relevant to
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, along with a couple that Scot requested and
that may be of more general usefulness.  There is also a general
option to excise with one command all the fields under consideration
-- please see section~\ref{sec:chicpreset} above.

\mylittlespace If you are having problems with the interaction of
punctuation and quotation marks in notes or bibliography, first please
check that you've used \cmd{mkbibquote} in the relevant part of your
.bib file.  If you are still getting errors, please let me know, as it
may well be a bug.

\mylittlespace For the \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} style, I have
fully adopted \textsf{biblatex's} system for providing punctuation at
the end of entries.  Several users noted insufficiencies in previous
releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, sometimes related to the
semicolon between multiple citations, sometimes to ineradicable
periods after long notes, bugs that were byproducts of my attempt to
fix other end-of-entry errors.  One of the side effects of this older
code was (wrongly) to put a period after a long note produced, e.g.,
by a command like \cmd{footnote\{\textbackslash headlessfullcite\}},
whereas only the \enquote{foot} cite commands (including
\cmd{autocite} in the default \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} set up)
should do so.  If you came to rely on this side effect, please note
now that you'll have to put the period in yourself when explicitly
calling \cmd{footnote}, like so: \cmd{footnote\{\textbackslash
  headlessfullcite\{key\}.\}}

\mylittlespace When you use abbreviations at the ends of fields in
your .bib file (e.g., \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} or
\enquote{\texttt{Inc.},}) \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} should deal
automatically with adding (or suppressing) appropriate punctuation
after the final dot.  This includes retaining periods after such dots
when a closing parenthesis intervenes, as in (n.d.).  Merely entering
the abbreviation without informing \textsf{biblatex} that the final
dot is a dot and not a period should always work, though you do have
to provide manual formatting in those rare cases when you need a comma
after the author's initials in a bibliography, usually in a
\textsf{misc} entry (see house:papers).  If you find you need to
provide such formatting elsewhere, please let me know.

\mylittlespace Finally, allow me to reiterate what
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} says, to wit, use \textsf{Biber} if you can.
It's not absolutely required for the notes \&\ bibliography style, but
it is required for an increasing amount of very useful functionality
in all \textsf{biblatex} styles.  The \textbf{mv*} entry types, for
example, can help streamline your .bib database, particularly when
used as \textsf{crossref} targets, but this utility is severely
limited if you are using one of the older backends.  If you have to
use one of these older backends, then the \textsf{biblatex} authors
advise using \textsf{bibtex8}, rather than standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX,
to avoid the cryptic errors that ensue when your .bib file gets to a
certain size.

\section{The Specification: Author-Date}
\label{sec:authdate}

The \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package contains two different
author-date styles.  The first, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate},
implements the specifications of the 16th edition of the \emph{Chicago
  Manual of Style}.  Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the
\emph{Manual}, though as this latest edition now recommends \enquote{a
  uniform treatment for the main elements of citation in both of its
  systems of documentation} (15.2), many of these references will in
fact be to the chapter on the notes \&\ bibliography style (chap.\
14), which chapter is, by design, considerably more detailed than that
devoted to the author-date style.  The second,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad}, implements that same
specification but with a markedly different style of title
presentation, including sentence-style capitalization and an absence
of quotation marks around the (plain-text) titles of \textsf{article}
or \textsf{incollection} entries, \emph{inter alia}.  The
\textsf{trad} style is so named because older versions of the
\emph{Manual}, up to and including the 15th edition, recommended this
plainer style for author-date titles, and the 16th edition itself
suggests the possibility, when needed, of retaining such title
presentation in combination with its own recommendations for other
parts of the reference apparatus (15.45).  In practice, the
differences between the two styles necessitate separate discussions of
the \textsf{title} field and one extra package option
(\texttt{headline}), and that's about it.

\mylittlespace Generally, then, the following documentation covers
both Chicago author-date styles, and attempts to explain all the parts
of the specification that might be considered somehow \enquote{non
  standard,} at least with respect to the styles included with
\textsf{biblatex} itself.  In the section on entry fields I admit I
have also duplicated a lot of the information in
\textsf{biblatex.pdf}, which I hope won't badly annoy expert users of
the system.  As usual, headings in \mycolor{green}
\colmarginpar{\textsf{New in this release}} indicate material new to
this release, or occasionally old material that has undergone
significant revision.  The file \textsf{dates-test.bib} contains many
examples from the \emph{Manual} which, when processed using
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, should produce the same output
as you see in the \emph{Manual} itself, or at least compliant output,
where the specifications are vague or open to interpretation, a state
of affairs which does sometimes occur.  If you are using
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} the same basically holds,
but you'd have to keep one eye on the 15th edition of the
\emph{Manual} (chap.\ 17) for the titles.  I have provided
\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}, which
show how my system processes \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and I have also
included the reference keys from the latter file below in parentheses.

\subsection{Entry Types}
\label{sec:types:authdate}

The complete list of entry types currently available in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} and \textsf{authordate-trad},
minus the odd \textsf{biblatex} alias, is as follows:
\mycolor{\textbf{article}}, \textbf{artwork}, \textbf{audio},
\textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet},
\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image},
\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings},
\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}},
\textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual}, \textbf{misc}, \textbf{music},
\textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings},
\textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}),
\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings},
\textbf{reference}, \mycolor{\textbf{report}} (with its alias
\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook},
\textbf{suppcollection}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}),
\mycolor{\textbf{unpublished}}, and \textbf{video}.

\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the
differences between these types and the standard provided by
\textsf{biblatex}.  If an entry type isn't discussed here, then it is
safe to assume that it works as it does in the standard styles.  In
general, I have attempted not to discuss specific entry fields here,
unless such a field is crucial to the overall operation of a given
entry type.  As a general and important rule, most entry types require
very few fields when you use \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, so
it seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in
the next section.

\paragraph*{\protect\colmarginpar{\textbf{article}}}
\label{sec:ad:article}
The \emph{Chicago Manual of Style} (14.170) recognizes three different
sorts of periodical publication, \enquote{journals,}
\enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers.}  The first (14.172)
includes \enquote{scholarly or professional periodicals available
  mainly by subscription,} while the second refers to \enquote{weekly
  or monthly} publications that are \enquote{available either by
  subscription or in individual issues at bookstores or newsstands.}
\enquote{Magazines} will tend to be \enquote{more accessible to
  general readers,} and typically won't have a volume number.  The
following paragraphs detail how to construct your .bib entries for all
these sorts of periodical publication.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace For articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply use
the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex} ---
\textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set off
the page numbers with a colon in the list of references, as required
by the \emph{Manual}.  If, however, you wish to cite a
\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need to add an
\textsf{entrysubtype} field containing the exact string
\texttt{magazine} or, now, its synonym \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}.
The main formatting differences between a \texttt{magazine/newspaper}
and a plain \textsf{article} are that time specifications (month, day,
season) aren't placed within parentheses, and that page numbers are
set off by a comma rather than a colon.  Otherwise, the two sorts of
reference have much in common.  (For \textsf{article}, see
\emph{Manual} 14.175--198, 15.9, 15.43--46; batson, beattie:crime,
chu:panda, connell:chronic, conway:evolution, friedman:learning,
garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis, loften:hamlet,
loomis:structure, rozner:liberation, schneider:mittelpleistozaene,
terborgh:pre\-ser\-vation, wall:ra\-di\-o, warr:ellison,
white:callima\-chus. With \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine},
cf.\ 14.181, 14.199--202, 15.47; assocpress:gun,
lakeforester:pushcarts, mor\-genson:\-mar\-ket, reaves:ro\-sen,
stenger:privacy.)

\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} now suggests that, no matter which
citation style you are using, it is \enquote{usually sufficient to
  cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text}
(15.47).  This involves giving the title of the journal and the full
date of publication in a parenthetical reference, including any other
information in the main text (14.206), thereby obviating the need to
present such an entry in the list of references.  To utilize this
method in the author-date styles, in addition to a \texttt{magazine}
\textsf{entrysubtype}, you'll need to place \texttt{cmsdate=full} into
the \textsf{options} field, including \texttt{skipbib} there as well
to stop the entry printing in the list of references.  If the entry
only contains a \textsf{date} and \textsf{journaltitle} that's enough,
but if it's a fuller entry also containing an \textsf{author} then
you'll also need \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options}
field.  Other surplus fields will be ignored.  (See osborne:poison.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace If you are familiar with the notes \&\ bibliography
style, you'll know that the \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of books,
plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of
\enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers,}
distinguished mainly by the way one formats the title of the review
itself.  With the 16th edition's changes to the way titles are
presented in the \textsf{authordate} style, users need to learn how to
present this sort of material, which involves using an entry type
(\textsf{review}) that wasn't necessary in the 15th edition.  The key
rule is this: if a review has a separate, non-generic title (gibbard;
osborne:poison) in addition to something that reads like
\enquote{review of \ldots,} then you need an \textsf{article} entry,
with or without the \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, depending
on the sort of publication containing the review.  If the only title
is the generic \enquote{review of \ldots,} for example, then you'll
need the \textsf{review} entry type, with or without this same
\textsf{entrysubtype} toggle using \texttt{magazine}.  On
\textsf{review} entries, see below.  (The curious reader will no doubt
notice that the code for formatting any sort of review still exists in
\textsf{article}, as it was initially designed for \textsf{biblatex
  0.6}, but the current arrangement is somewhat simpler and therefore,
I hope, better.)

\mylittlespace In the case of a review with a specific as well as a
generic title, the former goes in the \textsf{title} field, and the
latter in the \textsf{titleaddon} field.  Standard \textsf{biblatex}
intends this field for use with additions to titles that may need to
be formatted differently from the titles themselves, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses it in just this way, with
the additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the
\textsf{title} entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type,
providing a fairly powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ to do what you want.  Here, however, if all you need
is a generic title like \enquote{review of \ldots,} then you want to
switch to the \textsf{review} type, where you can simply use the
\textsf{title} field for it.

\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
reviewed.  This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
latter.  Please see section \ref{sec:authrelated} for further details.

\mylittlespace No less than nine more things need explication under
this heading.  First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that what goes
into the \textsf{titleaddon} field of \textsf{article} entries stays
unformatted --- no italics, no quotation marks --- this plain style is
the default for such text, which means that you'll have to format any
titles within \textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with
\cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}.  Second, the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar
plain style for the titles of other sorts of material found in
\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries,
letters to the editor, interviews, the names of regular columns, and
the like.  References may contain both the title of an individual
article and the name of the regular column, in which case the former
should go, as usual, in a \textsf{title} field, and the latter in
\textsf{titleaddon}.  As with reviews proper, if there is only the
generic title, then you want the \textsf{review} entry type.  (See
14.203, 14.205, 14.208; morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.)

\mylittlespace Third, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} suggests
that \enquote{unsigned newspaper articles or features are best dealt
  with in text \ldots} (14.207).  As with newspaper or magazine
articles in general, you can place \texttt{cmsdate=full} and
\texttt{skipbib} into the \textsf{options} field to produce an
augmented in-text citation whilst keeping this material out of the
reference list.  If you do use the reference list, then the standard
shorter citation will be sufficient, and in both cases the name of the
periodical (in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) will be used in place
of the missing author.  Just to clarify: in \textsf{article} or
\textsf{review} entries, \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, a
missing \textsf{author} field results in the name of the periodical
(in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) being used as the missing author.
Without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, and assuming that no name whatsoever
can be found to put at the head of the entry, the \textsf{title} will
be used, not the \textsf{journaltitle}, or so I interpret the
\emph{Manual} (14.175).  The default sorting scheme in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} considers the
\textsf{journaltitle} before the \textsf{title}, so if the latter
heads an entry you'll need a \textsf{sortkey}, just as you will if you
retain the definite or indefinite article at the beginning of the
\textsf{journaltitle} in author-less entries with an
\textsf{entrysubtype}.  If you want to abbreviate the
\textsf{journaltitle} for use in citations, but give the full name in
the list of references, then the \textsf{shortjournal} field is the
place for it.  A shortened \textsf{title} should go, as usual, in
\textsf{shorttitle}.  (See section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below;
lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke.)

\mylittlespace Fourth, Bertold Schweitzer has pointed out, following
the \emph{Manual} (14.192), that while an \textsf{issuetitle} often
has an \textsf{editor}, it is not too unusual for a \textsf{title} to
have, e.g., an \textsf{editor} and/or a \textsf{translator}.  In order
to allow as many permutations as possible on this theme, I have
brought the \textsf{article} entry type into line with most of the
other types in allowing the use of the \textsf{namea} and
\textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate an editor or a translator
specifically with the \textsf{title}.  The \textsf{editor} and
\textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology with other entry types,
are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if one is present, and
with the \textsf{title} otherwise.  The usual string concatenation
rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and \textsf{editortype} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Fifth, in certain fields, just beginning your data with
a lowercase letter activates the mechanism for capitalizing that
letter depending on its context within a list of references entry.
This is less important in the author-date styles, where this
information only turns up in the reference list and not in citations,
but you can consult\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below for all the details.  Both
the \textsf{titleaddon} and \textsf{note} fields are among those
treating their data this way, and since both appear regularly in
\textsf{article} entries, I thought the problem merited a preliminary
mention here.

\mylittlespace Sixth, if you need to cite an entire issue of any sort
of periodical, rather than one article in an issue, then the
\textsf{periodical} entry type, once again with or without the
\texttt{magazine} toggle in \textsf{entrysubtype,} is what you'll
need.  (You can also use the \textsf{article} type, placing what would
normally be the \textsf{issuetitle} in the \textsf{title} field and
retaining the usual \textsf{journaltitle} field, but this arrangement
isn't compatible with standard \textsf{biblatex}.)  The \textsf{note}
field is where you place something like \enquote{special issue} (with
the small \enquote{s} enabling the automatic capitalization routines),
whether you are citing one article or the whole issue
(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue).  Indeed, this is a somewhat
specialized use of \textsf{note}, and if you have other sorts of
information you need to include in an \textsf{article} or
\textsf{periodical} entry, then you shouldn't put it in the
\textsf{note} field, but rather in \textsf{titleaddon} or perhaps
\textsf{addendum} (brown:bremer).

\mylittlespace Seventh, I would suggest that if you wish to cite a
television or radio broadcast, the \textsf{article} type,
\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} is the place for it.  The name
of the program would go in \textsf{journaltitle}, with the name of the
episode in \textsf{title}.  The network's name goes into the
\textsf{usera} field.  (8.185, 14.221; see bundy:macneil for an
example of how this all might look in a .bib file.  Commercial
recordings of such material would need one of the audiovisual entry
types, probably \textsf{audio} or \textsf{video} [friends:leia], while
recordings from archives fit best either into \textsf{online} or into
\textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype} [coolidge:speech,
roosevelt:speech].)

\mylittlespace Eighth, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}
(14.243--6) specifies that blogs and other, similar online material
should be presented like \textsf{articles}, with \texttt{magazine}
\textsf{entrysubtype} (ellis:blog).  The title of the specific entry
goes in \textsf{title}, the general title of the blog goes in
\textsf{journaltitle}, and the word \enquote{\texttt{blog}} in the
\textsf{location} field (though you could just use special formatting
in the \textsf{journaltitle} field itself, which may sometimes be
necessary).  Comments on blogs, with generic titles like
\enquote{comment on} or \enquote{reply to,} need a \textsf{review}
entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}.  Such comments make
particular use of the \textsf{eventdate} and of the \textsf{nameaddon}
fields; please see the documentation of \textbf{review}, below.

\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
list.  Please see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the details on how this
works.

% %\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you
browse through \textsf{dates-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many
of the \emph{Manual}'s complexities the \textsf{article},
\textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} types attempt to address.  It
may be that in future releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I'll be
able to simplify these procedures somewhat, but with any luck the vast
majority of sources won't require knowledge of these onerous details.

\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{artwork}} Kjell Vikhagen has
pointed out to me that none of the standard entry types were
straightforwardly adaptable when referring to visual artworks.  The
\emph{Manual} doesn't give any thorough specifications for such
references, and indeed it's unclear that it believes it necessary to
include them in the reference apparatus at all.  Still, it's easy to
conceive of contexts in which a list of artworks studied might be
desirable, and \textsf{biblatex} includes entry types for just this
purpose, though the standard styles leave them undefined.  The two I
chose to include in previous releases were \textsf{artwork} and
\textsf{image}, the former intended for paintings, sculptures,
etchings, and the like, the latter for photographs.  The 16th edition
of the \emph{Manual} has modified its specifications for presenting
photographs so that they are the same as for works in all other media.
The \textsf{image} type, therefore, is now merely a clone of the
\textsf{artwork} type, maintained mainly to provide backward
compatibility for users migrating from the old specification to the
current one.

\mylittlespace As one might expect, the artist goes in \textsf{author}
and the name of the work in \textsf{title}.  The \textsf{type} field
is intended for the medium --- e.g., oil on canvas, charcoal on paper
--- and the \textsf{version} field might contain the state of an
etching.  You can place the dimensions of the work in \textsf{note},
and the current location in \textsf{organization},
\textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in ascending order of
generality.  The \textsf{type} field, as in several other entry types,
uses \textsf{biblatex's} automatic capitalization routines, so if the
first word only needs a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence,
use lowercase in the .bib file and let \textsf{biblatex} handle it for
you.  (See \emph{Manual} 3.22, 8.193; leo:madonna, bedford:photo.)

\mylittlespace As a final complication, the \emph{Manual} (8.193) says
that \enquote{the names of works of antiquity \ldots\,are usually set
  in roman.}  If you should need to include such a work in the
reference apparatus, you can either define an \textsf{entrysubtype}
for an \textsf{artwork} entry --- anything will do --- or you could
use the \textsf{image} type, or you could try the \textsf{misc} entry
type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.  Fortunately, in this instance the
other fields in a \textsf{misc} entry function pretty much as in
\textsf{artwork} or \textsf{image}.

\mybigspace Following \mymarginpar{\textbf{audio}} the request of
Johan Nordstrom, I have included three entry types, all undefined by
the standard styles, designed to allow users to present audiovisual
sources in accordance with the Chicago specifications.  The
\emph{Manual's} presentation of such sources (14.263--273, 15.53),
though admirably brief, seems to me somewhat inconsistent; the
proliferation of online sources has made the task yet more complex.
For the 15th edition I attempted to condense all the requirements into
two entry types, but ended up relying on three.  For the 16th edition,
in particular, I also need to include the \textbf{online} and even the
\textbf{misc} entry types, which see, under the audiovisual rubric.  I
shall attempt to delineate the main differences here, and though there
are likely to be occasions when your choice of entry type is not
obvious, at the very least \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should help you
maintain consistency.

\mylittlespace For users of the author-date styles, the 16th edition
of the \emph{Manual} (15.53) \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive
  approach to dating audiovisual materials than in previous editions,}
meaning that nearly all such entries will have some sort of dating
information and will therefore fit better stylistically with other
references.  In particular, \enquote{the date of the original
  recording should be privileged in the citation.}  Guidance for
supplying dates for this class of material will be found below under
the different entry types in use, though it will also be worthwhile to
look at the documentation of \textsf{date}, \textsf{eventdate},
\textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate}, in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.  The \emph{Manual} continues
to suggest, also, that \enquote{it is often more appropriate to list
  such materials in running text and group them in a separate section
  or discography}.

\mylittlespace The \textbf{music} type is intended for all musical
recordings that do not have a video component.  This means, for
example, digital media (whether on CD or hard drive), vinyl records,
and tapes.  The \textbf{video} type includes most visual media,
whether it be films, TV shows, tapes and DVDs of the preceding or of
any sort of performance (including music), or online multimedia.  The
\emph{Manual's} treatment (14.280) of the latter suggests that online
video excerpts, short pieces, and interviews should generally use the
\textbf{online} type (harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant).
The \textbf{audio} type, our current concern, fills gaps in the
others, and presents its sources in a more \enquote{book-like} manner.
Published musical scores need this type --- unpublished ones would use
\textsf{misc} with an \textsf{entrysubtype} (shapey:partita) --- as do
such favorite educational formats as the slideshow and the filmstrip
(greek:filmstrip, schubert:muellerin, verdi:corsaro).  The
\emph{Manual} (14.277--280) sometimes uses a similar format for audio
books (twain:audio), though, depending on the sorts of publication
facts you wish to present, this sort of material may fall under
\textsf{music} (auden:reading).  Dated audio recordings that are part
of an archive, online or no, may be presented either in an
\textsf{online} or in a \textbf{misc} entry with an
\textsf{entrysubtype}, the latter sometimes requiring extra formatting
in the \textsf{title} field (coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech).

\mylittlespace Once you've accepted the analogy of composer to
\textsf{author}, constructing an \textsf{audio} entry should be fairly
straightforward, since many of the fields function just as they do in
\textsf{book} or \textsf{inbook} entries.  Indeed, please note that I
compare it to both these other types as, in common with the other
audiovisual types, \textsf{audio} has to do double duty as an analogue
for both books and collections, so while there will normally be an
\textsf{author}, a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{publisher}, a
\textsf{date}, and a \textsf{location}, there may also be a
\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle} --- see
schubert:muellerin for an entry that uses all three in citing one song
from a cycle.  If the medium in question needs specifying, the
\textsf{type} field is the place for it.  Finally, the
\textsf{titleaddon} field can specify functions for which
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides no automated handling, e.g., a
librettist (verdi:corsaro).

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{book}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
can provide automatically abbreviated references in the reference list
when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field.  The
functionality is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the
preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the
\texttt{booklongxref} option.  Please see \textbf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.  Also, cf.\ harley:ancient:cart,
harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this might look.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookinbook}} type provides the
means of referring to parts of books that are considered, in other
contexts, themselves to be books, rather than chapters, essays, or
articles.  Such an entry can have a \textsf{title} and a
\textsf{maintitle}, but it can also contain a \textsf{booktitle}, all
three of which will be italicized in the reference matter.  In general
usage it is, therefore, rather like the traditional \textsf{inbook}
type, only with its \textsf{title} in italics rather than in quotation
marks.  As with the \textsf{book} type, you can enable automatically
abbreviated references in the reference list, though this isn't the
default.  Please see \textbf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
section~\ref{sec:preset:authdate}, below.  (Cf.\ \emph{Manual} 14.114,
14.127, 14.130; bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, and
bernhard:themacher for the abbreviating functionality; also
euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr.)

\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The Euripides play receives slightly
different presentations in 14.127 and 14.130.  Although the
specification is very detailed, it doesn't eliminate all choice or
variation.  Using a system like \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ should help to
maintain consistency.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{booklet}} is the first of two
entry types --- the other being \textsf{manual}, on which see below
--- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the
\emph{Manual} (14.249) suggests may well be treated basically as
books.  In the interests of backward compatibility,
\textsf{biblatex-chica\-go-authordate} will so format such an entry,
which uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard
\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a
\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a
\textsf{howpublished} field should instead go in \textsf{publisher}.
(See clark:mesopot.)

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{collection}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} entry type, but the package can provide
automatically abbreviated references in the reference list when you
use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field.  The functionality
is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the preamble or in
the \textsf{options} field using the \texttt{booklongxref} option.
Please see \textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and
\texttt{booklongxref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.  See
harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this
might look.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customa}} entry type is
obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
error.  Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{letter} type
instead.

%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customb}} entry type is
obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
error.  Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{bookinbook}
type instead.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type allows you
to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
the bibliography, particularly to other names or pseudonyms, as
recommen\-ded by the \emph{Manual}.  (This is different from the usual
\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf}, and \textsf{related}
mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to
other works.  Cf.\ 14.84,86).  In the 15th edition's specification of
the author-date style, it allowed you, in particular, to include the
expansions of abbreviations and shorthands --- usually of corporate
\textsf{authors} --- \emph{inside} the list of references itself,
rather than in the list of shorthands.  The 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} (15.36), however, has a different specification for such
corporate authors.  As in the old specification, the shorthand appears
in citations and at the head of the entry in the list of references,
but its expansion now appears within parentheses \emph{directly after}
the shorthand, i.e., \emph{within} the same entry.  This means you no
longer need the \textsf{customc} entry for shorthands of this sort.
(See \textsf{shorthand}, below; bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc.)

\mylittlespace I should add immediately that, as I read the
specification (14.84,86, 15.34), the alphabetized cross-references
provided by \textsf{customc} are particularly encouraged, bordering on
required, when a reference list \enquote{includes two or more works
  published by the same author but under different pseudonyms.}  The
following entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} show one way of
addressing this: crea\-sey:ashe:blast, crea\-sey:york:death,
crea\-sey:mor\-ton:hide, ashe:crea\-sey, york:crea\-sey and
mor\-ton:crea\-sey.  In these latter cases, you would need merely to
place the pseudo\-nym in the \textsf{author} field, and the author's
real name, under which his or her works are presented in the
bibliography, in the \textsf{title} field.  To make sure the
cross-reference also appears in the bibliography, you can either
manually include the entry key in a \cmd{nocite} command, or you can
put that entry key in the \textbf{userc} field in the main .bib entry,
in which case \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the expanded
abbreviation if and only if you cite the main entry.  (Cf.\
\textsf{userc}, below.)

\mylittlespace Under ordinary circumstances, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
will connect the two parts of the cross-reference with the word
\enquote{\emph{See}} --- or its equivalent in the document's language
--- in italics.  If you wish to present the cross-reference
differently, you can put the connecting word(s) into the
\textsf{nameaddon} field.

\mylittlespace Finally, you may need to use this entry type if you
wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation, as
specified by the \emph{Manual} (15.23).  If you have a
\textsf{postnote}, then you can manually provide the punctuation and
comment there, e.g., \cmd{autocite[4; the unrevised
  trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}.  Without a \textsf{postnote}, you have
two solutions.  You can enable the \texttt{postnotepunct} option, which
allows you simply to type \cmd{autocite[; the unrevised
  trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}, or you can continue to use a separate
\textsf{misc} or \textsf{customc} entry containing just the text of
the comment in the \textsf{title} field, \textsf{entrysubtype}
\texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options} \texttt{skipbib}.  An
\cmd{autocites} command calling both the main text and the comment
then does the trick, e.g.,
\cmd{autocites\{chica\-go:manual\}\{chicago:comment\}}.  Cf.\
\texttt{postnotepunct} in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left
undefined in the standard styles, was in previous releases of
\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but
the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed its specifications
for such works, which are now treated the same as works in all other
media.  This means that this entry type is now a clone of the
\textsf{artwork} type, which see.  I retain it here as a convenience
for users migrating from the old to the new specification.  (See 3.22,
8.193; bedford:photo.)

\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{inbook}\\\textbf{incollection}}
two standard \textsf{biblatex} types have very nearly identical
formatting requirements as far as the Chicago specification is
concerned, but I have retained both of them for compatibility.
\textsf{Biblatex.pdf} (§~2.1.1) intends the first for \enquote{a part
  of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title,}
while the second would hold \enquote{a contribution to a collection
  which forms a self-contained unit with a distinct author and its own
  title.}  The \textsf{title} of both sorts will be placed within
quotation marks, and in general you can use either type for most
material falling into these categories.  There was an important
difference between them, as in previous releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} it was only in \textsf{incollection} entries
that I implemented the \emph{Manual's} recommendations for
space-saving abbreviations in the reference list when you cite
multiple pieces from the same \textsf{collection}.  These
abbreviations are activated by default when you use the
\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field in \textsf{incollection}
entries \emph{and} in \textsf{inbook} entries, because although the
\emph{Manual} (14.113) here specifies a \enquote{multiauthor book,} at
least for the notes \&\ bibliography style, I believe the distinction
between the two is fine enough, and the author-date discussion in
15.37 general enough, to encourage similar treatments.  (For more on
this mechanism see \textbf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below, and the option
\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.  Please note
that it is also active by default in \textsf{letter} and
\textsf{inproceedings} entries.)  If the part of a book to which you
are referring has had a separate publishing history as a book in its
own right, then you may wish to use the \textsf{bookinbook} type,
instead, on which see above.  (See \emph{Manual} 14.111--114, 15.37;
\textsf{inbook}:\,ashbrook:brain, phibbs:diary, will:cohere;
\textsf{incollection}:\,centi\-nel:letters, contrib:contrib,
sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, and
lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection} entry prairie:state]
demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref} field with its attendant
abbreviations in the list of references.)

\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} suggests that, when
referring to a chapter, one use either a chapter number or the
inclusive page numbers, not both.  In-text citations, of course,
require any \textsf{postnote} field to specify if it is a whole
chapter to which you are referring.

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inproceedings}} entry type works
pretty much as in standard \textsf{biblatex}.  Indeed, the main
differences between it and \textsf{incollection} are the lack of an
\textsf{edition} field and the possibility that an
\textsf{organization} may be cited alongside the \textsf{publisher},
even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't specify its use (14.226).
Please note, also, that the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}
mechanism for shortening citations of multiple pieces from the same
\textsf{proceedings} is operative here, just as it is in
\textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inbook} entries.  See
\textbf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and the option
\texttt{longcrossref} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below, for more
details.

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{inreference}}}
\label{sec:ad:inreference}
This entry type is aliased to \textsf{incollection} in the standard
styles, but the \emph{Manual's} requirements for the notes \&\
bibliography style prompted a thoroughgoing revision.  Unfortunately,
instructions for the author-date style are considerably less copious,
so parts of what follows are my best guess at following the
specification (14.247--248).

\mylittlespace One thing, at least, seems clear.  If your reference
work can easily or conveniently be presented like a regular book, that
is, with an author or editor, a year of publication, and a title, and
if you you will be citing it by page or section number, then you
should almost certainly simply choose the \textsf{book} entry type for
your .bib entry. (Cf.\ mla:style, schellinger:novel, times:guide.  The
latter was presented as an \textsf{inreference} entry for the notes
\&\ bibliography style, but because the \textsf{book} entry type can
also present references to alphabetized headings [see below], at least
in the list of references, then it seemed better just to choose a
\textsf{book} entry for the author-date styles.)

\mylittlespace If you simply cannot make your source fit the template
for a \textsf{book}, then you may need to use the \textsf{inreference}
type, the main feature of which is the \textsf{lista} field, which you
use to present citations from \enquote{alphabetically arranged} works
by named article rather than by page number.  You should present these
article names just as they appear in the work, separated by the
keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} if there is more than one, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will provide the appropriate
prefatory string (\texttt{s.v.}, plural \texttt{s.vv.}), and enclose
each in its own set of quotation marks (times:guide).  More relevant
to the author-date styles is the fact that the \textsf{postnote} field
works the same way in \textsf{inreference} entries, the only
limitation on this system being that this field, unlike
\textsf{lista}, is not a list, and therefore for the formatting to
work correctly you can only put one article name in it.  In the case
of \enquote{[w]ell-known reference books, such as major dictionaries
  and encyclopedias,} you are encouraged not to include them in the
list of references, so the \textsf{lista} field actually may be of
less use than this special formatting of \textsf{postnote}.  You may
want to look at ency:britannica, where only a (carefully-formatted)
\textsf{shorttitle} and an \textsf{options} field are necessary to
allow you to produce in-text citations that look like (\emph{Ency.\
  Brit.}\ 15th ed., s.v. \enquote{Article}).

\mylittlespace If it seems appropriate to include such a work in the
list of references, perhaps because the work is not so well known that
a short citation will be parseable by your readers, or perhaps because
it is an online work, which requires you to provide a \textsf{urldate}
(see below), be aware that the contents of the \textsf{lista} field
will also be presented there, which may not be what you want.  A
separate \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference} entry might solve
this problem, but you may also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure
proper alphabetization, as \textsf{biblatex} will attempt to use an
\textsf{editor} or \textsf{author} name, if either is present.  In a
typical \textsf{inreference} entry, very few fields are needed, as
\enquote{the facts of publication are often omitted, but the edition
  (if not the first) must be specified.}  In practice, this means a
\textsf{title} and possibly an \textsf{edition} field.  The
\textsf{author} field holds the author of the specific article (in
\textsf{lista}), not the author of the \textsf{title} as a whole.
This name will be printed in parentheses after the entry's name
(grove:sibelius).

\mylittlespace All of these rules apply to online reference works, as
well, for which you need to provide not only a \textsf{url} but also,
always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant flux
(wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius).  The author-date styles will
automatically use this as the identifying date in citations and the
list of references, assuming a more conventional \textsf{date} isn't
available.  Please note, however, that the automatic provision of the
\enquote{n.d.} abbreviation, in the absence of any sort of date
whatsoever, has been turned off for \textsf{inreference} entries, as
for \textsf{misc} and \textsf{reference} entries.

\mybigspace I
\colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}\\\textbf{legal}\\\textbf{legislation}}
document these three types in section~\ref{sec:legal} below, both
because they all follow the specifications of the \emph{Bluebook}
instead of the \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry
types treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
author-date styles.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} entry type was designed
to be used for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but
\emph{only} when they appear in a published collection.  (Unpublished
material of this nature needs a \textsf{misc} entry, for which see
below.)  The author-date specification (15.40), however, recommends
against individual letters appearing in a list of references,
suggesting instead that you put the whole published collection in a
\textsf{book} entry and use a notice in the text to specify the letter
(white:total).

\mylittlespace If you absolutely must include individual letters in
the list of references, for whatever reason, then the instructions
above for the notes \&\ bibliography style in
section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{letter,}} should
get you started.  There are a few wrinkles, related to date
specifications, that I shall attempt to clarify here.  If you look at
white:ross:memo and white:russ, you'll see two letters from the same
published collection, both written in the same year.  You can simply
use the \textsf{origdate} field in both of them, because in the
absence of a \textsf{date} (or an \textsf{eventdate}) \textsf{Biber}
and \textsf{biblatex} will use the \textsf{origyear} as the
\textsf{labelyear}, putting it at the head of the entry and in the
citation, and also ensuring that the letters \texttt{a,b,c} are
appended to disambiguate the two sources.  You no longer need anything
in the \textsf{options} field at all, thanks to the way
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} works through the possibilities and finds a
date to head the entry.  In this case, it works because we are using
the \textsf{xref} mechanism to refer to the whole published collection
(white:total), so a separate citation of that entry provides the
\textsf{date} for the shortened cross-reference included in the list
of references, and the \textsf{letter} entry never sees that
\textsf{date} at all.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace If this all seems clear as mud, I'm not surprised, but
let me suggest that you experiment with the different date settings to
see what kinds of effects they have on the final result, and also read
the documentation of the \textsf{date} field in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{manual}} is the second of two
traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry types that the \emph{Manual}
suggests formatting as books, the other being \textsf{booklet}. As
with this latter, I have retained it in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} for backward compatibility, its
main peculiarity being that, in the absence of a named author, the
\textsf{organization} producing the manual will be provided both as
author and as publisher.  (You can give a shortened form of the
\textsf{organization} in the \textsf{shortauthor} field for text
citations, if needed.)  Of course, if you were to use a \textsf{book}
entry for such a reference, then you would need to define both
\textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher} using the name you here might
have put in \textsf{organization}.  (See 14.92; chicago:manual,
dyna:browser, natrecoff:camera.)

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{misc}}}
\label{sec:ad:misc}
As its name suggests, the \textsf{misc} entry type was designed as a
hold-all for citations that didn't quite fit into other categories.
In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, I have somewhat extended its
applicability, while retaining its traditional use.  Put simply, with
no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, a \textsf{misc} entry will retain
backward compatibility with the standard styles, so the usual
\textsf{howpublished}, \textsf{version}, and \textsf{type} fields are
all available for specifying an otherwise unclassifiable text, and the
\textsf{title} will be italicized.  (The \emph{Manual}, you may wish
to note, doesn't give specific instructions on how such citations
should be formatted, so when using the Chicago style I would recommend
you have recourse to this traditional entry type as sparingly as
possible.)

\mylittlespace If you do provide an \textsf{entrysubtype} field, the
\textsf{misc} type provides a means for citing unpublished letters,
memoranda, private contracts, wills, interviews, and the like, making
it something of an unpublished analogue to the \textsf{letter},
\textsf{article}, and \textsf{review} entry types (which see).
Typically, such an entry will cite part of an archive, and equally
typically the text cited won't have a specific title, but only a
generic one, whereas an \textsf{unpublished} entry will ordinarily
have a specific author and title, and won't come from a named archive.
The \textsf{misc} type with an \textsf{entrysubtype} defined is the
least formatted of all those specified by the \emph{Manual}, so titles
are in plain text by default.  It is quite possible, though somewhat
unusual, for archival material to have a specific title, rather than a
generic one.  In these cases, you will need to enclose the title
inside a \cmd{mkbibquote} command manually.  Cf.\ roosevelt:speech,
shapey:partita.  As a rule, and as with the \textsf{letter} type, the
\emph{Manual} (15.49) suggests that the list of references will
usually contain only the name of the whole archived collection, with
more specific information about individual items provided in the text,
outside the parentheses.  If, on the other hand, \enquote{only one
  item from a collection has been mentioned in text, the entry may
  begin with the writer's name (if known).}  (See 14.219-220, 14.231,
14.232-242; house:papers cites a whole archive, while creel:house,
dinkel:agassiz, and spock:interview cite individual pieces.)

\mylittlespace As far as constructing your .bib entry goes, you should
first know that, like the \textsf{inreference} and \textsf{reference}
types, the absence of any date will not result in the \enquote{n.d.}
abbreviation automatically being provided.  As for presenting the
date, the \emph{Manual} draws a distinction between archival material
that is \enquote{letter-like} (letters, memoranda, reports, telegrams)
and that which isn't (interviews, wills, contracts, or even personal
communications you've received and which you wish to cite).  This may
not always be the easiest distinction to draw, and in previous
releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I have been ignoring it, but
once you've decided to classify it one way or the other you put the
date in the \textsf{origdate} field for letters, etc.\ (creel:house),
and into the \textsf{date} field for the others (spock:interview).  As
with the \textsf{letter} type, if the only date present is an
\textsf{origdate}, you don't need to set the \texttt{cmsdate} option
in your .bib entry to make sure that that year appears at the head of
the entry (and in citations) --- this happens automatically.  (Cf.\
particularly the documentation in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}
below, s.v.\ \enquote{date}, and also the \textsf{letter} type above
for some of the date-related complications that can arise, and how you
can address them with judicious use of the \textsf{options},
\textsf{date}, and \textsf{origdate} fields.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of
unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipi\-ent},
further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field,
while the \textsf{origlocation} field can hold the place where the
letter was written.  Interviews or similar pieces will have a
different sort of title, but all types will use the \textsf{note},
\textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and \textsf{location}
fields (in ascending order of generality) to identify the archive,
though the \emph{Manual} specifies (14.238) that well-known
depositories don't usually need a city, state or country specified.
(The traditional \textsf{misc} fields are all still available, also.)

\mylittlespace When your .bib entry refers to an entire archived
collection, then you may wish to use the word
\enquote{\texttt{classical}} as your \textsf{entrysubtype}, which will
have no effect on the list of references but will change the look of
the in-text citations (house:papers).  Instead of any date, the
citation will include the \textsf{title}, separated from the
\textsf{author's} name by a space, e.g., (House Papers).  This same
arrangement, happily, allows you easily to cite individual books of
the Bible, and also certain other sacred texts (14.252--55; genesis).
Please see under \textsf{entrysubtype} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below for all the details of the
\texttt{classical} toggle.

\mylittlespace In all this class of archived material, the
\emph{Manual} (14.232) quite specifically requires more consistency
within your own work than conformity to some external standard, so it
is the former which you should pursue.  I hope that
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} proves helpful in this regard.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{music}} 16th edition of the
manual has revised its recommendations more for this type than for any
other, so the notes which follow present several large changes that
you'll need to make to your .bib files.  The good news is that some,
though by no means all, of those changes involve considerable
simplifications.  \textbf{Music} is one of three audiovisual entry
types, and is intended primarily to aid in the presentation of musical
recordings that do not have a video component, though it can also
include audio books (auden:reading).  A DVD or VHS of an opera or
other performance, by contrast, should use the \textbf{video} type
instead (handel:messiah).  Because \textsf{biblatex} --- and
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ before it --- were designed primarily for citing
book-like objects, some choices needed to be made in assigning the
various roles found on the back of a CD to the fields in a typical
.bib entry.  I have also implemented several bibstrings to help in
identifying these roles within entries.  If you can think of a simpler
way to distribute the roles, please let me know, so that I can
consider making changes before anyone gets used to the current
equivalences.

\mylittlespace These equivalences, in summary form, are:

{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
\begin{description}
\item[author =] composer, songwriter, or performer(s),
  depending on whom you wish to emphasize by placing them at the head
  of the entry.
\item[editor, editora, editorb =] conductor, director or
  performer(s).  These will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of
  the work, though the usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor}
  options can alter the presentation within an entry.  Because these
  are non-standard roles, you will need to identify them using the
  following:
\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
  all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will be
  \texttt{conductor}, \texttt{director}, \texttt{producer}, and,
  oddly, \texttt{none}.  The last is particularly useful when
  identifying the group performing a piece, as it usually doesn't need
  further specifying and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from
  falling back on the default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
\item[title, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other audiovisual
  types, \textsf{music} serves as an analogue both to books and to
  collections, so the title will either be, e.g., the album title or a
  song title, in which latter case the album title would go into
  \textsf{booktitle}.  The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for
  something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}.
\item[publisher, series, number:] These three closely-associated
  fields are intended for presenting the catalog information provided
  by the music publisher.  The 16th edition generally only requires
  the \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} fields (nytrumpet:art),
  which hold the record label and catalog number, respectively.
  Alternatively, \textsf{publisher} would function as a synonym for
  \textsf{series} (holiday:fool), but there may be cases when you need
  or want to specify a publisher in addition to a label, as was the
  general requirement in the 15th edition.  (This might happen, for
  example, when a single publisher oversees more than one label.)  You
  can certainly put all of this information into one of the above
  fields, but separating it may help make the .bib entry more
  readable.
\item[howpublished/pubstate:] The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}
  (14.276, 15.53) has rather helpfully eliminated any reference to the
  specialized symbols (\texttt{\textcircledP} \&\
  \texttt{\textcopyright}) found in the 15th edition for presenting
  publishing information for musical recordings.  This means that the
  \textsf{howpublished} field is obsolete, and you can remove it from
  \textsf{music} entries in your .bib files.  The \textsf{pubstate}
  field, therefore, can revert to its standard use for identifying
  reprints.  In \textsf{music} entries, putting \texttt{reprint} here
  will transform the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an
  entire album into an original release date for that album, notice of
  which will be printed towards the end of a reference list entry,
  always assuming that the \textsf{origdate} hasn't already appeared
  at the head of the entry and in citations.
\item[date, eventdate, origdate:] As though to compensate for the
  simplification I've just mentioned, the \textsf{Manual} now
  \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive approach to dating
    audiovisual materials than in previous editions} (15.53).  Indeed,
  \enquote{citations without a date are generally unacceptable}
  (14.276), while if there is more than one date \enquote{the date of
    the original recording should be privileged} (15.53).  Finding
  these dates may take some research, but they will basically fall
  into two types, i.e., the date of the recording or the copyright /
  publishing date.  Recording dates go either in \textsf{origdate}
  (for complete albums) or \textsf{eventdate} (for individual tracks).
  The current copyright or publishing date goes in the \textsf{date}
  field, while the original release date goes in \textsf{origdate}.
  You may have noticed that the \textsf{origdate} has two slightly
  different uses --- you can tell \textsf{biblatex-chicago} which sort
  you intend by using the string \texttt{reprint} in the
  \textsf{pubstate} field, which transforms the \textsf{origdate} from
  a recording date into an original release date.  The style will
  automatically use the \textsf{eventdate} or the \textsf{origdate} in
  citations and at the head of the list of references, falling back on
  a \textsf{date} or even a \textsf{urldate} in their absence.  It
  will also prepend the bibstring \texttt{recorded} to any part of the
  \textsf{eventdate} that doesn't appear at the head of the list of
  references or, in the absence of the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism, to
  the \textsf{origdate}, or indeed to both.  You can modify what is
  printed here using the \textsf{userd} field, which acts as a sort of
  date type modifier.  In \textsf{music} entries, \textsf{userd} will
  be prepended to an \textsf{eventdate} if there is one, barring that
  to the \textsf{origdate}, barring that to a \textsf{urldate}, and
  absent those three to a \textsf{date}.  (See holiday:fool,
  nytrumpet:art.)
\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
  field holds the medium of the recording, e.g., vinyl, 33 rpm,
  8-track tape, cassette, compact disc, mp3, ogg vorbis.
\end{description}}

The entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} should at least give you a good
idea of how this all works, and that file also contains an example of
an audio book presented in a \textsf{music} entry.  If you browse the
examples in the \emph{Manual} you will see some variations in the
formatting choices there, from which I have made selections for
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  It wasn't always clear to me that these
variations were rules as opposed to possibilities, so I've ignored
some of them in the code.  Arguments as to why I'm wrong will, of
course, be entertained.  (Cf. 14.276--77, 15.53; \textsf{eventdate},
\textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd}; \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in
section~\ref{sec:authformopts} and \texttt{avdate} in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}; auden:reading, beethoven:sonata29,
bernstein:shostakovich, floyd:atom, holiday:fool, nytrumpet:art,
rubinstein:chopin.)

\mybigspace All \mymarginpar{\textbf{mvbook}\\\textbf{mvcollection}%
  \\\textbf{mvproceedings}\\\textbf{mvreference}} four of these entry
types function more or less as in standard \textsf{biblatex}.  I would
like, however, to emphasize a couple of things.  First, each is
aliased to the entry type that results from removing the
\enquote{\textbf{mv}} from their names.  Second, each has an important
role as the target of cross-references from other entries, the
\textsf{title} of the \textbf{mv*} entry \emph{always} providing a
\textsf{maintitle} for the entry referencing it.  If you want to
provide a \textsf{booktitle} for the referencing entry, please use
another entry type, e.g., \textbf{collection} for
\textbf{incollection} or \textbf{book} for \textbf{inbook}.  (These
distinctions are particularly important to the correct functioning of
the abbreviated references that \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, in various
circumstances, provides.  Please see the documentation of the
\textbf{crossref} field in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace On the same subject, when multi-volume works are
presented in the reference apparatus, the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27,
15.39) requires that any dates presented should be appropriate to the
specific nature of the citation.  In short, this means that a date
range that is right for the presentation of a multi-volume work in its
entirety isn't right for citing, e.g., a single volume of that work
which appeared in one of the years contained in the date range.
Because child entries will by default inherit all the date fields from
their parent (including the \textsf{endyear} of a date range), I have
turned off the inheritance of \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}
fields from all of the \textbf{mv*} entry types to any other entry
type.  When the dates of the parent and of the child in such a
situation are exactly the same, then this unfortunately requires an
extra field in the child's .bib entry.  When they're not the same, as
will, I believe, often be the case, this arrangement saves a lot of
annoying work in the child entry to suppress wrongly-inherited fields.
Other sorts of parent entries aren't affected by this.  See
harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc for how this
might look.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{online}} \emph{Manual}'s
scattered instructions (14.4--13, 14.166--169, 14.184--185, 14.200,
14.223, 14.243--246, 15.4, 15.9) for citing online materials are
slightly different from those suggested by standard \textsf{biblatex}.
Indeed, this is a case where complete backward compatibility with
other \textsf{biblatex} styles may be impossible, because as a general
rule the \emph{Manual} considers relevant not only where a source is
found, but also the nature of that source, e.g., if it's an online
edition of a book (james:ambassadors), then it calls for a
\textsf{book} entry.  Even if you cite an intrinsically online source,
if that source is structured more or less like a conventional printed
periodical, then you'll probably want to use \textsf{article} or
\textsf{review} instead of \textsf{online} (stenger:privacy, which
cites \emph{CNN.com}).  The 16th edition's suggestions for blogs lend
themselves well to the \textsf{article} type, too, while comments
become, logically, \textsf{reviews} (14.243--6; ellis:blog,
ac:comment).  Otherwise, for online documents not \enquote{formally
  published,} the \textsf{online} type is usually the best choice
(evanston:library, powell:email).  Online videos, in particular short
pieces or those that present excerpts of some longer event or work,
and also online interviews, usually require this type, too.  (See
harwood:biden, horowitz:youtube, pollan:plant, but cp.\ weed:flatiron,
a complete film, which requires a \textsf{video} entry.)  Online audio
pieces, particularly dated ones from an archive, work well either with
an \textsf{online} entry or with a \textsf{misc} entry with an
\textsf{entrysubtype}: (coolidge:speech, roosevelt:speech.)  Some
online materials will, no doubt, make it difficult to choose an entry
type, but so long as all locating information is present, then perhaps
that is enough to fulfill the specification, or at least so I'd like
to hope.

\mylittlespace Constructing an \textsf{online} .bib file entry is much
the same as in \textsf{biblatex}.  The \textsf{title} field would
contain the title of the page, the \textsf{organization} field could
hold the title or owner of the whole site.  If there is no specific
title for a page, but only a generic one (powell:email), then such a
title should go in \textsf{titleaddon}, not forgetting to begin that
field with a lowercase letter so that capitalization will work out
correctly.  It is worth remarking here, too, that the 16th edition of
the \emph{Manual} (14.7--8) prefers, if they're available, revision
dates to access dates when documenting online material.  See
\textsf{urldate} and \textsf{userd}, below.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very
brief on the subject of patents (15.50), but very clear about which
information it wants you to present, so such entries may not work well
with other \textsf{biblatex} styles.  In a change to previous
practice, the 16th edition of Chicago's author-date style prefers the
\emph{later} of the two possible dates to appear in citations and at
the head of the entry in the list of references.  If a patent has been
filed but not yet granted, then you can place the filing date in
either the \textsf{date} field or the \textsf{origdate} field, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically prepend the
bibstring \texttt{patentfiled} to it.  If the patent has been granted,
then you put the filing date in the \textsf{origdate} field, and you
put the date it was issued in the \textsf{date} field, to which the
bibstring \texttt{patentissued} will automatically be prepended, and
it is this later date that will head the entry and appear in
citations.  The patent number goes in the \textsf{number} field, and
you should use the standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings in the
\textsf{type} field.  Though it isn't mentioned by the \emph{Manual},
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print the \textsf{holder}
after the \textsf{author}, if you provide one.  Finally, the 16th
edition of the \emph{Manual} capitalizes the \textsf{title}
sentence-style, which seems to be the generally-accepted convention,
across both Chicago styles.  As I've removed all of the automatic
down-casing code from previous editions, you may need manually to
revise the \textsf{title} field to provide the lowercase letters.  See
petroff:impurity.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a
periodical, rather than one article within it.  It has the same
function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and in the main uses the same
fields, though in keeping with the system established in the
\textsf{article} entry type (which see) you'll need to provide
\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} if the periodical you are
citing is a \enquote{newspaper} or \enquote{magazine} instead of a
\enquote{journal.}  Also, remember that the \textsf{note} field is the
place for identifying strings like \enquote{special issue,} with its
initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization
routines, though this isn't strictly necessary in the author-date
styles.  (See \emph{Manual} 14.187; good:wholeissue.)

\mylittlespace It is worth noting that the special \textsf{biblatex}
field \textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
list.  Because the \textsf{periodical} type uses the \textsf{title}
field instead of \textsf{journaltitle}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle} field, if one is present,
into \textsf{shortjournal}.  Please see the documentation of
\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the
details on how this works.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{proceedings}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
can provide automatically abbreviated references in the reference list
when you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field.  The
functionality is not enabled by default, but you can enable it in the
preamble or in the \textsf{options} field using the
\texttt{booklongxref} option.  Please see \textbf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is
aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a
reference work but not an alphabetized article or articles in that
work.  This could be because it doesn't contain such articles, and yet
you still want the entry in the list of references to start with the
\textsf{title}.  Indeed, the only differences between it and
\textsf{inreference} are the lack of a \textsf{lista} field to present
an alphabetized entry, and the fact that any \textsf{postnote} field
will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized
entry.  (Cf.\ \textsf{inreference}, above.)

%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
type \textsf{techreport}.  Instructions for such entries are rather
thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (8.183, 14.249), so I have
followed the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope
that the results conform to the specification.  At least one user has
indicated a need, now filled, for an \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}}
\textsf{entrysubtype}, which prints the \textsf{title} inside
quotation marks (or, in \textsf{authordate-trad}, in plain roman)
instead of in italics, but affects nothing else.  This detail aside,
the type's main peculiarities are the \textsf{institution} field in
place of a \textsf{publisher}, the \textsf{type} field for identifying
the kind of report in question, and the \textsf{isrn} field containing
the International Standard Technical Report Number of a technical
report.  As in standard \textsf{biblatex}, if you use a
\textsf{techreport} entry, then the \textsf{type} field automatically
defaults to \cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}.  As with \textsf{booklet}
and \textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting
the report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
\textsf{publisher}.  (See herwign:office.)

\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{review}} \textsf{review} entry
type wasn't, strictly speaking, necessary for the 15th edition
author-date specification.  With the major changes to the presentation
of the title fields in the 16th edition, however, it has become
necessary for \textsf{authordate} users, if not
\textsf{authordate-trad} users, to familiarize themselves with it as a
means of coping with the \emph{Manual}'s complicated requirements for
citing periodicals of all sorts.  As its name suggests, this entry
type was designed for reviews published in periodicals, and if you've
already read the \textsf{article} instructions above --- if you
haven't, I recommend doing so now --- you'll know that \textsf{review}
serves as well for citing other sorts of material with generic titles,
like letters to the editor, obituaries, interviews, online comments
and the like.  The primary rule is that any piece that has only a
generic title, like \enquote{review of \ldots,} \enquote{interview
  with \ldots,} or \enquote{obituary of \ldots,} calls for the
\textsf{review} type.  Any piece that also has a specific title, e.g.,
\enquote{\enquote{Lost in \textsc{Bib}\TeX,} an interview with
  \ldots,} requires an \textsf{article} entry.  (This assumes the text
is found in a periodical of some sort.  Were it found in a book, then
the \textsf{incollection} type would serve your needs, and you could
use \textsf{title} and \textsf{titleaddon} there.  While we're on the
topic of exceptions, the \emph{Manual} includes an example --- 14.221
--- where the \enquote{Interview} part of the title is considered a
subtitle rather than a titleaddon, said part therefore being included
inside the quotation marks and capitalized accordingly.  Not having
the journal in front of me I'm not sure what prompted that decision,
but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} would obviously have no difficulty
coping with such a situation.)

\mylittlespace Once you've decided to use \textsf{review}, then you
need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules
for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry.  If it is a
\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an
\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or the synonymous
\textsf{entrysubtype} \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}.  The generic title
goes in \textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in
an \textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype},
including the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the
\textsf{author} if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205,
14.208, 14.214--217, 14.221, 15.47; barcott:review, bundy:macneil,
Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit,
unsigned:ranke, wallraff:word.)  If, on the other hand, the piece
comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an
\textsf{entrysubtype}.  The generic title goes in \textsf{title}, and
the remaining fields work just as they do in a plain \textsf{article}
entry.  (See 14.215; ratliff:review.)

\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} now suggests that, no matter which
citation style you are using, it is \enquote{usually sufficient to
  cite newspaper and magazine articles entirely within the text}
(15.47).  This involves giving the title of the journal and the full
date of publication in a parenthetical reference, including any other
information in the main text (14.206), thereby obviating the need to
present such an entry in the list of references.  To utilize this
method in the author-date styles, in addition to a \texttt{magazine}
\textsf{entrysubtype}, you'll need to place \texttt{cmsdate=full} into
the \textsf{options} field, including \texttt{skipbib} there as well
to stop the entry printing in the list of references.  If the entry
only contains a \textsf{date} and \textsf{journaltitle} that's enough,
but if it's a fuller entry also containing an \textsf{author} then
you'll also need \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options}
field.  Other surplus fields will be ignored.  (See osborne:poison.)

\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
reviewed.  This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
latter.  Please see section \ref{sec:authrelated} for further details.

\mylittlespace Most of the onerous details are the same as I described
them in the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of
them briefly here.  If anything in the \textsf{title} needs
formatting, you need to provide those instructions yourself, as the
default is completely plain.  \textsf{Author}-less \textsf{reviews}
are treated just like similar \textsf{articles} --- with an
\textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{journaltitle} replaces the author
in citations and heads the entry in the list of references, without an
\textsf{entrysubtype} the \textsf{title} does the same.  In the former
case, \textsf{Biber} handles the sorting for you, but in the latter
you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} because \textsf{journaltitle} comes
before \textsf{title} in the sorting scheme.  (14.175, 14.217;
gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, and see
\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.).
As in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like
\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need
capitalization after a full stop, so you can start the \textsf{title}
field with a lowercase letter and let the automatic field formatting
with \cmd{autocap} do its work, though this isn't strictly necessary
with \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}.

\mylittlespace One detail of the \textsf{review} type is new to both
specifications, and responds to the needs of the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual}.  As I mentioned above, blogs are best treated as
\textsf{articles} with \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype},
whereas comments on those blogs --- or on any similar sort of online
content --- need the \textsf{review} type with the same
\textsf{entrysubtype}.  What they will frequently also need is a date
of some sort closely associated with the comment (14.246; ac:comment),
so I have included the \textsf{eventdate} in \textsf{review} entries
for just this purpose.  The \textsf{eventyear} will appear in
citations and at the head of the reference list entry, while the
remainder of the \textsf{eventdate} will be printed just after the
\textsf{title}.  If, in addition, you need an identifying timestamp,
then the \textsf{nameaddon} field is the place for it, but you'll have
to provide your own parentheses, in order to preserve the possibility
of providing pseudonyms in square brackets that is the standard
function of this field in all other entry types, and possibly in the
the \textsf{review} type as well.  (Cf.\ the documentation of
\textsf{eventdate} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and
\texttt{avdate} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.)

\mylittlespace For the reasons I explained in the \textsf{article}
docs above, I have brought the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
entry types into line with most of the other types in allowing the use
of the \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} fields in order to associate
an editor or a translator specifically with the \textsf{title}.  The
\textsf{editor} and \textsf{translator} fields, in strict homology
with other entry types, are associated with the \textsf{issuetitle} if
one is present, and with the \textsf{title} otherwise.  The usual
string concatenation rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and
\textsf{editortype} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.

\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries, as well as in
\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it facilitates
the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a
\textsf{shorthand} list.  Please see the documentation of
\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the
details on how this works.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to
use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a
book or in a collection, e.g., an introduction, afterword, or forward,
either by the same or by a different author.  There are two mechanisms
in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} for producing such a citation.  First,
these three just-mentioned types of material, and only these three
types, can be referenced using the \textsf{introduction},
\textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{foreword} fields, a system that
requires you simply to define one of them in any way and leave the
others undefined.  The macros don't use the text provided by such an
entry, they merely check to see if one of them is defined, in order to
decide which sort of pre- or post-matter is at stake, and to print the
appropriate string before the \textsf{title} in the list of
references, and possibly also in the list of shorthands.  This
mechanism works without modification across multiple languages, but I
have also provided functionality which allows you to cite any sort of
supplemental material whatever, using the \textsf{type} field.  Under
this second system, simply put the nature of the material, including
the relevant preposition, in that field, beginning with a lowercase
letter so \textsf{biblatex} can decide whether it needs capitalization
depending on the context.  Examples might be \enquote{\texttt{preface
    to}} or \enquote{\texttt{colophon of}.}  (Please note, however,
that unless you use a \cmd{bibstring} command in the \textsf{type}
field, the resultant entry will not be portable across languages.)

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace The other rules for constructing your .bib entry remain
the same.  The \textsf{author} field refers to the author of the
introduction or afterword, while \textsf{bookauthor} refers to the
author of the main text of the work, if the two differ.  For the 16th
edition, the \emph{Manual} requires that you include the page range
for the cited part in the list of references.  As ever, if the focus
of the reference is the main text of the book, but you want to mention
the name of the writer of an introduction or afterword for
completeness, then the normal \textsf{biblatex} rules apply, and you
can just put their name in the appropriate field of a \textsf{book}
entry, that is, in the \textsf{foreword}, \textsf{afterword}, or
\textsf{introduction} field.  (See \emph{Manual} 14.116;
friedman:intro, polakow:afterw, prose:intro).

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppcollection}} fulfills a
function analogous to \textsf{suppbook}.  Indeed, I believe the
\textbf{suppbook} type can serve to present supplemental material in
both types of work, so this entry type is an alias to
\textsf{suppbook}, which see.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppperiodical}} type is
intended to allow reference to generically-titled works in
periodicals, such as regular columns or letters to the editor.
\textsf{Biblatex} also provides the \textsf{review} type for this
purpose, so in both Chicago styles \textsf{suppperiodical} is an alias
of \textsf{review}.  In the 16th edition of the \textsf{authordate}
style, as discussed above, the use of this latter entry type has
become necessary, so please see its documentation for instructions on
how to construct a .bib entry for such works.

\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}}
\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a
lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps
an\ \cmd{autocap} command in the somewhat contradictory
\textsf{howpublished}, if you have one) for material that wouldn't
ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence.
Thanks to a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, such entries will print
information about any \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator},
\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file.  Also,
conforming to the indications of the \emph{Manual}, and thanks to the
prompting of Jan David Hauck, you can use the \textsf{venue},
\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and \textsf{eventtitleaddon}
fields further to specify unpublished conference papers and the like
(14.226--8; nass:address).

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the three
audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for
citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast,
on the Net, on VHS, DVD, or Blu-ray.  As with the \textsf{music} type
discussed above, certain choices had to be made when associating the
production roles found, e.g., on a DVD, to those bookish ones provided
by \textsf{biblatex}.  Here are the main correspondences:

{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
\begin{description}
\item[author:] This will not infrequently be left undefined, as the
  director of a film should be identified as such and therefore placed
  in the \textsf{editor} field with the appropriate
  \textsf{editortype} (see below).  You will need it, however, to
  identify the composer of, e.g., an oratorio on VHS (handel:messiah),
  or perhaps the provider of commentaries or other extras on a film
  DVD (cleese:holygrail).
\item[editor, editora, editorb:] The director or producer, or possibly
  the performer or conductor in recorded musical performances.  These
  will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of the work, though the
  usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} options can alter
  the presentation within an entry.  Because these are non-standard
  roles, you will need to identify them using the following:
\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
  all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will
  likely be \texttt{director}, \texttt{produ\-cer}, and, oddly,
  \texttt{none}.  The last is particularly useful if you want to
  identify performers, as they usually don't need further specifying
  and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from falling back on the
  default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
\item[title, titleaddon, booktitle, booktitleaddon, maintitle:] As
  with the other audiovisual types, \textsf{video} serves as an
  analogue both to books and to collections, so the \textsf{title} may
  be of a whole film DVD or of a TV series, or it may identify one
  episode in a series or one scene in a film.  In the latter cases,
  the title of the whole would go in \textsf{booktitle}.  The
  \textsf{booktitleaddon} field, in a change from the 15th edition,
  may be useful for specifying the season and/or episode number of a
  TV series, while the \textsf{titleaddon} is for any information that
  needs to come between the \textsf{title} and the \textsf{booktitle}
  (cleese:holygrail, episode:tv, handel:messiah).  As in the
  \textsf{music} type, \textsf{maintitle} may be necessary for a boxed
  set or something similar.
\item[date, eventdate, origdate, pubstate:] The 16th edition of the
  \textsf{Manual} now \enquote{recommends a more comprehensive
    approach to dating audiovisual materials than in previous
    editions} (15.53).  Indeed, \enquote{citations without a date are
    generally unacceptable} (14.276), while if there is more than one
  date \enquote{the date of the original recording should be
    privileged} (15.53).  As with \textsf{music} entries, in order to
  follow these specifications I have had to provide three separate
  date fields for citing \textsf{video} sources, but their uses differ
  somewhat between the two types.  In both, the \textsf{date} will
  generally provide the publishing or copyright date of the medium you
  are referencing.  More specific to this entry type, the
  \textsf{origdate} will generally hold the date of the original
  theatrical release of a film, while the \textsf{eventdate} will most
  commonly present either the broadcast date of a particular TV
  program, or the recording/performance date of, for example, an opera
  on DVD.  The style will automatically prepend the bibstring
  \texttt{broadcast} to such a date, though you can use the
  \textsf{userd} field to change the string printed there.  (Absent an
  \textsf{eventdate}, the \textsf{userd} field in \textsf{video}
  entries will modify the \textsf{urldate}, and absent those two it
  will modify the \textsf{date}.)  Typically, any given \textsf{video}
  entry will only need an \textsf{eventdate} \emph{or} an
  \textsf{origdate}, and it is this date that will appear in citations
  and at the head of the entry in the reference list.  It's
  conceivable that you may need all three dates, in which case you can
  also use the standard \textsf{pubstate} field with \texttt{reprint}
  in it to control the printing of the \textsf{origdate} at the end of
  the entry, though I have altered the string that is printed there.
  Cf.\ friends:leia, handel:messiah, hitchcock:nbynw;
  \textsf{pubstate}, below.
\item[entrysubtype:] With the changes to the date fields detailed just
  above, this field is no longer needed for \textsf{video} entries,
  and will be ignored.
\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
  field holds the medium of the \textsf{title}, e.g., 8 mm, VHS, DVD,
  Blu-ray, MPEG.
\end{description}}

As with the \textsf{music} type, entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}
should at least give you a good idea of how all this works.  (Cf.\
14.279--80; \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, \textsf{userd};
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and
\texttt{avdate} in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}; cleese:holygrail,
friends:leia, handel:messiah, hitchcock:nbynw, loc:city.)

\subsection{Entry Fields}
\label{sec:fields:authdate}

The following discussion presents, in alphabetical order, a complete
list of the entry fields you will need to use
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}.  As in
section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, I shall include references to the
numbered paragraphs of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, and also to
the entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}.  Many fields are most easily
understood with reference to other, related fields.  In such cases,
cross references should allow you to find the information you need.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{addendum}} in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to add miscellaneous
information to the end of an entry, after publication data but before
any \textsf{url} or \textsf{doi} field.  In the \textsf{patent} entry
type (which see), it will be printed in close association with the
filing and issue dates.  In any entry type, if your data begins with a
word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and the
style will take care of the rest.  Cf.\ \textsf{note}. (See
\emph{Manual} 14.119, 14.166--68; davenport:attention,
natrecoff:camera.)

\mybigspace In most \mymarginpar{\textbf{afterword}} circumstances,
this field will function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex},
i.e., you should include here the author(s) of an afterword to a given
work.  The \emph{Manual} suggests that, as a general rule, the
afterword would need to be of significant importance in its own right
to require mentioning in the reference apparatus, but this is clearly
a matter for the user's judgment.  As in \textsf{biblatex}, if the
name given here exactly matches that of an editor and/or a translator,
then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate these fields in the
formatted references.

\mylittlespace As noted above, however, this field has a special
meaning in the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, used to make an
afterword, foreword, or introduction the main focus of a citation.  If
it's an afterword at issue, simply define \textsf{afterword} any way
you please, leave \textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}
undefined, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will do the rest. Cf.\
\textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}. (See \emph{Manual} 14.91,
14.116; polakow:afterw.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace At \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotation}} the request of Emil
Salim, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has, as of version 0.9, added a
package option (see \texttt{annotation} below, section
\ref{sec:useropts}) to allow you to produce annotated lists of
references.  The formatting of such a list is currently fairly basic,
though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal guidelines
(14.59).  The default in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx} is to define
\cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using \cmd{par}\cmd{nobreak}
\cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitem\-sep}, though you can alter it by re-declaring
the format in your preamble.  The page-breaking algorithms don't
always give perfect results here, but the default formatting looks, to
my eyes, fairly decent.  In addition to tweaking the field formatting
you can also insert \cmd{par} (or even \cmd{vadjust\{\cmd{eject}\}})
commands into the text of your annotations to improve the appearance.
Please consider the \texttt{annotation} option a work in progress, but
it is usable now.  (N.B.: The \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field \textsf{annote}
serves as an alias for this.)

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotator}} have implemented this
\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it.  It may
be useful for some purposes.  Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}.

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{author}}}
\label{sec:ad:author}
For the most part, I have implemented this field in a completely
standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ fashion.  Remember that corporate or
organizational authors need to have an extra set of curly braces
around them (e.g., \texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from treating one part of the name as a surname
(14.92, 14.212, 15.36; assocpress:gun, chicago:man\-ual).  If there is
no \textsf{author}, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will look, in
sequence, for a \textsf{namea}, an \textsf{editor}, a \textsf{nameb},
a \textsf{translator}, or a \textsf{namec} (i.e., a compiler) and use
that name (or those names) instead, followed by the appropriate
identifying string (esp.\ 15.35, also 14.76, 14.87, 14.126, 14.132,
14.189; boxer:china, brown:bremer, harley:cartography,
schellin\-ger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:gawain, soltes:georgia).
\textsf{Biber} and \textsf{biblatex} take care of alphabetizing
entries no matter which name appears at their head.  In citations,
where the \textsf{labelname} is used, the order searched is somewhat
augmented: \textsf{shortauthor}, \textsf{author},
\textsf{shorteditor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb},
\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec}.

\mylittlespace If you wish to emphasize the activity of an editor, a
translator, or a compiler (14.90; eliot:pound), you can use the
\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false},
\texttt{usenamea=false}, \texttt{use\-editor=false},
\texttt{usenameb=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
\texttt{usenamec=false} in the \textsf{options} field to choose which
name appears at the head of an entry and in the citation.  You only
need to turn off any fields that are present in the entry, but please
remember to use the new option \texttt{usenamec} instead of the old
\texttt{usecompiler} (which I've deprecated), as the latter doesn't
work as smoothly and completely as \textsf{biblatex's} own name
toggles.  See \cmd{DeclareSort\-ingTemplate} in
section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and the \textsf{editortype}
documentation, below.

\mylittlespace Of course, in \textsf{collection} and
\textsf{proceedings} entry types, an \textsf{author} isn't expected,
so there the chain of substitutions begins with \textsf{namea} and
\textsf{editor}.  Also, in \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
entries with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the absence of
an \textsf{author} triggers the use of the \textsf{journaltitle} in
its stead.  Without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{title} will
be used.  See the discussion a few paragraphs down, and those entry
types, for further details.

\mylittlespace Recommendations concerning anonymous authors in other
kinds of references have changed somewhat in the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} (15.32), placing greater emphasis on using the
\textsf{title} in citations and at the head of reference list entries,
rather than \enquote{Anonymous.}  The latter may still in some cases
be useful \enquote{in a bibliography in which several anonymous works
  need to be grouped} (14.79), but even with a source like
virginia:plantation, \enquote{the reference list entry should normally
  begin with the title\ldots\ Text citations may refer to a short form
  of the title but must include the first word (other than an initial
  article)} (15.32).  The \textsf{shorttitle} field is the place for
the short form, and you'll also need a \textsf{sortkey} of some sort
if the full title begins with an article that is to be ignored when
alphabetizing.

\mylittlespace If \enquote{the authorship is known or guessed at but
  was omitted on the title page,} then you need to use the
\textsf{authortype} field to let \textsf{biblatex-chicago} know this
fact (15.33).  If the author is known (horsley:prosodies), then put
\texttt{anon} in the \textsf{authortype} field, if guessed at
(cook:sotweed) put \texttt{anon?}\ there.  (In both cases,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} tests for these \emph{exact} strings, so
check your typing if it doesn't work.)  This will have the effect of
enclosing the name in square brackets, with or without the question
mark indicating doubt.  As long as you have the right string in the
\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will
also do the right thing automatically in text citations.

\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace The \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes the means to
cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship.  If the author's real
name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.}\ (or
\cmd{bibstring\hfill\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters).
If you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include
it there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this
field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex}
(lecarre:quest, stendhal:parma).  If you have given the author's real
name in the \textsf{author} field, then the pseudo\-nym goes in
\textsf{nameaddon}, in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\
(creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death).
This latter method will allow you to keep all references to one
author's work under different pseudonyms grouped together in the list
of references, a method recommended by the \emph{Manual}.  The 16th
edition of the \emph{Manual} (14.84) has strengthened its policies
about cross-references from author to pseudonym or vice versa, so in
these latter examples I have included such references from the various
pseudonyms back to the author's name, using the \textsf{customc} entry
type, which see (ashe:creasey, morton:creasey, york:creasey).

\mylittlespace As its name suggests, the author-date style very much
wants to have a name of some sort present both for the entries in the
list of references and for the in-text citations.  The \emph{Manual}
is nothing if not flexible, however, so with unsigned articles or
encyclopedia entries the \textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{title} may
take the place of the \textsf{author} (gourmet:052006,
lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke,
wikipedia:bibtex).  Even in such entries, however, it may be
advantageous to provide either a standard \textsf{shorttitle} or, for
abbreviating a \textsf{journaltitle}, a \textsf{shortjournal} field,
thereby keeping the in-text citations to a reasonable length, though
not at the expense of making it hard to find the relevant entries in
the reference list.  An institutional author's name can also be rather
too long for in-text citations.  In unsigned:ranke I placed an
abbreviated form of the \textsf{journaltitle} into
\textsf{shortjournal}, adapting for a periodical the practice
recommended for books in 15.32.  In iso:electrodoc, I provided a
\textsf{shorthand} field, which by default in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will appear in text citations.
Pursuant to the 16th edition's specifications, this \textsf{shorthand}
will also appear at the head of the entry in the list of references,
followed, within the entry, by its expansion, this latter placed
within parentheses.  You no longer, therefore, need to use a
\textsf{customc} entry to provide the expansion --- please see
\textsf{shorthand} below for the details.  (You can still utilize the
list of shorthands to clarify the abbreviation, if you wish, and you
can also provide a separate list of journal abbreviations using the
\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command.  Please cf.\ the
\textbf{shortjournal} documentation, below, and the
\texttt{journalabbrev} option in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.)

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}}
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in
keeping with the spirit of standard \textsf{biblatex}, if not with its
letter.  Instead of allowing you to change the string used to identify
an author, the field allows you to indicate when an author is
anonymous, that is, when his or her name doesn't appear on the title
page of the work you are citing.  As I've just detailed under
\textsf{author}, the \emph{Manual} generally discourages the use of
\enquote{Anonymous} (or \enquote{Anon.} as an author, though in some
cases it may well be your best option.  If, however, the name of the
author is known or guessed at, then you're supposed to enclose that
name within square brackets, which is exactly what
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} does for you when you put either
\texttt{anon} (author known) or \texttt{anon?} (author guessed at) in
the \textsf{authortype} field.  (Putting the square brackets in
yourself doesn't work right, hence this mechanism.)  The macros test
for these \emph{exact} strings, so check your typing if you don't see
the brackets.  Assuming the strings are correct,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will also automatically do the right thing
in citations.  (See the \textsf{author} docs just above.  Also
\emph{Manual} 15.33; cook:sotweed, horsley:prosodies.)

%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookauthor}} the most part, as in
\textsf{biblatex}, a \textsf{bookauthor} is the author of a
\textsf{booktitle}, so that, for example, if one chapter in a book has
different authorship from the book as a whole, you can include that
fact in a reference (will:cohere).  Keep in mind, however, that the
entry type for introductions, forewords and afterwords
(\textsf{suppbook}) uses \textsf{bookauthor} as the author of
\textsf{title} (polakow:afterw, prose:intro).

\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\vspace{-12pt}\textbf{bookpagination}}
a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix
the appropriate string to information you provide in a \textsf{pages}
field.  If you leave it blank, the default is to print no identifying
string (the equivalent of setting it to \texttt{none}), as this is the
practice the \emph{Manual} recommends for nearly all page numbers.
Even if the numbers you cite aren't pages, but it is otherwise clear
from the context what they represent, you can still leave this blank.
If, however, you specifically need to identify what sort of unit the
\textsf{pages} field represents, then you can either hand-format that
field yourself, or use one of the provided bibstrings in the
\textsf{bookpagination} field.  These bibstrings currently are
\texttt{column,} \texttt{line,} \texttt{paragraph,} \texttt{page,}
\texttt{section,} and \texttt{verse}, all of which are used by
\textsf{biblatex's} standard styles.

\mylittlespace There are two points that may need explaining here.
First, all the bibstrings I have just listed follow the Chicago
specification, which may be confusing if they don't produce the
strings you expect.  Second, remember that \textsf{bookpagination}
applies only to the \textsf{pages} field --- if you need to format a
citation's \textsf{postnote} field, then you must use
\textsf{pagination}, which see (10.43--44, 14.154--163).

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{booksubtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{booktitle}.  See the next entry for further information.

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitle}} the
\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entry types, the
\textsf{booktitle} field holds the title of the larger volume in which
the \textsf{title} itself is contained as one part.  It is important
not to confuse this with the \textsf{maintitle}, which holds the more
general title of multiple volumes, e.g., \emph{Collected Works}.  It
is perfectly possible for one .bib file entry to contain all three
sorts of title (euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr).  You may also
find a \textsf{booktitle} in other sorts of entries (e.g.,
\textsf{book} or \textsf{collection}), but there it will almost
invariably be providing information for the traditional
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing apparatus (prairie:state), which I
discuss below (\textbf{crossref}).  Such provision is unnecessary when
using \textsf{Biber}.  The \textsf{booktitle} no longer takes
sentence-style capitalization in \textsf{authordate}, though it does
in \textsf{authordate-trad}.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
\textsf{booktitle}.  It will be printed in the main text font, without
quotation marks.  If your data begins with a word that would
ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing.  The
package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to
customize the punctuation that appears before the
\textsf{booktitleaddon} field.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the
chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an
\textsf{incollection} entry where you wish to cite a specific chapter
of a book (ashbrook:brain).

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{commentator}} have implemented this
\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it.  It may
be useful for some purposes.  Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}.

\mybigspace \textsf{Biblatex} \mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}} uses the
standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing mechanism, and has also
introduced a modified one of its own (\textsf{xref}).  The latter
works as it always has, attempting to remedy some of the deficiencies
of the traditional mechanism by ensuring that child entries will
inherit no data at all from their parents.  For the \textsf{crossref}
field, when \textsf{Biber} is the backend, \textsf{biblatex} defines a
series of inheritance rules which make it much more convenient to use.
Appendix B of \textsf{biblatex.pdf} explains the defaults, to which
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added several that I should mention
here: \textsf{incollection} entries can inherit from \textsf{book} and
\textsf{mvbook} just as they do from \textsf{mvcollection} entries;
\textsf{letter} entries inherit from \textsf{book},
\textsf{collection}, \textsf{mvbook}, and \textsf{mvcollection}
entries the same way an \textsf{inbook} or an \textsf{incollection}
entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{sortname},
\textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields, all highly
single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and \textsf{date}
and \textsf{origdate} fields are not inheritable from any of the
\textbf{mv*} entry types.

\mylittlespace Aside from these inheritance questions, the other main
function of the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} fields in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} is as a trigger for the provision of
abbreviated entries in the list of references.  The \emph{Manual}
(15.37) specifies that if you cite several contributions to the same
collection, all (including the collection itself) may be listed
separately in the list, which the package does automatically, using
the default inclusion threshold of 2 in the case both of
\textsf{crossref}'ed and \textsf{xref}'ed entries.  (The familiar
\cmd{nocite} command may also help in some circumstances.)  In the
reference list an abbreviated form will be appropriate for all the
child entries.  The \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} package has
always implemented these instructions, but only if you use a
\textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field, and only in
\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, or \textsf{letter}
entries (on the last named, see just below).  More recently, I have
considerably extended this functionality.

\mylittlespace First, I added five entry types --- \textbf{book},
\textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, \textbf{inbook}, and
\textbf{proceedings} --- to the list of those which use shortened
cross references, and I provided two options --- \texttt{longcrossref}
and \texttt{booklongxref}, on which more below --- which you can use
in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of an entry to enable
or disable the automatic provision of abbreviated references.  (The
\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field are still necessary for this
provision, but they are no longer sufficient on their own.)  The
\textsf{inbook} type works exactly like \textsf{incollection} or
\textsf{inproceedings}; in previous releases, you could use
\textsf{inbook} instead of \textsf{incollection} to avoid the
automatic abbreviation, the two types being otherwise identical.  Now
that you can use an option to turn off abbreviated references even in
the presence of a \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field, I have
thought it sensible to include this entry type alongside the others.
(Cf.\ ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, lippincott:chicago, and
prairie:state to see this mechanism in action in the reference list.)

\mylittlespace The inclusion of \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook},
\textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings} entries fulfills a
request made by Kenneth L. Pearce, and allows you to obtain shortened
references to, for example, separate volumes within a multi-volume
work, or to different book-length works collected inside a single
volume.  Such references are not part of the \emph{Manual's}
specification, but they are a logical extension of it, so the system
of options for turning on this functionality behaves differently for
these four entry types than for the other 4 (see below).  In
\textsf{dates-test.bib} you can get a feel for how this works by
looking at bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, bernhard:themacher,
harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartogra\-phy, and harley:hoc.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace A published collection of letters requires a somewhat
different treatment (15.40).  In the author-date style, the
\emph{Manual} discourages individual letters from appearing in the
list of references at all, preferring that the \enquote{dates of
  individual correspondence should be woven into the text.}  If you
have special reason to do so, however, you can still present
individual published letters there (using the \textsf{letter} entry
type), and they too can use the system of shortened references just
outlined, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't explicitly require it.
As with \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection},
\textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and
\textsf{proceedings} entries, the use of a \textsf{crossref} or
\textsf{xref} field will activate this mechanism, assuming the 
preamble and entry options are set to enable it.  (See
white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total, for examples of the
\textsf{xref} field in action in this way, and please note that the
second of these entries is entirely fictitious, provided merely for
the sake of example.)

\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref}} options
function, by default, asymmetrically.  The first,
\texttt{longcrossref}, generally controls the settings for the entry
types more-or-less authorized by the \emph{Manual}: \textsf{inbook},
\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}.

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad false:] This is the default.  If you use
  \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned
  entry types, you'll get the abbreviated entries in the reference
  list.
\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated citations of these entry
  types in the reference list.
\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one
  setting to provide abbreviated citations not just of the four entry
  types mentioned but also of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
  \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries.
\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the
  notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with
  \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively.
\end{description}

The \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref}} second option,
\texttt{booklongxref}, controls the settings for \textsf{book},
\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings}
entries:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad true:] This is the default.  If you use \textsf{crossref}
  or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will
  \emph{not} get any abbreviated citations in the reference list.
\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated citations in these entry
  types in the reference list.
\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the
  notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with
  \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively.
\end{description}

Please note that you can set both of these options either in the
preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries,
allowing you to change the settings on an entry-by-entry basis.

\mylittlespace Please further note that in previous releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I recommended against using
\textsf{shorthand}, \textsf{reprinttitle} and/or \textsf{userf} fields
in combination with this abbreviated cross-referencing mechanism.  I
have, however, received a request from Alexandre Ro\-berts to allow
the shorthand to appear in the place of the abbreviated
cross-reference as an additional space-saving measure, and one from
Kenneth Pearce to permit the combination of the other two fields with
\textsf{crossref}, as well.  All three of these fields, in any
combination, should just work in such circumstances in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, though if you are using a list
of shorthands then you may need to include \texttt{skipbiblist} in the
\textsf{options} field of some entries to avoid duplicates.  If you
come across any problems or inaccuracies, please report them.

\mylittlespace Finally, there is also an \texttt{xrefurl} option
available to control the printing of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and
\textsf{eprint} fields in abbreviated references where such
information might otherwise never appear.  See \texttt{xrefurl} in
section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}.

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{date}}}
\label{sec:ad:date}
Predictably, this is one of the key fields for the author-date styles,
and one which, as a general rule, every .bib entry designed for this
system ought to contain.  So important is it, that
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will, in most entry types, supply
a missing \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} if there is no date otherwise
provided (15.41); citations will look like (Author, n.d.), and entries
in the list of references will begin: Author, Firstname.\ n.d.  This
seems simple enough, but there are a surprising number of
complications which require attention.

\mylittlespace To start, in each entry, \textsf{Biber} attempts to
find something which it can designate a \textsf{labeldate}, which
will, in general and ideally, be the year printed both in citations
and at the head of the entry in the list of references.  The search
for the \textsf{labeldate} is governed by instances of the declaration
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, which cannot be set on an entry-by-entry
basis, but rather only in a document preamble (or in files used by
\textsf{biblatex} or its styles, like \textsf{biblatex-chicago}).  The
declaration can set a different search order according to entry type,
but other differentiations are not currently possible.  In all cases,
guided by the instructions given by the \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
instances, \textsf{Biber} will search each entry in the declared
order, and the first match will provide the \textsf{labeldate}.  Only
when it finds no match at all will it fall back on
\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}.  Now, the entry types in which this
automatic provision is turned off are \textsf{inreference},
\textsf{misc}, and \textsf{reference}, none of which may be expected
in the standard case to have a date provided.  In all other entry
types \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ will appear if no date is provided,
though you can turn this off throughout the document in all entry
types with the option \texttt{nodates=false} when loading
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your preamble.  (See
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.)

\mylittlespace The thing to keep in mind is that \emph{only} for a
\textsf{labelyear} will \textsf{biblatex} provide what it calls the
\textsf{extrayear} field, which means the alphabetical suffix
(1978\textbf{a}) to differentiate entries with the same author and
year.  A style can print any year it wants in a citation, but only the
\textsf{labelyear} comes equipped with an \textsf{extrayear}.  (It is
also, by the way, the field that the sorting algorithm will use for
ordering the list of references.)  So the challenge, in a style
wherein entries can contain more than one date, is to allow different
dates to appear in citations and at the head of reference list
entries, but to ensure that, as often as is possible, that date
\emph{is} the \textsf{labeldate}.  In previous releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, the search for a
\textsf{labeldate} could occur in two possible orders: in
\textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries, the
default order was \textsf{eventdate, origdate, date, urldate}, while
in all other entry types the order was \textsf{date, eventdate,
  origdate, urldate}.  This, I believe, still works well for reference
lists that contain relatively few entries with multiple dates, where
using, e.g., an \textsf{origdate} at the head of an entry, even if it
wasn't the \textsf{labeldate}, would rarely cause problems, because it
was unlikely that there would be another entry by the same author with
the same date (or \textsf{origdate}) requiring the \textsf{extrayear}
field.  Judging from the feedback I've received, I significantly
overestimated the likelihood that most reference lists would be so
cooperative.  Users could always eliminate some of these dates from
the running, or change the search order, using \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
in their preamble, but I had to hard-code the default order(s) into
the author-date styles in order to cope with some tricky corners of
the specification.  If users modified \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, and
their references entered these tricky corners, the results could be
surprising.

\mylittlespace I have, therefore, included several means of coping
with multiple dates in database entries, hoping that users might be
able to choose one that works well for them.  These mechanisms include
the \texttt{avdate} option, set to \texttt{true} by default, which
treats as \emph{sui generis} \textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and
\textsf{video} entries.  They have their own rules, and their own
version of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} (\textsf{eventdate, origdate, date,
  urldate}), so please see their documentation above in
section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} for the details of how multiple dates
will be treated in such entries, and also see \texttt{avdate} in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.  If you don't alter the
\textsf{avdate} settings, the other settings I describe below don't
apply to such entries.

\mylittlespace For other entry types, the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} (15.38) presents a fairly simple scheme for when a
particular entry has more than one date, but I have been unable to
make its implementation quite as straightforward.  If a reprinted
book, say, has both a \textsf{date} of publication for the reprint
edition and an \textsf{origdate} for the original edition, then by
default \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will use the
\textsf{date} in citations and at the head of the entry in the
reference list.  If you inform \textsf{biblatex-chicago} that the book
is a reprint by putting the string \texttt{reprint} in the
\textsf{pubstate} field, then a notice will be printed at the end of
the entry saying \enquote{Originally published in 1898.}  With no
\textsf{pubstate} field (and no \texttt{cmsdate} option), the
algorithms will ignore the \textsf{origdate}.

\mylittlespace If, \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in entry}}
for any reason, you wish the \textsf{origdate} to appear at the head
of the entry, then your first option is to use the \texttt{cmsdate}
toggle in the \textsf{options} field of the entry itself.  This has 3
possible states relevant to this context, though there is a fourth
state (\texttt{full}) which I shall discuss below:

\begin{enumerate}
\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the
  \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author
  [1898] 1952) in parenthetical citations, Author (1898) 1952 outside
  parentheses, e.g., in the reference list.
\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default, discussed above:
  (Author 1952).
\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of
  the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1898).
  NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved
  options.  If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head
  of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use
  \texttt{cmsdate=both}.  I have nevertheless retained this option for
  certain cases where it has proved useful.  The 15th-edition options
  \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}.
\end{enumerate}

In the first and third cases, if you put the string \texttt{reprint}
in the \textsf{pubstate} field, then the publication data in the list
of references will include a notice, formatted according to the
specifications, that the modern edition is a reprint.  In the third
case, since the \textsf{date} hasn't yet been printed, this
publication data will also include the date of the modern reprint.

\mylittlespace Let us imagine, however, that your list of references
contains another book by the same author, also a reprint edition:
(Author [1896] 1974).  How will these two works be ordered in the list
of references?  By the \textsf{labelyear}, in this case the
\textsf{year} field, which appears first in the default definition
(\textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}) of
\cmd{DeclareLabel\-date}, and which in this case will be wrong, because
the entries should always be ordered by the \emph{first} date to
appear there, in this case the contents of \textsf{origdate}.  In this
example, the solution can be as simple as a \textsf{sortyear} field
set to something earlier than the date of the other work, e.g.,
\texttt{1951}.

\mylittlespace And if the reprint dates --- in the \textsf{date} field
--- of the two works were the same?  Just as when it is ordering
entries, \textsf{biblatex} will always first process the contents of
the \textsf{labelyear} field when it is deciding whether to add the
\textsf{extrayear} alphabetical suffix (\texttt{a,b,c} etc.)\ to the
year to distinguish different works by the same author published in
the same year.  Our current hypothetical examples would look like
this: ([1896] 1974a) and ([1898] 1974b), with the suffixes
unnecessary, strictly-speaking, either for ordering or for
disambiguating the entries.  If the original publication dates --- in
the \textsf{origdate} field --- are the same, and the reprint dates
different, you may prefer citations of the two works to read, e.g.,
(Author [1898a] 1952) and (Author [1898b] 1974), when they in fact
read (Author [1898] 1952) and (Author [1898] 1974).  These latter
forms aren't ambiguous, and even if the reprints themselves appeared
in the same year then the alphabetical suffix would appear attached to
the \textsf{date} --- (Author [1898] 1974a) and (Author [1898] 1974b)
--- again avoiding ambiguity.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} doesn't give clear instructions for
how to cope with these situations, but
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} provides help.  You can't
manually put the alphabetical suffix on an \textsf{origdate} yourself
because that field only accepts numerical data.  Instead, we can
choose between two solutions.  The old way
\mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in entry} \\+
  \texttt{switchdates}} is an unusual expedient, which amounts to
switching the two date fields, placing the earlier date in
\textsf{date} and the later one in \textsf{origdate}.  The style tests
for this condition using a simple arithmetical comparison between the
two years, then prints the two dates according to the state of the
\texttt{cmsdate} toggle.  The three relevant states of this toggle are
the same as before, but there are only two possible outcomes, as
follows:

\begin{enumerate}
\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} (the default) and \texttt{cmsdate=on}
  \emph{both} print the \textsf{date} at the head of the entry in the
  list of references and in citations: (Author 1898a), (Author 1898b).
  As noted above, this style is no longer recommended by the 16th
  edition of the \emph{Manual}, but it is still useful in some cases.
\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{date} and the
  \textsf{origdate}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ preferred format:
  (Author [1898a] 1952), (Author [1898b] 1974).  The 15th-edition
  options \texttt{old} and \texttt{new} are synonyms for this.
\end{enumerate}

If, for some reason, the automatic switching of the dates cannot be
achieved, perhaps in crossref'd \textsf{letter} entries that you
really want to have in your list of references (white:ross:\break
memo, white:russ), or perhaps in a reprint edition that hasn't yet
appeared in print (preventing the comparison between a year and the
word \enquote{forthcoming}), then you can use the per-entry option
\texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options} field to achieve the
required effects.

\mylittlespace The more \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in
    preamble}} drastic method of simplifying the creation of databases
with a great many multi-date entries is to use the \texttt{cmsdate}
option \emph{in the preamble}.  Despite warnings in previous releases,
users have plainly already been setting this option in their
preambles, so I thought I might at least attempt to make it work as
\enquote{correctly} as I can.  The switches for this option are the
same as for the entry-only option, that is:

\begin{enumerate}
\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default: (Author 1952).
\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the
  \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author
  [1898] 1952) in parenthetical citations, Author (1898) 1952 outside
  parentheses, e.g., in the reference list.
\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of
  the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1898).
  NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved
  options.  If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head
  of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use
  \texttt{cmsdate=both}.  I have nevertheless retained this option for
  certain cases where it has proved useful.  The 15th-edition options
  \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}.
\end{enumerate}

The important change for the user is that, when you set this option in
your preamble to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} (or to the 15th-edition
synonyms for the latter, \texttt{new} or \texttt{old}), then
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will change the default
\cmd{DeclareLa\-bel\-date} definition so that the \textsf{labelyear}
search order will be \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.
This means that for entry types not covered by the \texttt{avdate}
option, and for those types as well if you turn off that option, the
\textsf{labelyear} will, in any entry containing an \textsf{origdate},
be that very date.  If you want \emph{every} such entry to present its
\textsf{origdate} in citations and at the head of reference list
entries, then setting the option this way makes sense, as you should
automatically get the proper \textsf{extrayear} and the correct
sorting, without having to switch dates around counter-intuitively in
your .bib file.  A few clarifications may yet be in order.

\mylittlespace Obviously, any entry with only a \textsf{date} should
behave as usual.  Also, since \textsf{patent} entries have fairly
specialized needs, I have exempted them from this change to
\cmd{DeclareLa\-beldate}.  Third, the per-entry \texttt{cmsdate}
options will still affect which dates are printed in citations and at
the head of reference list entries, but they cannot change the search
order for the \textsf{labeldate}.  This will be fixed by the preamble
option.  Fourth, if you have been used to switching the \textsf{date}
and the \textsf{origdate} to get the correct results, then you should
be aware that this mechanism may actually still be useful when using
the \texttt{on} switch to \texttt{cmsdate} in the preamble, but it
produces incorrect results when the \texttt{cmsdate} option is
\texttt{both} in the preamble and the individual entry.  The preamble
option is designed to make the need for this switching as rare as
possible, so some editing of existing databases may be necessary.

\mylittlespace Finally, Bertold Schweitzer has brought to my attention
certain difficult corner cases involving cross-referenced works with
more than one date.  In order to facilitate the accurate presentation
of such sources, I made a slight change to the way the entry-only
\texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} work.  If, and only if,
a work has only one date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the
\textsf{options} field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and
\texttt{cmsdate=both} will both result in the suppression of the
\textsf{extrayear} field in that entry, that is, the year will no
longer be printed with its following lowercase letter used to
distinguish works by the same \textsf{author} published in the same
year.  Obviously, if the same options are set in the preamble, this
behavior is turned off, so that single-date entries will still work
properly without manual intervention.

\mylittlespace There are several more general remarks about the
\textsf{date} field that may be helpful to users.  First, for most
entry types, only a year is really necessary, and in most situations
only the year --- or year range --- will be printed in text citations
and at the head of entries in the list of references.  More specific
\textsf{date} fields are often present, however, in \textsf{article},
\textsf{misc}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{online}, \textsf{patent},
\textsf{unpublished}, and \textsf{video} entries, for all of which any
day or month provided will be printed later in the reference list
entry.  If you follow the recommendations of the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} and present newspaper and magazine articles
\enquote{entirely within the text} (15.47), then the citations need to
contain the complete \textsf{date} along with the
\textsf{journaltitle}.  Placing \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate=full}}
\texttt{cmsdate=full} (and \texttt{skipbib}) in the \textsf{options}
field of an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{review} entry, alongside a
possible \texttt{useauthor=false}, should allow you to achieve this.
While we're on this subject, the \emph{Manual} is flexible (in both
specifications) on abbreviating the names of months (14.180).  By
default, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses the full names,
which you can change by setting the option \texttt{dateabbrev=true} in
the preamble.  (Cf.\ assocpress:gun, barcott:review, batson,
creel:\hfill house, friends:leia, holiday:fool, nass:address,
petroff:\-impurity, powell:email.)

\mylittlespace Second, when you need to indicate that a work is
\enquote{\texttt{forthcoming},} and for some reason can't put
\texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, then the
\textsf{year} field, instead of the \textsf{date} field, is the place
for it, though you should use the \cmd{autocap} macro there to make
sure the word comes out correctly in both citations and the list of
references.  (The \textsf{pubstate} field more conveniently takes the
bare string.)  The reason for the field switch is that the
\textsf{date} field accepts only numerical data, in \textsc{iso}8601
format (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}), whereas \textsf{year} can, conveniently,
hold just about anything.  Third, it may be worth noting here that
\textsf{Biber} is somewhat more exacting when parsing the
\textsf{date} field than \textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like
\texttt{1968/75} will simply be ignored, producing
\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ in the output --- you need \texttt{1968/1975}
instead.  If you want a more compressed year range, then you'll want
to use the \textsf{year} field.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Fourth, in the \textsf{misc} entry type the
\textsf{date} field can help to distinguish between two classes of
archival material, letters and \enquote{letter-like} sources using
\textsf{origdate} while others (interviews, wills, contracts) use
\textsf{date}.  (See \textsf{misc} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}
for the details.)  If such an entry, as may well occur, contains only
an \textsf{origdate}, as can also be the case in \textsf{letter}
entries, then \textsf{Biber} and either \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
definition will make it work without further intervention.  Fifth, and
finally, you can in most entry types qualify a \textsf{date} with the
\textsf{userd} field, assuming that the entry contains no
\textsf{urldate}.  For \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries,
there are several other requirements --- please see the documentation
of \textsf{userd}, below.

\mylittlespace I recommend that you have a look through
\textsf{dates-test.bib} to see how all these complications will affect
the construction of your .bib database, especially at the following
entries: aristotle:metaphy:gr, creel:house, emerson:nature,
james:ambas\-sa\-dors, mait\-land:canon, mait\-land:equity,
schweit\-zer:bach, spock:in\-terview, white:ross:me\-mo, and
white:russ.  Cf.\ also \textsf{origdate} and \textsf{year}, below; the
\texttt{cmsdate}, \texttt{nodates}, and \texttt{switchdates} options
in sections~\ref{sec:preset:authdate}, \ref{sec:authuseropts}, and
\ref{sec:authentryopts}; and section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf},
and section \ref{sec:authformopts}, below, for the
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command


\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of
\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it
in your .bib files.  Use \textsf{date} instead.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{doi}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, providing the Digital Object Identifier of the work.  The 16th
edition of the \emph{Manual} specifies that, given their relative
permanence compared to URLs, \enquote{authors should include DOIs
  rather than URLs for sources that make them readily available}
(14.6; cf.\ 15.9).  (14.184; friedman:learn\-ing).  Cf.\ \textsf{url}.

%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{edition}} \textsf{biblatex}
field.  If you enter a plain cardinal number, \textsf{biblatex} will
convert it to an ordinal (chicago:manual), followed by the appropriate
string.  Any other sort of edition information will be printed as is,
though if your data begins with a word (or abbreviation) that would
ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
simply ensure that that word (or abbreviation) is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing
(babb:peru, times:guide).  In most situations, the \emph{Manual}
generally recommends the use of abbreviations in the list of
references, but there is room for the user's discretion in specific
citations (emerson:nature).

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{editor}} far as possible, I have
implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, but
the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
complications that need explaining.  \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
that the \textsf{editor} field will be associated with a
\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
depending on the sort of entry.  More specifically,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{editor} with the most
comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if there is
one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, if the
other two are lacking.  In a large number of cases, this is exactly
the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
plato:republic:gr, among others).  Predictably, however, there are
numerous cases that require, for example, an additional editor for one
part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work.  For
these cases I have provided the \textsf{namea} field.  You should
format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
\textsf{title} (donne:var).

\mylittlespace As you will see below, I have also provided a
\textsf{nameb} field, which holds the translator of a given
\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes).  If \textsf{namea} and
\textsf{nameb} are the same, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
concatenate them, just as \textsf{biblatex} already does for
\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the
compiler).  Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will
need separate editors for each of the three sorts of title.  For this,
and for various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{partedit}
macro (and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note}
field, in one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields, or even in a
\textsf{number} field (howell:marriage).  (Because the strings
identifying an editor differ in notes and bibliography, one can't
simply write them out in such a field when using the notes \&\
bibliography style, but you can certainly do so in the author-date
styles, if you wish.  Using the macros will make your .bib file more
portable across both Chicago specifications, and also across multiple
languages, but they are otherwise unnecessary.
Cf. section~\ref{sec:international}, and also \textsf{namea},
\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, and \textsf{translator}.)

\mybigspace \textsf{Biblatex}
\mymarginpar{\textbf{editora\\editorb\\editorc}} provides these fields
as a means to specify additional contributors to texts in a number of
editorial roles.  In the Chicago styles they seem most relevant for
the audiovisual types, especially \textsf{music} and \textsf{video},
where they help to identify conductors, directors, producers, and
performers.  To specify the role, use the fields \textsf{editoratype},
\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see.  (Cf.\
bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.)

\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types with a
\texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype},
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically find a name to
put at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and
proceeding in order through \textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor},
\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (the
compiler).  If all six are missing, then the \textsf{title} will be
placed at the head.  (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries
with a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, a missing
\textsf{author} immediately prompts the use of \textsf{journaltitle}
at the head of an entry.  See above under \textsf{article} for
details.)  The \textsf{editortype} field provides even greater
flexibility, allowing you to choose from a variety of editorial roles
while only using the \textsf{editor} field.  You can do this even
though an author is named (eliot:pound shows this mechanism in action
for a standard editor, rather than for some other role).  Two things
are necessary for this to happen.  First, in the \textsf{options}
field you need to set \texttt{useauthor=false} (if there is an
\textsf{author}), then you need to put the name you wish to see at the
head of your entry into the \textsf{editor} or the \textsf{namea}
field.  If the \enquote{\textsf{editor}} is in fact, e.g., a compiler,
then you need to put \texttt{compiler} into the \textsf{editortype}
field, and \textsf{biblatex} will print the correct string after the
name in the list of references.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware.
Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field,
which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a
\textsf{title} as opposed to a \textsf{maintitle} or a
\textsf{booktitle}, the \textsf{editortype} mechanism checks first to
see whether a \textsf{namea} is defined.  If it is, that name will be
used at the head of the entry, if it isn't , or if you've set the
option \texttt{usenamea=false}, it will go ahead and look for an
\textsf{editor}.  The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to the
\textsf{editor}, but you can use \textsf{nameatype} to modify
\textsf{namea}.  \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and also its
\textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no matter sort
of name you provide, thanks to \textsf{Biber} and the (default)
Chicago-specific definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}.  (Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:authformopts},
below).  Please be aware that if you want a shortened form to appear
in citations then there's only the \textsf{shorteditor}, which you
should ensure presents whichever of the two editors' names
(\textsf{namea} or \textsf{editor}) appears at the head of the
reference-list entry.

\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman reworked the string
concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlines in his RELEASE file,
and I have followed his lead.  In short, if you define the
\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if
the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the
\textsf{translator}.  In the absence of an \textsf{editortype} (or
\textsf{nameatype}), the usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if
the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a
\textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a
\textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will
print the appropriate strings.  The \emph{Manual} specifically (15.7)
recommends not using these identifying strings in citations, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} follows that recommendation.  If
you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different
sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field.

\mylittlespace It may also be worth noting that because of certain
requirements in the specification -- absence of an \textsf{author},
for example -- the \texttt{useauthor=false} mechanism is either
unnecessary or won't work properly in the following entry types:
\textsf{collection}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{patent},
\textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{suppbook},
\textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{suppperiodical}.

\mybigspace These
\mymarginpar{\textbf{editoratype\\editorbtype\\editorctype}} fields
identify the exact role of the person named in the corresponding
\textsf{editor[a-c]} field.  Note that they are not part of the string
concatenation mechanism.  I have implemented them just as the standard
styles do, and they have found a use particularly in \textsf{music}
and \textsf{video} entries.  Cf.\ bernstein:shostakovich,
handel:messiah.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{eid}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, providing a string or number some journals use uniquely to
identify a particular article.  Only applicable to the
\textsf{article} entry type.  Not typically required by the
\emph{Manual}.

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{entrysubtype}}}
\label{sec:ad:entrysubtype}
Standard and very powerful \textsf{biblatex} field, left undefined by
the standard styles.  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} it has
four very specific uses, the first three of which I have designed in
order to maintain, as much as possible, backward compatibility with
the standard styles.  First, in \textsf{article} and
\textsf{periodical} entries, the field allows you to differentiate
between scholarly \enquote{journals,} on the one hand, and
\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers} on the other.  Usage is
fairly simple: you need to put the exact string \texttt{magazine} into
the \textsf{entrysubtype} field if you are citing one of the latter
two types of source, whereas if your source is a \enquote{journal,}
then you need do nothing.

\mylittlespace The second use involves references to works from
classical antiquity and, according to the \emph{Manual}, from the
Middle Ages, as well.  When you cite such a work using the traditional
divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are
presumed to be the same across all editions, then you need to put the
exact string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} field.
This has no effect in the list of references, which will still present
the particular edition you are using, but it does affect the
formatting of in-text citations, in two ways.  First, it suppresses
some of the punctuation.  Second, and more importantly, it suppresses
the \textsf{date} field in favor of the \textsf{title}, so that
citations look like (Aristotle \emph{Metaphysics} 3.2.996b5--8)
instead of (Aristotle 1997, 3.2.996b5--8).  This mechanism may also
prove useful in \textsf{misc} entries for citations from the Bible or
other sacred texts (cf.\ genesis), and for citing archival collections
(house:papers), where it produces citations of the form (House
Papers).  (Cf.\ the next but one paragraph.)

\mylittlespace If you wish to reference a classical or medieval work
by the page numbers of a particular, non-standard edition, then you
shouldn't use the \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle.
Also, and the specification isn't entirely clear about this, works
from the Renaissance and later, even if cited by the traditional
divisions, seem to have citations formatted normally, and therefore
don't need an \textsf{entrysubtype} field.  (See \emph{Manual}
14.256--268; aristotle:metaphy:gr, plato:republic:gr;
euripides:orestes is an example of a translation cited by page number
in a modern edition.)

\mylittlespace The third use of the \textsf{entrysubtype} field occurs
in \textsf{misc} entries.  If such an entry contains no such field,
then the citation will be treated just as the standard
\textsf{biblatex} styles would, including the use of italics for the
\textsf{title}.  Any string at all in \textsf{entrysubtype} tells
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} to treat the source as part of an
unpublished archive.  Please see section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}
above under \textbf{misc} for all the details on how these citations
work.

\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Fourth, the field can be defined in the
\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity
whose title you do not wish to be italicized.  Please see the
documentation of \textsf{artwork} above for the details.  (In previous
releases, there was a special \texttt{tv} \textsf{entrysubtype} for
\textsf{video} entries.  This is no longer necessary.  Please see the
documentation of \textsf{video} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}
above, and that of \textsf{userd} below.)

\mybigspace Kazuo
\mymarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}}
Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent
\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go}, and he sent
me a patch implementing it.  I have applied it, with minor
alterations, so these three fields work more or less as they do in
standard \textsf{biblatex}.  They may prove helpful in providing more
abbreviated references to online content than conventional URLs,
though I can find no specific reference to them in the \emph{Manual}.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{eventdate}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field.  In the 15th edition it was barely used, but
in order to comply with changes in the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} it plays a significant role in \textsf{music},
\textsf{review}, and \textsf{video} entries.  In \textsf{music}
entries, it identifies the recording or performance date of a
particular song (rather than of a whole disc, for which you would use
\textsf{origdate}), whereas in \textsf{video} entries it identifies
either the original broadcast date of a particular episode of a TV
series or the date of a filmed musical performance.  In both these
cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically prepend a bibstring
--- \texttt{recorded} and \texttt{aired}, respectively --- to the
date, but you can change this string using the \textsf{userd} field,
something you'll definitely want to do for filmed musical performances
(friends:leia, handel:messiah, holiday:fool).

\mylittlespace In the default configuration of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate},
dates for citations and for the head of reference list entries are
searched for in the order \textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}.
This suits the Chicago author-date styles very well, except for
\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, where the general rule is
to emphasize the earliest date, whether that be, for example, the
recording date or original release date (15.53).  For these two entry
types, then, \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate,
  origdate, date, urldate}.  (See the \texttt{avdate} option in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.)

\mylittlespace For \textsf{review} entries I use the same, custom
definition of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, but for somewhat different
reasons.  In general, such an entry will only have a \textsf{date},
but an \textsf{eventdate} can be used to identify a particular comment
within an online thread.  The year of the comment will therefore
appear at the head of the entry and in citations, while the remainder
of the \textsf{eventdate} will appear just after the \textsf{title},
and the \textsf{date} after the \textsf{journaltitle}.  There isn't a
particular string associated with the \textsf{eventdate}, but you can
further specify a comment by placing a time\-stamp in parentheses in
the \textsf{nameaddon} field, in case the date alone isn't enough
(14.246; ac:comment, ellis:blog).

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{foreword}} with the
\textsf{afterword} field above, \textsf{foreword} will in general
function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}.  Like
\textsf{afterword} (and \textsf{introduction}), however, it has a
special meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to
define it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and
\textsf{introduction} undefined) to make a foreword the focus of a
citation.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{holder}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
field for identifying a \textsf{patent}'s holder(s), if they differ
from the \textsf{author}.  The \emph{Manual} has nothing to say on the
subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} prints it (them), in
parentheses, just after the author(s).

\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet}
entry type, where it replaces the \textsf{publisher}.  I have also
retained it in the \textsf{misc} and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
for historical reasons.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{institution}}
\textsf{biblatex} field.  In the \textsf{thesis} entry type, it will
usually identify the university for which the thesis was written,
while in a \textsf{report} entry it may identify any sort of
institution issuing the report.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{introduction}} with the
\textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} fields above,
\textsf{introduction} will in general function as it does in standard
\textsf{biblatex}.  Like those fields, however, it has a special
meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to define
it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword}
undefined) to make an introduction the focus of a citation.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isbn}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, for providing the International Standard Book Number of a
publication.  Not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isrn}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, for providing the International Standard Technical Report
Number of a report.  Only relevant to the \textsf{report} entry type,
and not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issn}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, for providing the International Standard Serial Number of a
periodical in an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{periodical} entry.  Not
typically required by the \emph{Manual}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issue}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, designed for \textsf{article} or \textsf{periodical} entries
identified by something like \enquote{Spring} or \enquote{Summer}
rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or \textsf{number} fields
(brown:bre\-mer).

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an
\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuetitle}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, intended to contain the title of a special
issue of any sort of periodical.  If the reference is to one article
within the special issue, then this field should be used in an
\textsf{article} entry (conley:fifthgrade), whereas if you are citing
the entire issue as a whole, then it would go in a \textsf{periodical}
entry, instead (good:wholeissue).  The \textsf{note} field is the
proper place to identify the type of issue, e.g.,\ \texttt{special
  issue}, with the initial letter lower-cased to enable automatic
contextual capitalization.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{journalsubtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{journaltitle} --- see next entry.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{journaltitle}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
field \textsf{journal}, which, however, still works as an alias.  It
contains the name of any sort of periodical publication, and is found
in the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entry types.  In the case
where a piece in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review}
(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}) doesn't have an author,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides for this field to be used as the
author.  See above (section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}) under
\textbf{article} for details.  The lakeforester:pushcarts and
nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} will give you some
idea of how this works.  Please note there is a \textsf{shortjournal}
field which you can use to abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} in
citations and/or in the reference list, and you can also use it to
print a list of journal abbreviations.  Cf.\ the \textsf{shortjournal}
documentation below.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is
\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for
filtering entries in a list of references, allowing you to subdivide
it according to just about any criteria you care to invent.  See
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} (3.11.4) for thorough documentation.  In
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the field provides one convenient means to
exclude certain entries from making their way into a list of
references, though the toggle \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options}
field works just as well, and perhaps more simply.  There are a few
reasons for so excluding entries.  When citing both an original text
and its translation (see \textbf{userf}, below), the \emph{Manual}
(14.109) suggests including the original at the end of the
translation's reference list entry, a procedure which requires that
the original not also be printed as a separate entry
(aristotle:metaphy:trans, aristotle:metaphy:gr).  Well-known reference
works (like the \emph{Encyclopaedia Britannica}, for example) and many
sacred texts need only be presented in citations, and not in the list
of references (14.247--248; ency:britannica, genesis, wikiped:bibtex;
see \textsf{inreference} and \textsf{misc}, above).

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{language}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify the
language(s) in which a work is written.  As a general rule, the
Chicago style doesn't require you to provide this information, though
it may well be useful for clarifying the nature of certain works, such
as bilingual editions, for example.  There is at least one situation,
however, when the \emph{Manual} does specify this data, and that is
when the title of a work is given in translation, even though no
translation of the work has been published, something that might
happen when a title is in a language deemed to be unparseable by a
majority of your expected readership (14.108, 14.110, 14.194;
chu:panda, pirumova, rozner:liberation).  In such a case, you should
provide the language(s) involved using this field, connecting multiple
languages using the keyword \texttt{and}.  (I have retained
\textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{bibstring} mechanism here, which means that
you can use the standard bibstrings or, if one doesn't exist for the
language you need, just give the name of the language, capitalized as
it should appear in your text.  You can also mix these two modes
inside one entry without apparent harm.)

\mylittlespace An alternative arrangement suggested by the
\emph{Manual} is to retain the original title of a piece but then to
provide its translation, as well.  If you choose this option, you'll
need to make use of the \textbf{usere} field, on which see below.  In
effect, you'll probably only ever need to use one of these two fields
in any given entry, and in fact \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will only
print one of them if both are present, preferring \textsf{usere} over
\textsf{language} for this purpose (see kern, pirumova:russian, and
weresz).  Note also that both of these fields are universally
associated with the \textsf{title} of a work, rather than with a
\textsf{booktitle} or a \textsf{maintitle}.  If you need to attach a
language or a translation to either of the latter two, you could
probably manage it with special formatting inside those fields
themselves.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{lista}} intend this field
specifically for presenting citations from reference works that are
arranged alphabetically, where the name of the article rather than a
page or volume number should be given.  The field is a
\textsf{biblatex} list, which means you should separate multiple items
with the keyword \texttt{and}.  Each item receives its own set of
quotation marks, and the whole list will be prefixed by the
appropriate string (\enquote{s.v.,} \emph{sub verbo}, pl.\
\enquote{s.vv.}).  \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} will only print such a
field in a \textsf{book} or an \textsf{inreference} entry, and you
should look at the documentation of these entry types for further
details.  (See \emph{Manual} 14.247--248; grove:sibelius, times:guide,
wikiped:bibtex.)

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{location}} is
\textsf{biblatex}'s version of the usual \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field
\textsf{address}, though the latter is accepted as an alias if that
simplifies the modification of older .bib files.  According to the
\emph{Manual} (14.135), a citation usually need only provide the first
city listed on any title page, though a list of cities separated by
the keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} will be formatted appropriately.
If the place of publication is unknown, you can use
\cmd{autocap\{n\}.p.}\ instead (14.138).  For all cities, you should
use the common English version of the name, if such exists (14.137).

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Two other uses need explanation here.  In
\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries,
there is usually no need for a \textsf{location} field, but
\enquote{if a journal might be confused with another with a similar
  title, or if it might not be known to the users of a bibliography,}
then this field can present the place or institution where it is
published (14.191, 14.203; garrett, kimluu:diethyl, and
lakeforester:pushcarts).  For blogs cited using \textsf{article}
entries, this is a good place to identify the nature of the source ---
i.e., the word \enquote{blog} --- letting the style automatically
provide the parentheses (14.246; ellis:blog).

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{mainsubtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{maintitle} --- see next entry.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a
multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.}
It no longer takes sentence-style capitalization in
\textsf{authordate}, though it does in \textsf{authordate-trad}.  In
cross references produced using the \textsf{crossref} field, the
\textsf{title} of \textbf{mv*} entry types always becomes a
\textsf{maintitle} in the child entry.  (See donne:var,
euripides:orestes, harley:carto\-graphy, lach:asia,
pelikan:christian, and plato:republic:gr.)

\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry.  Such an annex would
be printed in the main text font.  If your data begins with a word
that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing.  The
package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to
customize the punctuation that appears before the
\textsf{maintitleaddon} field (schubert:muellerin).

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, containing the month of publication.  This should be an
integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}.  See
\textsf{date} for more information.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it
leaves undefined itself.  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the
name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle}, in which situation the
\textsf{editor} would be associated with one of these latter fields
(donne:var).  (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries,
\textsf{namea} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the
\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.)  You should
present names in this field exactly as you would those in an
\textsf{author} or \textsf{editor} field, and the package will
concatenate this field with \textsf{nameb} if they are identical.
When choosing a name for a citation or to head a reference-list entry,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} gives precedence to \textsf{namea} over
\textsf{editor}.  See under \textbf{editor} and \textbf{editortype}
above for the full details.  Please note that, as the field is highly
single-entry specific, \textsf{namea} isn't inherited from a
\textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry.  Please note, also, that you can
use the \textsf{nameatype} field to redefine this role just as you can
with \textsf{editortype}, which see.  Cf.\ also \textsf{nameb},
\textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros \cmd{partedit},
\cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans}, \cmd{partcomp},
\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
\cmd{partedittransand\-comp}, for which see
section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided
by \textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles.  In
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it allows you to specify that an author's
name is a pseudo\-nym, or to provide either the real name or the
pseudonym itself, if the other is being provided in the
\textsf{author} field.  The abbreviation
\enquote{\texttt{pseud.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ (always lowercase in English)
is specified, either on its own or after the pseudonym
(centinel:letters, creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide,
creasey:york:death, and le\-carre:quest); \cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}
does the work for you.  See under \textbf{author} above for the full
details.

\mylittlespace In \textsf{review} entries, I have removed the
automatic provision of square brackets from the field, allowing it to
be used in at least two ways.  First, if you provide your own square
brackets, then it can have its standard function, as above.  Second,
you can further specify comments to blogs and other online content
using a timestamp (in parentheses) that supplements the
\textsf{eventdate}, particularly when the latter is too coarse a
specification to identify a comment unambiguously.  Cf.\ ac:comment.

\mylittlespace In the \textsf{customc} entry type, finally, which is
used to create alphabetized cross-references to other entries in the
reference list, the \textsf{nameaddon} field allows you to change the
default string linking the two parts of the cross-reference.  The code
automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize.
Otherwise, it prints the string as is.

\mybigspace You \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field
to change the role of a \textsf{namea} just as you can use
\textsf{editortype} to change the role of an \textsf{editor}.  As with
the \textsf{editortype}, using this field prevents string
concatenation with identical \textsf{nameb} or \textsf{namec} fields.
Please see \textbf{editortype}, above, for the details.

\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameb}} \textsf{namea}, above,
this is a field left undefined by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
styles.  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it contains the name(s) of the
translator(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation
the \textsf{translator} would be associated with one of these latter
fields (euripides:orestes).  (In \textsf{article} and \textsf{review}
entries, \textsf{nameb} applies to the \textsf{title} instead of the
\textsf{issuetitle}, should the latter be present.)  You should
present names in this field exactly as you would those in an
\textsf{author} or \textsf{translator} field, and the package will
concatenate this field with \textsf{namea} if they are identical.  See
under the \textbf{translator} field below for the full details.
Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry specific,
\textsf{nameb} isn't inherited from a \textsf{crossref}'ed parent
entry.  Please note, also, that in \textsf{biblatex-chicago's}
name-finding algorithms \textsf{nameb} takes precedence over
\textsf{translator}.  Cf.\ also \textsf{namea}, \textsf{namec},
\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} and the
macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},
\cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
\cmd{partedittransandcomp} in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (15.35)
specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor,
translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also
specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s).  All
this suggests that the \emph{Manual} considers this to be standard
information that should be made available in a bibliographic
reference, so I have added that possibility to the many that
\textsf{biblatex} already provides, such as the \textsf{editor},
\textsf{translator}, \textsf{commentator}, \textsf{annotator}, and
\textsf{redactor}, along with writers of an \textsf{introduction},
\textsf{foreword}, or \textsf{afterword}.  Since \textsf{biblatex}
doesn't offer a \textsf{compiler} field, I have adopted for this
purpose the otherwise unused field \textsf{namec}.  It is important to
understand that, despite the analogous name, this field does not
function like \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, but rather like
\textsf{editor} or \textsf{translator}, and therefore if used will be
associated with whichever title field these latter two would be were
they present in the same entry.  Identical fields among these three
will be concatenated by the package, and concatenated too with the
(usually) unnecessary commentator, annotator and the rest.  Also
please note that I've arranged the concatenation algorithms to include
\textsf{namec} in the same test as \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb},
so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make
\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only
fields.  (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you
can use that field, or the \textsf{nameatype} field, to identify a
compiler.)

\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to
identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the
compiler(s) of a \textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, but for the
moment I've run out of available \textsf{name} fields, so you'll have
to fall back on the \cmd{partcomp} macro or the related
\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, on which see Commands
(section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}) below.  (Future releases may
be able to remedy this.)  It may be as well to mention here too that
of the three names that can be substituted for the missing
\textsf{author} at the head of an entry, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
will choose a \textsf{namea} if present, then an \textsf{editor}, a
\textsf{nameb}, or a \textsf{translator}, with \textsf{namec} coming
last, assuming that the fields aren't identical, and therefore to be
concatenated.  \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and also its
\textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no matter what
sort of name you provide, but do please remember that if you want the
package to skip over any names you can employ the
\texttt{use<name>=false} options.  Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's}
\texttt{usenamec} has replaced the old Chicago-specific
\texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data
that doesn't easily fit into any other field.  In this sense, it's
very like \textsf{addendum}, but the information provided here will be
printed just before the publication data.  (See chaucer:alt,
cook:sotweed, emerson:nature, and rodman:walk for examples of this
usage in action.)  It also has a specialized use in the periodical
types (\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review}),
where it holds supplemental information about a \textsf{journaltitle},
such as \enquote{special issue} (conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue).
In all uses, if your data begins with a word that would ordinarily
only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure
that that word is in lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
automatically do the right thing.  Cf.\ \textsf{addendum}.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{number}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, containing the number of a
\textsf{journaltitle} in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry,
the number of a \textsf{title} in a \textsf{periodical} entry, the
volume/number of a book in a \textsf{series}, or the (generally
numerical) specifier of the \textsf{type} in a \textsf{report} entry.
Generally, in an \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or
\textsf{review} entry, this will be a plain cardinal number, but in
such entries \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does the right thing if you
have a list or range of numbers (unsigned:ranke).  In any
\textsf{book}-like entry it may well contain considerably more
information, including even a reference to \enquote{2nd ser.,} for
example, while the \textsf{series} field in such an entry will contain
the name of the series, rather than a number.  This field is also the
place for the patent number in a \textsf{patent} entry.  Cf.\
\textsf{issue} and \textsf{series}.  (See \emph{Manual} 14.128--132
and boxer:china, palmatary:pottery, wauchope:ceramics; 14.180--181 and
beattie:crime, conley:fifthgrade, friedman:learn\-ing, garrett,
gibbard, hlatky:hrt, mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation,
warr:el\-lison.)

\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: This may be an opportune place to point
out that the \emph{Manual} (14.154) prefers arabic to roman numerals
in most circumstances (chapters, volumes, series numbers, etc.), even
when such numbers might be roman in the work cited.  The obvious
exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the
citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry
basis rather than globally.  Information about some of the more common
options may be found above under \textsf{author} and \textsf{date},
and below in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}.  See creel:house,
eliot:pound, emerson:nature, ency:britannica, herwign:office,
lecarre:quest, and maitland:canon for examples of the field in use.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc},
\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of
use to specify a publishing body that might not easily fit in other
categories.  In \textsf{biblatex}, it is also used to identify the
organization sponsoring a conference in a \textsf{proceedings} or
\textsf{inproceedings} entry, and I have retained this as a
possibility, though the \emph{Manual} is silent on the matter.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origdate}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field which allows more than one full date
specification for those references which need to provide more than
just one.  As with the analogous \textsf{date} field, you provide the
date (or range of dates) in \textsc{iso}8601 format, i.e.,
\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}.  In most entry types, you would use
\textsf{origdate} to provide the date of first publication of a work,
most usually needed only in the case of reprint editions, but also
recommended by the \emph{Manual} for electronic editions of older
works (15.38, 14.119, 14.166, 14.169; aristotle:metaphy:gr,
emerson:nature, james:ambassadors, schweitzer:bach).  In both the
\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype)} entry
types, the \textsf{origdate} identifies when a letter (or similar) was
written.  In such \textsf{misc} entries, some
\enquote{non-letter-like} materials (like interviews) need the
\textsf{date} field for this purpose, while in \textsf{letter} entries
the \textsf{date} applies to the publication of the whole collection.
If such a published collection were itself a reprint, judicious use of
the \textsf{pubstate} field or perhaps improvisation in the
\textsf{location} field might be able to rescue the situation.  (See
white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total for how \textsf{letter}
entries can work; creel:house shows the field in action in a
\textsf{misc} entry, while spock:interview uses \textsf{date}
instead.)

\mylittlespace Because of the importance of date specifications in the
author-date styles, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate} and
\textsf{authordate-trad} provide options and automated behaviors that
allow you to emphasize the \textsf{origdate} in citations and at the
head of entries in the list of references.  In entries which have
\emph{only} an \textsf{origdate} --- usually \textsf{misc} with an
\textsf{entrysubtype} --- \textsf{Biber} and the default
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} configuration make it possible to do without a
\texttt{cmsdate} option, as the \textsf{origdate} will automatically
appear where and as it should.  In \textsf{book}-like entries with
both a \textsf{date} and an \textsf{origdate}, the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} recommends that you present, in citations and at the
head of reference list entries, only the \textsf{date} or both dates
together.  The latter is accomplished using the \texttt{cmsdate} entry
option.  In some cases it may even be necessary to reverse the two
date fields, putting the earlier year in \textsf{date} and the later
in \textsf{origdate}.  If your reference apparatus contains many such
instances, it may well be convenient for you instead to use the 
\mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in preamble}} \texttt{cmsdate}
preamble option, which I have designed in an attempt to reduce the
amount of manual intervention needed to present lots of entries with
multiple dates.  In short, setting \texttt{cmsdate} to \texttt{both}
or \texttt{on} in the preamble promotes the \textsf{origdate} to the
top of the search for a \textsf{labeldate} to use in citations and at
the head of entries in the reference list.  This can solve many
problems with the \textsf{extrayear} field --- 1978\textbf{a} --- and
also with sorting in the reference list.  Please see above under
\textbf{date} for all the details on how these options interact.

\mylittlespace In the default configuration of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate},
dates for citations and for the head of reference list entries are
searched for in the order \textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}.
If you set the \texttt{cmsdate} preamble options I've just mentioned,
this changes to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.  These
generally cover the needs of the Chicago author-date styles well,
except for \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, and,
exceptionally, some \textsf{review} entries.  Here the general rule is
to emphasize the earliest date.  For these three entry types, then,
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate, origdate,
  date, urldate}.  In \textsf{music} entries, you can use the
\textsf{origdate} in two separate but related ways.  First, it can
identify the recording date of an entire disc, rather than of one
track on that disc, which would go in \textsf{eventdate}.  (Compare
holiday:fool with nytrumpet:art.)  Second, the \textsf{origdate} can
provide the original release date of an album.  For this to happen,
you need to put the string \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate}
field, which is the standard mechanism across many other entry types
for identifying a reprinted work.  (See floyd:atom.)  In
\textsf{video} entries, the \textsf{origdate} is intended for the
original release date of a film, whereas the \textsf{eventdate} would
hold the original broadcast date of, e.g., an episode of a TV series.
In both these two entry types, the style will, depending on the
context, automatically prepend appropriate bibstrings to the
\textsf{origdate}.  You can, assuming you've not activated the
\textsf{pubstate} mechanism in a \textsf{music} entry, choose a
different string using the \textsf{userd} field, but please be aware
that if an entry also has an \textsf{eventdate}, then \textsf{userd}
will apply to that, instead, and you'll be forced to accept the
default string.  (Compare friends:leia with hitchcock:nbynw; 15.53,
14.279-280; cf.\ \texttt{cmsdate} in sections~\ref{sec:authuseropts}
and \ref{sec:authentryopts}, \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in
section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and \texttt{avdate} in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.)

\mylittlespace Because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts
numbers, some improvisation may be needed if you wish to include
\enquote{n.d.}\ (\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) in an entry.  In
\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}, this information can be placed in
\textsf{titleaddon}, but in other entry types you may need to use the
\textsf{location} field.  (The \textsf{origyear} field usually works,
too.)

\mybigspace See
\vspace{-14.2pt}
\mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\
\textbf{origlocation}\\\textbf{origpublisher}}
section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.
\vspace{18pt}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{pages}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} field for providing page references.  In many
\textsf{article} entries you'll find this contains something other
than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition specification
(14.203, 14.209; kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit).  Of course, the same
may be true of almost any sort of entry, though perhaps with less
frequency.  Curious readers may wish to look at brown:bremer (14.189)
for an example of a \textsf{pages} field used to facilitate reference
to a two-part journal article.  Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more
information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the
formatting of numerals; \textsf{bookpagination} and
\textsf{pagination} provide details about \textsf{biblatex's}
mechanisms for specifying what sort of division a given \textsf{pages}
field contains; and \textsf{usera} discusses a different way to
present the section information pertaining to a newspaper article.

\mylittlespace David Gohlke brought to my attention a discussion that
took place a couple of years ago on
\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange}
regarding the automatic compression of page ranges, e.g., 101-{-}109
in the .bib file or in the \textsf{postnote} field would become 101--9
in the document.  \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for
providing this, and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly
complicated, Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion
code that implements the specifications.  As some users may well be
accustomed to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files,
and in their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of
this code a package option, so setting \texttt{compresspages=true}
when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should automatically give you
the Chicago-recommended page ranges.

\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{pagination}} a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix the
appropriate identifying string to information you provide in the
\textsf{postnote} field of a citation command, whereas
\textsf{bookpagination} allows you to prefix a string to the
\textsf{pages} field.  Please see \textbf{bookpagination} above for
all the details on this functionality, as aside from the difference
just mentioned the two fields are equivalent.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{part}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, which identifies physical parts of a single logical volume in
\textsf{book}-like entries, not in periodicals.  It has the same
purpose in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, but because the \emph{Manual}
(14.126) calls such a thing a \enquote{book} and not a \enquote{part,}
the string printed in the list of references will, at least in
English, be \enquote{\texttt{bk.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ instead of the plain
dot between volume number and part number (harley:cartography,
lach:asia).  If the field contains something other than a number,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print it as is, capitalizing it if
necessary, rather than supplying the usual bibstring, so this provides
a mechanism for altering the string to your liking.  The field will be
printed in the same place in any entry as would a \textsf{volume}
number, and although it will most usually be associated with such a
number, it can also function independently, allowing you to identify
parts of works that don't fit into the standard scheme.  If you need
to identify \enquote{parts} or \enquote{books} that are part of a
published \textsf{series}, for example, then you'll need to use a
different field, (which in the case of a series would be
\textsf{number} [palmatary:pottery]).  Cf.\ \textsf{volume};
iso:electrodoc.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{publisher}}
\textsf{biblatex} field.  Remember that \enquote{\texttt{and}} is a
keyword for connecting multiple publishers, so if a publisher's name
contains \enquote{and,} then you should either use the ampersand (\&)
or enclose the whole name in additional braces.  (See \emph{Manual}
14.139--148; aristotle:metaphy:gr, cohen:schiff, creasey:ashe:blast,
dunn:revolutions.)

\mylittlespace There are, as one might expect, a couple of further
subtleties involved here.  Two publishers will be separated by a
forward slash in the list of references, and you no longer, in the
16th edition, need to provide hand formatting if a company issues
\enquote{certain books through a special publishing division or under
  a special imprint,} as these, too, should be separated by a forward
slash.  If a book has two co-publishers, \enquote{usually in different
  countries,} (14.147) then the simplest thing to do is to choose one,
probably the nearest one geographically.  If you feel it necessary to
include both, then levistrauss:savage demonstrates one way of doing
so, using a combination of the \textsf{publisher} and
\textsf{location} fields.  Finally, if the publisher is unknown, then
the \emph{Manual} recommends (14.143) simply using the place (if
known) and the date.  If for some reason you need to indicate the
absence of a publisher, the abbreviation given by the \emph{Manual} is
\texttt{n.p.}, though this can also stand for \enquote{no place.}
Some style guides apparently suggest using \texttt{s.n.}\,(=
\emph{sine nomine}) to specify the lack of a publisher, but the
\emph{Manual} doesn't mention this.

\mybigspace In addition to the functions involving reprinted titles,
on which see \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}}
section~\ref{sec:authrelated} below, you can now also use the
\textsf{pubstate} field to indicate that a work is
\enquote{forthcoming.}  Just put the exact string \texttt{forthcoming}
into the field and the style will print
\cmd{bibstring\{forth\-coming\}} as the \textsf{year}
(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this
field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the
\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it.  It may be useful for some
purposes.  Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}.

\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
field, usually just a number in an \textsf{article},
\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, almost always the name
of a publication series in \textsf{book}-like entries.  If you need to
attach further information to the \textsf{series} name in a
\textsf{book}-like entry, then the \textsf{number} field is the place
for it, whether it be a volume, a number, or even something like
\enquote{2nd ser.} or \enquote{\cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.}  Of
course, you can also use \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}} or
\cmd{bibstring\{newseries\}} in an \textsf{article} entry, but there
you would place it in the \textsf{series} field itself.  (In fact, the
\textsf{series} field in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical}
entries is one of the places where \textsf{biblatex} allows you just
to use the plain bibstring \texttt{oldseries}, for example, rather
than making you type \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.  The \textsf{type}
field in \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and
\textsf{thesis} entries also has this auto-detection mechanism in
place; see the discussion of \cmd{bibstring} below for details.)  In
whatever entry type, these bibstrings produce the required
abbreviation.  (For books and similar entries, see \emph{Manual}
14.128--132; boxer:china, browning:aurora, palmatary:pottery,
plato:republic:gr, wauchope:ceramics; for periodicals, see 14.195;
garaud:gatine, sewall:letter.)  Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more
information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the
formatting of numerals.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} makes
considerably grea\-ter use of it than the standard styles.  For the
purposes of the author-date specification, the field provides the name
to be used in text citations.  In the vast majority of cases, you
don't need to specify it, because the \textsf{biblatex} system selects
the author's last name from the \textsf{author} field and uses it in
such a reference, and if there is no \textsf{author} it will search
\textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator},
and \textsf{namec}, in that order.  The current versions of
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{Biber} will automatically alphabetize by
any of these names if they appear at the head of an entry.  If, in an
author-less \textsf{article} entry (\textsf{entrysubtype}
\texttt{magazine}), you allow \textsf{biblatex-chicago} to use the
\textsf{journaltitle} as the author --- the default behavior --- and
you have been accustomed to using the \textsf{shortauthor} field to
abbreviate it, it may be simpler now to use the \textsf{shortjournal}
field instead, which does all of the formatting for you, and
additionally adds the possibility of printing a list of journal
abbreviations.  See just below for the details.  (Cf.\ gourmet:052006,
lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke).  With long,
institutional authors, a shortened version in \textsf{shortauthor} may
save space in the running text (evanston:library), but see under
\textbf{shorthand} for another method of saving space.

\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the
\emph{Manual} (15.21) recommends against providing the identifying
string (e.g., ed.\ or trans.)\ in text citations, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} follows their recommendation.  If you need
to provide these strings in such a citation, then you'll have to do so
by hand in the \textsf{shortauthor} field, or in the
\textsf{shorteditor} field, whichever you are using.

\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorteditor}}
\textsf{shortauthor}, a field to provide a name for a text citation,
in this case for, e.g., a \textsf{collection} entry that typically
lacks an author.  The \textsf{shortauthor} field works just as well in
most situations, but if you have set \texttt{useauthor=false} (and not
\texttt{useeditor=false}) in an entry's \textsf{options} field, then
only \textsf{shorteditor} will be recognized.  It may be worth
pointing out that, because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} also provides a
\textsf{namea} field for the editor of a \textsf{title} as opposed to
a \textsf{main-} or \textsf{booktitle}, and because in standard use
the \textsf{namea}, if present, will be chosen to head a reference
list entry before the \textsf{editor}, you should present the
shortened \textsf{namea} here instead of a shortened \textsf{editor}
in such cases.Cf.\ \textsf{editortype}, above.

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthand}}}
\label{sec:ad:shorthand}

This is \textsf{biblatex}'s mechanism for using abbreviations in
citations.  For \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} I have modified
it somewhat to conform to the needs of the specification, though there
is a package option to revert the behavior to something closer to the
\textsf{biblatex} standard --- see below and under \texttt{cmslos} in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.  The main problem when presenting
readers with an abbreviation is to ensure that they know how to expand
it.  In the notes \&\ bibliography style this is accomplished with a
notice in the first footnote citing a given work, which explains that
henceforth the abbreviation will be used instead, and also, if needed,
with a list of shorthands that summarizes all the abbreviations used
in a particular text.  The first part of this system isn't available
in the author-date style of citation, and indeed these citations are
in themselves already highly-abbreviated keys to the fuller
information to be found in the list of references.  There are cases,
however, particularly when institutions or \textsf{journaltitles}
appear as authors, when you may feel the need to provide a shortened
version for citations.  I have already discussed two options available
to you just above (cf.\ \textbf{shortauthor} and
\textbf{shortjournal}).  For the former to work the abbreviation must
either be instantly recognizable to your readership or at least easily
parseable by them, while with the latter you can either rely on the
conventions of your field or, alternately, provide a list of journal
abbreviations using \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace For long institutional names the \emph{Manual's}
recommendation (15.36), and this has changed for the 16th edition,
involves using an abbreviation, an abbreviation which will appear not
only in citations but also at the head of the entry in the list of
references.  Such an entry should therefore be alphabetized by the
abbreviation, with its expansion placed (inside parentheses) between
the abbreviation and the date.  This formatting can be produced in one
of two ways: either you can provide a specially-formatted
\textsf{author} field (for the reference list, and including both the
abbreviation and the parenthesized expansion) + a \textsf{shortauthor}
(for the citations), or you can use a normal \textsf{author} field + a
\textsf{shorthand}, in which case \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}
will automatically use the \textsf{shorthand} in text citations and
also place it at the head of the reference list entry, followed by the
\textsf{author} within parentheses.  This method is simpler and more
compatible with other styles, though you do need a \textsf{sortkey}
when you use the \textsf{shorthand} field this way.  (Cf.\
bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc.)

\mylittlespace I should clarify here that this automatic placement of
the \textsf{shorthand} at the head of the entry will \emph{not} occur
if you set the package option \texttt{cmslos=false} in your preamble.
This allows you to implement other systems of shorthand expansion
using either a list of shorthands (via \cmd{printshorthands}, which is
always available no matter what the state of \texttt{cmslos}) or
cross-references (via \textsf{customc}) within the reference list
itself.  You can place \texttt{skiplos} in the \textsf{options} field
to exclude a particular entry from the list of shorthands if you do
decide to print that list, giving maximum flexibility.

\mylittlespace Indeed, I have provided two options to add to this
flexibility.  First, I have included two \texttt{bibenvironments} for
use with the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshort\-hands} command:
\texttt{losnotes} is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear
inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for
endnotes.  Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the
latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that
I see on my system when using endnotes.  (You'll probably also want to
use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the
[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote}
command.)  Second, I have provided a package option,
\texttt{short\-handfull}, which prints entries in the list of
shorthands which contain full bibliographical information, effectively
allowing you to eschew the list of references in favor of a fortified
shorthand list.  This option will only work if used in tandem with
\texttt{cmslos=false}, as otherwise the shorthand will be printed
twice.  (See 15.36, 13.65, 14.54--55, and also \textsf{biblatex.pdf}
for more information.)

%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace As I mentioned above under \textbf{crossref}, I believe
it is safe to use shorthands in parent entries, as this, in the
standard configuration, gives you the shorthand itself in the child
entry's abbreviated cross-reference, which may well save space in the
list of references.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special
\textsf{biblatex} field, used to provide both an abbreviated form of a
\textsf{journaltitle} in citations and/or the reference list and to
facilitate the creation of a list of journal abbreviations, should
this be needed, rather in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list.  As
requested by user BenVB, you can now utilize this functionality in
your documents, but there are a few details worth mentioning here.
First, users in some fields may well already be accustomed to using a
set of standard journal abbreviations (15.44), in which case the
\textsf{journaltitle} field may well already contain the abbreviation,
which will appear wherever that field is printed.  In such cases, it
usually isn't necessary to provide a list of abbreviations in
individual publications, but were you to require such a thing, you'd
have to move the abbreviation from the \textsf{journaltitle} to the
\textsf{shortjournal} field, placing the full title in the former.  In
\textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} field presents what
would be the \textsf{journaltitle} in the \textsf{articles} or
\textsf{reviews}, so in such entries you can provide the standard
\textsf{shorttitle} field to accompany the \textsf{title}, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically copy the
\textsf{shorttitle} into a \textsf{shortjournal}.

\mylittlespace Having done this, you then need to choose where to
print the \textsf{shortjournal}, which is controlled by the
\texttt{journalabbrev} option either in the preamble or in the
\textsf{options} field of individual .bib entries.  By default, and
taking account of the space-saving features of the author-date styles,
this option is set to \texttt{notes}, so your \textsf{shortjournal}
fields will be printed only in those citations where they appear in
place of an \textsf{author}.  There are three other settings:
\texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both in citations and in the
reference list, \texttt{bib} prints them only in the reference list,
and \texttt{false} ignores them.  Should you wish to present a list of
these abbreviations with their expansions, then you need to use the
\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command, perhaps with a
\texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from any
\textsf{shorthand} list.  As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have
provided two \texttt{bibenvironments} for printing this list in foot-
or endnotes (\texttt{sjnotes} and \texttt{sjendnotes}, respectively),
to be used with the \texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}.  Again
as with \textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option
\texttt{heading=none} when using these environments, just to turn off
the (oversized) default, and perhaps provide your own title within the
\cmd{footnote} command.  Finally, if you don't like the default
formatting of the abbreviations in the list (bold italic), you can
roll your own using \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{shortjournalwidth\}} ---
you can see its default definition at the top of
\textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx}.

\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated
title for citation styles that need one.  (It is also the way to hook
\textsf{periodical} entries into the \textsf{shortjournal} mechanism,
on which see the previous entry.)  In
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} such a field will be necessary
only very rarely (unlike in the notes \&\ bibliography style), and is
most likely to turn up in \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference}
entries (where the \textsf{title} takes the place of the
\textsf{author}), or in any sort of entry with a \texttt{classical}
\textsf{entrysubtype}.  This latter toggle makes citations use
\textsf{author} and \textsf{title} instead of \textsf{author} and
\textsf{year}, and if an abbreviated version of that title would save
space in your running text this is the field where you can provide it.
(Cf.\ ency:britannica, grove:sibelius, aristotle:metaphy:gr.)

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortkey}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify how you want
an entry alphabetized in a list of references.  In general, if an
entry doesn't turn up where you expect or want it, this field should
provide the solution.  Entries with a corporate author can omit the
definite or indefinite article, which should help (14.85;
cotton:manufacture, nytrumpet:art).  The default settings of
\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} include the three supplemental name
fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}) and also the \textsf{journaltitle} in the
sorting algorithm, so once again you should find those algorithms
needing less help than before.  Entries using a \textsf{shorthand},
and entries headed by a \textsf{title} beginning with the definite or
indefinite article, may well now require such assistance
(bsi:abbreviation, grove:sibelius, iso:electrodoc).  There may be
circumstances --- several reprinted books by the same author, for
example --- when the \textbf{sortyear} field is more appropriate, on
which see below.  \textsf{Biblatex} also provides \textbf{sortname}
and \textbf{sorttitle} for equally fine-grained control.  Please
consult \textsf{biblatex.pdf} for the details.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortyear}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, provided for more fine-grained control over
the sorting of entries in a list of references, and possibly useful in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to help present several reprinted
books by the same author.  See \textsf{sortkey} and \textsf{date}
above.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{title} --- see next entry.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} release of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} includes the \textsf{authordate-trad} style,
designed as a kind of hybrid style according to indications contained
in the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} (14.45).  This \textsf{trad}
style differs \emph{only} in the way it treats the \textsf{title} and
related fields, which retain the forms they have traditionally had in
the Chicago author-date specifications prior to the latest edition.
Where the new edition uses headline-style capitalization, the older
editions used sentence-style; where the new edition places
\textsf{article} or \textsf{incollection} \textsf{titles} within
quotation marks, the older editions presented them in plain text.  If
you have been using the 15th-edition author-date style, then your
\textsf{title} fields won't need any changes for
\textsf{authordate-trad}, but I shall include just below, under a
separate rubric, full documentation for \textsf{trad} \textsf{title}
fields for those just coming to the package.  First, though, I
document the same field(s) for the standard author-date style.

\mylittlespace In the vast majority of cases, this field works just as
it always has in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and just as it does in
\textsf{biblatex}.  In a major change to previous editions of the
\emph{Manual}, the 16th edition now recommends that \textsf{titles} be
treated more or less identically across both its systems of
documentation (15.2, 15.6, 15.13).  This means that users of the
author-date style no longer need to worry about sentence-style
capitalization when compiling their .bib databases, and so can eschew
the extra curly braces needed to preserve uppercase letters in this
context.  The other new rules, however, mean that a few new
complications, familiar to users of the notes \&\ bibliography style,
will arise.  First, although nearly every entry will have a
\textsf{title}, there are some exceptions, particularly
\textsf{incollection} or \textsf{online} entries with a merely generic
title, instead of a specific one (centinel:letters, powell:email).
Second, the \emph{Manual}'s rules for formatting \textsf{titles},
which also hold for \textsf{booktitles} and \textsf{maintitles},
require additional attention.  The whole point of using a
\textsc{Bib}\TeX-based system is for it to do the formatting for you,
and in most cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} does just that,
surrounding titles with quotation marks, italicizing them, or
occasionally just leaving them alone.  When, however, a title is
quoted within a title, then you need to know some of the rules.  A
summary here should serve to clarify them, and help you to understand
when \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} might need your help in
order to comply with them.

\mylittlespace The internal rules of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} are as follows:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and
  \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of
  \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
  \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{image},
  \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no
  \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings},
  \textsf{report}, \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection}
  entry types.
\item[\qquad Quotation Marks:] \textsf{title} of \textsf{article},
  \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{online},
  \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry
  types, \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical},
  and \textsf{review} entry types.
\item[\qquad Unformatted:] \textsf{booktitleaddon},
  \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types,
  \textsf{title} of \textsf{customc}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}
  (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{patent}, \textsf{review},
  and \textsf{suppperiodical} entry types.
\item[\qquad Italics or Quotation Marks:] All of the audiovisual entry
  types --- \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} ---
  have to serve as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to
  \textsf{inbook}.  Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a
  \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in quotation
  marks.  If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title}
  will be italicized.
\end{description}

Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend
to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult
section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} above, the examples in
\textsf{dates-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself,
8.154--195.  Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a
title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on
its own, require, then the following rules apply:

\begin{enumerate}
\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in
  quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do
  is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will
  take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought
  within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var,
  mchugh:wake).
\item Inside a quoted title, you should present another title as it
  would appear if it were on its own, so in such cases you'll need to
  do the formatting yourself.  Within the double quotes of the title
  another quoted title would take single quotes --- the
  \cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also,
  I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be
  brought within the closing quotation mark(s).  (See 14.177; garrett,
  loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:calli\-machus.)
\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or
  a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it
  would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using
  \cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}.  (barcott:review, gibbard,
  osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke).
\end{enumerate}

The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well.  A word normally
italicized in text should also be italicized in a quoted or plain-text
title, but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an
italicized title.  A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or
without a subtitle) retains its quotation marks in an italicized title
\enquote{only if it appears that way in the source,} but always
retains them when the surrounding title is quoted or plain (14.104,
14.177; lewis).  A word or phrase in quotation marks, but that isn't a
quotation, retains those marks in all title types (kimluu:diethyl).

\mylittlespace Finally, please note that in all \textsf{review} (and
\textsf{suppperiodical}) entries, and in \textsf{misc} entries with an
\textsf{entrysubtype}, and only in those entries,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically capitalize the
first word of the \textsf{title} after sentence-ending punctuation,
assuming that such a \textsf{title} begins with a lowercase letter in
your .bib database.  See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below for more details.

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace When \mymarginpar{\textbf{title (trad)}} you choose the
\textsf{authordate-trad} style, your \textsf{title} and related fields
will need extra care, familiar to users of the 15th-edition
author-date style.  The whole point of using a \textsc{Bib}\TeX-based
system is for it to do the formatting for you, and in most cases
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} does just that, capitalizing
them sentence-style, italicizing them, and sometimes both.  There are
two situations that require user intervention.  First, in titles that
take sentence-style capitalization, you need, as always in traditional
\textsc{Bib}\TeX, to assist the algorithms by placing anything that
needs to remain capitalized within an extra pair of curly braces.
Second, when a title is quoted within a title, you need to know some
of the rules of the Chicago style.  A summary here should serve to
clarify them, and help you to understand when
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} might need your help in
order to comply with them.

\mylittlespace With regard to sentence-style capitalization, the rules
of the Chicago \textsf{authordate-trad} style are fairly simple:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad Headline Style:] \textsf{journaltitle} in all types,
  \textsf{series} in all \textsf{book}-like entries (i.e., not in
  \textsf{articles}), and \textsf{title} in \textsf{periodical}
  entries.
\item[\qquad Sentence Style:] every other \textsf{title},
  \emph{except} in \textsf{letter} entries, \textsf{review} entries,
  and in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.  Also,
  the \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{issuetitle}, and \textsf{maintitle}
  in all entry types use sentence style.
\item[\qquad Contextual Capitalization of First Word:]
  \textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon},
  \textsf{maintitle\-addon} in all entry types, also the
  \textsf{title} of \textsf{review} entries and of \textsf{misc}
  entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
\item[\qquad Plain:] \textsf{title} in \textsf{letter} entries.
\end{description}

What this means in practice is that to get a title like \emph{The
  Chicago manual of style}, your .bib entry needs to have a field that
looks something like this:
\begin{quote}
  \texttt{title = \{The \{Chicago\} Manual of Style\}}
\end{quote}

This is completely straightforward, but remember that if an
\textsf{article} has a title like: Review of \emph{The Chicago manual
  of style}, then the curly braces enclosing material to be formatted
in italics will cause the capitalization algorithm to stop and leave
all of that material as it is, so your .bib entry would need to have a
field something like this:

\begin{quote}
  \texttt{title = \{}\cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}} \cmd{mkbibemph\{The
    Chicago manual of style\}\}}
\end{quote}

(As an aside, the use of the \texttt{reviewof} bibstring isn't
strictly necessary here, but it helps with portability across
languages and across the two Chicago styles.  If you've noticed a lot
of lowercase letters starting fields in \textsf{dates-test.bib},
they're present because in the notes \&\ bibliography style
capitalization is complicated by notes using commas where the
bibliography uses periods, and words like \enquote{review} start in
uppercase only if the context demands it.  There's considerably less
of this in the author-date styles [note the \textsf{*titleaddon}
fields], but it still pays to be aware of the issue.)

\mylittlespace With regard to italics, the rules of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate-trad} are as follows:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and
  \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of
  \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
  \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{inbook},
  \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no \textsf{entrysubtype}),
  \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{report},
  \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection} entry types.
\item[\qquad Main Text Font (Roman):] \textsf{title} of
  \textsf{article}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{incollection},
  \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc} (with an
  \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{online}, \textsf{patent},
  \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{review}, \textsf{suppperiodical},
  \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
  \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical}
  entry types.  \textsf{booktitleaddon}, \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and
  \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types.
\item[\qquad Italics or Roman:] All of the audiovisual entry types ---
  \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} --- have to serve
  as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to \textsf{inbook}.
  Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a
  \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in the main text
  font.  If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title}
  will be italicized.
\end{description}

Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend
to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult
section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} above, the examples in
\textsf{dates-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself,
8.154--195.  Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a
title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on
its own, require, then the following rules apply:

\begin{enumerate}
\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in
  quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do
  is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will
  take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought
  within the closing quotation mark(s) (14.102; donne:var,
  mchugh:wake).
\item Inside a plain-text title, you should set off other plain-text
  titles with quotation marks, while italicized titles should appear
  as they would if they were on their own.  In such cases you'll need
  to do the formatting yourself, using \cmd{mkbibemph} or
  \cmd{mkbibquote}.  (See barcott:review, garrett, gibbard,
  loften:hamlet, loomis:structure, murphy:silent, osborne:poi\-son,
  ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke, white:callimachus.)
\end{enumerate}

The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well.  A word normally
italicized in text should also be italicized in a plain-text title,
but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an italicized
title.  A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or without a
subtitle) retains its quotation marks when it is plain, but loses them
when it is italicized, unless it specifically retains them in the
source (14.104, 14.177; lewis).  A word or phrase in quotation marks,
but that isn't a quotation, retains those marks in all title types
(kimluu:diethyl).

\mylittlespace Finally, please note that there is also a preamble
option --- \texttt{headline} --- that disables the automatic
sentence-style capitalization routines in \textsf{authordate-trad}.
If you set this option, the word case in your title fields will not be
changed in any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform your
titles into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to
determine capitalization.  It works by redefining the command
\cmd{MakeSentenceCase}, so in the unlikely event you are using the
latter anywhere in your document please be aware that it will also be
turned off there.  See section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles
that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves,
and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses it in just this way, with the
additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
to do what you want (cf.\ centinel:letters).  This field will always
be unformatted, that is, neither italicized nor placed within
quotation marks, so any formatting you may need within it you'll need
to provide manually yourself.  The single exception to this rule is
when your data begins with a word that would ordinarily only be
capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, in which case you need
then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing.
See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below.  The package and entry
options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and \texttt{ctitleaddon}
(section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) can help you customize the punctuation
that appears before the \textsf{titleaddon} field.  (Cf.\
brown:bremer, osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for
examples where the field starts with a lowercase letter;
morgenson:market provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon}
field, holding the name of a regular column in a newspaper, is
capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would expect;
coolidge:speech shows an entry option for controlling the
punctuation.)

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do,
but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
complications that need explaining.  \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
that the \textsf{translator} field will be associated with a
\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
depending on the sort of entry.  More specifically,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{translator} with the
most comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if
there is one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title},
if the other two are lacking.  In a large number of cases, this is
exactly the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
plato:republic:gr, among others).  Predictably, however, there are
numerous cases that require, for example, an additional translator for
one part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work.
For these cases I have provided the \textsf{nameb} field.  You should
format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes).  In the algorithm for finding a
name for the head of a reference list entry or for a citation,
\textsf{nameb} takes precedence over \textsf{translator}.

\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which
holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:ores\-tes).  If
\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as
\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor},
\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the compiler).
Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will need separate
translators for each of the three sorts of title.  For this, and for
various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{parttrans} macro
(and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field or in
one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (ratliff:review).  (Because the
strings identifying a translator differ in notes and bibliography, one
can't simply write them out in such a field when using the notes \&\
bibliography style, but you can certainly do so in the author-date
styles, if you wish.  Using the macros will make your .bib file more
portable across both Chicago specifications, and also across multiple
languages, but they are otherwise unnecessary.  [See
section~\ref{sec:international}].)

\mylittlespace Finally, as I detailed above under \textbf{author}, in
the absence of an \textsf{author}, a \textsf{namea}, an
\textsf{editor}, and a \textsf{nameb}, the \textsf{translator} will be
used at the head of an entry (silver:gawain), and the reference list
entry alphabetized by the translator's name, behavior that can be
controlled with the \texttt{use<name>} switches in the
\textsf{options} field.  Cf.\ \textsf{author}, \textsf{editor},
\textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}.

%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{type}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, and in its normal usage serves to identify
the type of a \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, or
\textsf{thesis} entry.  \textsf{Biblatex} implements the possibility,
in some circumstances, to use a bibstring without inserting it in a
\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type}
field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g.,
\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both
will work.  (See petroff:impurity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and
ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may sometimes
be automatically set in such entries by using one of the standard
entry-type aliases).

\mylittlespace Another use for the field is to generalize the
functioning of the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and of its alias
\textsf{suppcollection}.  In such entries, the \textsf{type} field can
specify what sort of supplemental material you are citing, e.g.,
\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{postscript to}.}
Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the details.  (See \emph{Manual}
17.74--75; polakow:afterw, prose:intro).

\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in
\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and
\textsf{video} entries to identify the medium of the work, e.g.,
\texttt{oil on canvas}, \texttt{albumen print}, \texttt{compact disc},
or \texttt{MPEG}.  If the first word in this field would normally only
be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then leave it in
lowercase in your .bib file and \textsf{biblatex} will automatically
do the right thing in citations.  Cf.\ \textsf{artwork},
\textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video},
above, for all the details.  (See auden:reading, bedford:photo,
cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art.)

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can
provide one for all entry types.  The 16th edition of the
\textsf{Manual} expresses a strong preference for DOIs over URLs if
the former is available --- cf.\ \textsf{doi} above, and also
\textsf{urldate} just below.  The required \LaTeX\ package
\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references
properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus.  It may be worth
noting that child entries no longer inherit \textsf{url} fields from
their parents --- the information seems entry-specific enough to
warrant a little bit of extra typing if you need to present the same
locator in several entries.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a given url.  The 16th
edition of the \emph{Manual} prefers DOIs to URLs; in the latter case
it allows the use of access dates, particularly in contexts that
require it, but prefers that you use revision dates, if these are
available.  To enable you to specify which date is at stake, I have
provided the \textbf{userd} field, documented below.  If an entry
doesn't have a \textsf{userd}, then the \textsf{urldate} will be
treated, as before, as an access date (14.6--8, 14.184, 15.9;
evanston:library, grove:sibelius, hlatky:hrt, osborne:poison,
sirosh:visualcortex, wikiped:bibtex).  In the default setting of
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, any entry without a \textsf{date},
\textsf{eventdate}, or \textsf{origdate} will use the \textsf{urldate}
to find a year for citations and the list of references
(grove:sibelius, wikiped:bibtex).

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{usera}} supplemental
\textsf{biblatex} field which functions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
almost as a \enquote{\textsf{journaltitleaddon}} field.  In
\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries
with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine}, the contents of this
field will be placed, unformatted and between commas, after the
\textsf{journaltitle} and before the date.  The main use is for
identifying the broadcast network when you cite a radio or television
program (14:221; bundy:macneil).

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{userc}} have implemented this
supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field as part of the Chicago
author-date style's handling of cross-references within the list of
references.  (The \enquote{c} part is meant as a sort of mnemonic for
this latter function.)  In the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}, you
no longer need to use the \textbf{customc} entry type to include
alphabetized expansions of \textsf{shorthands} in the reference list,
but you may still need to provide cross-references of some sort to
separate entries in that list, perhaps when a single author uses
multiple pseudonyms.  In such a case it is unlikely that you will cite
the \textsf{customc} entry itself in the body of your text.
Therefore, in order for it to appear in the reference list, you have
two choices.  You can either include the entry key of the
\textsf{customc} entry in a \cmd{nocite} command inside your document,
or you can place that entry key in the \textsf{userc} field of the
.bib entry that actually contains one of the full citations.  In the
latter case, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will call \cmd{nocite} for you
when you cite the main entry.  (See 14.84, 14.86; creasey:ashe:blast,
creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death, lecarre:quest.)

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{userd}} \textsf{userd} field,
recently added to the package, acts as a sort of
\enquote{\textsf{datetype}} field, allowing you in most entry types to
identify whether a \textsf{urldate} is an access date or a revision
date.  The general usage is fairly simple.  If this field is absent,
then a \textsf{urldate} will be treated as an access date, as has long
been the default in \textsf{biblatex} and in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  If you need to identify it in any other
way, what you include in \textsf{userd} will be printed \emph{before}
the \textsf{urldate}, so phrases like \enquote{\texttt{last modified}}
or \enquote{\texttt{last revised}} are what the field will typically
contain (14.7--8; wikiped:bibtex).  In the absence of a
\textsf{urldate}, you can in most entry types include a \textsf{userd}
field to qualify a \textsf{date} in the same way it would have
modified a \textsf{urldate}.

\mylittlespace Because of the rather specialized needs of some
audio-visual references, this basic sche\-ma changes for
\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries.  In \textsf{music} entries
where an \textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify
that date instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present,
and it will modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is
no \textsf{eventdate}.  It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the
absence of the other three.  In \textsf{video} entries it will modify
an \textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the
\textsf{urldate}.  Given the absence of those two, it can modify a
\textsf{date}.  In all these cases, \textsf{userd} will modify what
remains of any date, i.e., the month and the day, if that date's year
has been printed at the head of the entry.  Please see the
documentation of the \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entry types,
and especially of the \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, and
\textsf{urldate} fields, above (14.276--279, 15.53; nytrumpet:art).

\mylittlespace In all cases, you can start the \textsf{userd} field
with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex} will take care of
automatic contextual capitalization for you.

\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{usere}} supplemental
\textsf{biblatex} field, which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses
specifically to provide a translated \textsf{title} of a work,
something that may be needed if you deem the original language
unparseable by a significant portion of your likely readership.  The
\emph{Manual} offers two alternatives in such a situation: either you
can translate the title and use that translation in your
\textsf{title} field, providing the original language in
\textsf{language}, or you can give the original title in
\textsf{title} and the translation in \textsf{usere}.  Cf.\
\textbf{language}, above.  (See 14.108--110, 14.194; kern,
pirumova:russian, weresz.)

\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}}
section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex}
offers this field for use in \textsf{proceedings} and
\textsf{inproceedings} entries, but I haven't yet implemented it,
mainly because the \emph{Manual} has nothing to say about it.  Perhaps
the \textsf{organization} field could be used, for the moment,
instead.  Anything in a \textsf{venue} field will be ignored.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{version}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, currently only available in \textsf{misc} and \textsf{patent}
entries in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volume}} \textsf{biblatex}
field.  It holds the volume of a \textsf{journaltitle} in
\textsf{article} entries, and also the volume of a multi-volume work
in many other sorts of entry.  The treatment and placement of
\textsf{volume} information in \textsf{book}-like entries is rather
complicated in the \emph{Manual} (14.121--27, 15.39).  In the
reference list, the \textsf{volume} appears either before the
\textsf{maintitle} or before the publication information, while in
citations you may need to provide it in the \textsf{postnote} field
--- see the \textsf{volumes} field, just below.  In a number of these
contexts, and in both books and periodicals, \textsf{volume}
information can appear \emph{immediately before} the page number(s).
In such a case, the \emph{Manual} (14.121) prescribes the same
treatment for both sorts of sources, that is, that \enquote{a colon
  separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening
  space.}  I have implemented this, but at the request of Clea~F.\
Rees I have made this punctuation customizable, using the command
\cmd{postvolpunct} \mymarginpar{\cmd{postvolpunct}}.  By default it
prints \cmd{addcolon}, but you can use
\cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your
preamble to redefine it.  Cf.\ \textsf{part}, and the command
documentation in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate};
conway:evolution shows how sometimes this field may hold series
information, as well.

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volumes}} \textsf{biblatex}
field.  It holds the total number of volumes of a multi-volume work,
and in such references you should provide the volume and page numbers
in the \textsf{postnote} field of the relevant \cmd{cite} command,
e.g.:

\begin{quote}
\cmd{autocite}\texttt{[3:25]\{bibfile:key\}}.  
\end{quote}

Cf.\ 15.22; meredith:letters, tillich:system, weber:saugetiere,
wright:evolution.  The entry wright:theory presents one volume of such
a multi-volume work, so you would no longer need to give the volume in
any \textsf{postnote} field when citing it.  If both a \textsf{volume}
and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur particularly in
cross-referenced entries, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
ordinarily suppress the \textsf{volumes} field, except in some cases
when a \textsf{maintitle} is present.  In this latter case, if the
\textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, the option
\texttt{hidevolumes}, \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes}} set to
\texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the
\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not.  Set it to
\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}.  See the
option's documentation in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{xref}} modified \textsf{crossref}
field provided by \textsf{biblatex}, which prevents inheritance of any
data from the parent entry.  See \textbf{crossref}, above.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, especially important for the author-date specification.  Please
see all the details under \textbf{date} above.  Unlike the
\textsf{date} field \textsf{year} allows non-numeric input, so you can
put \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} here if required, or indeed any other
sort of non-numerical date information.  If you can guess the date
then you can include that guess in square brackets instead of
\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}.  Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:meso\-pot,
leo:madonna, ross:thesis.

\subsubsection{Fields for Related Entries}
\label{sec:authrelated}

As \textsf{biblatex.pdf} puts it (§~3.4), \enquote{Almost all
  bibliography styles require authors to specify certain types of
  relationship between entries such as \enquote{Reprint of},
  \enquote{Reprinted in,} etc. It is impossible to provide data fields
  to cover all of these relationships and so \textsf{biblatex}
  provides a general mechanism for this using the entry fields
  \textsf{related}, \textsf{relatedtype} and \textsf{relatedstring}.}
Before this mechanism was available \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
attempted to provide a similar but much more limited set of
inter-entry relationships using the \textsf{biblatex} fields
\textsf{origlanguage}, \textsf{origlocation}, \textsf{origpublisher},
\textsf{pubstate}, \textsf{reprinttitle}, and \textsf{userf}.  All of
these still work just as they always have or, I hope, somewhat better
than they always have after many recent bug fixes, but the more
general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{related} mechanism
is also available.  It can provide much of what the older system
provided and a great deal that it couldn't.  What follows is a
field-by-field discussion of the options now available.

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the
\emph{Manual}'s specifications, I have fairly thoroughly redefined
\textsf{biblatex}'s facilities for treating translations.  The
\textsf{origtitle} field isn't used, while the \textsf{language} and
\textsf{origdate} fields have been press-ganged for other duties.  The
\textsf{origlanguage} field, for its part, retains a dual role in
presenting translations in a list of references.  The details of the
\emph{Manual}'s suggested treatment when both a translation and an
original are cited may be found below under \textbf{userf}.  Here,
however, I simply note that the introductory string used to connect
the translation's citation with the original's is \enquote{Originally
  published as,} which I suggest may well be inaccurate in a great
many cases, as for instance when citing a work from classical
antiquity, which will most certainly not \enquote{originally} have
been published in the Loeb Classical Library.  Although not, strictly
speaking, authorized by the \emph{Manual}, I have provided another way
to introduce the original text, using the \textsf{origlanguage} field,
which must be provided \emph{in the entry for the translation, not the
  original text} (aristotle:metaphy:trans).  If you put one of the
standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings there (enumerated below), then
the entry will work properly across multiple languages.  Otherwise,
just put the name of the language there, localized as necessary, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will eschew \enquote{Originally published
  as} in favor of, e.g., \enquote{Greek edition:} or \enquote{French
  edition:}.  This has no effect in citations, where only the work
cited --- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help
to make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the list of references
more palatable.  \textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype}
\texttt{origpubas} with a customized \textsf{relatedstring} field to
achieve the same ends.

\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the
spirit of the \emph{Manual}.  I have also, perhaps less in keeping
with that specification, retained some of \textsf{biblatex}'s
functionality for this field.  If an entry doesn't have a
\textsf{userf} field, and therefore won't be combining a text and its
translation in the list of references, you can also use
\textsf{origlanguage} as \textsf{biblatex} intended it, so that
instead of saying, e.g., \enquote{translated by X,} the entry will
read \enquote{translated from the German by X.}  The \emph{Manual}
doesn't mention this, but it may conceivably help avoid certain
ambiguities in some citations.  As in \textsf{biblatex}, if you wish
to use this functionality, you have to provide \emph{not} the name of
the language, but rather a bibstring, which may, at the time of
writing, be one of \texttt{american}, \texttt{brazilian},
\texttt{danish}, \texttt{dutch}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{french},
\texttt{german}, \texttt{greek}, \texttt{italian}, \texttt{latin},
\texttt{norwegian}, \texttt{portuguese}, \texttt{spanish}, or
\texttt{swedish}, to which I've added \texttt{russian}.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlocation}} 16th edition of
the \emph{Manual} has somewhat clarified issues pertaining to the
documentation of reprint editions and their corresponding originals
(14.166, 15.38).  In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} you can provide both an
\textsf{origlocation} and an \textsf{origpublisher} to go along with
the \textsf{origdate}, should you so wish, and all of this information
will be printed in the reference list.  You can also use this field in
a \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) entry
to give the place where a published or unpublished letter was written
(14.117).  (Jonathan Robinson has suggested that the
\textsf{origlocation} may in some circumstances actually be helpful
for disambiguation, his example being early printed editions of the
same material printed in the same year but in different cities.  The
new functionality should make this simple to achieve.  Cf.\
\textsf{origdate} [section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}],
\textsf{origpublisher} and \textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)
\textbf{NB:} It is impossible to present this same information, as
here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \texttt{related} field,
though the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} presents much the
same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a
separate entry.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the
\textsf{origlocation} field just above, the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} has clarified issues pertaining to reprint editions and
their corresponding originals (14.166, 15.38).  You can provide an
\textsf{origpublisher} and/or an \textsf{origlocation} in addition to
the \textsf{origdate}, and all will be presented in long notes and
bibliography.  (Cf.\ \textsf{origdate}
[section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}], \textsf{origlocation}, and
\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)  \textbf{NB:} It is impossible to
present this same information, as here, \emph{inside} a single entry
using a \texttt{related} field, though the \textsf{relatedtype}
\texttt{origpubin} presents much the same information \emph{after} the
entry, using data extracted from a separate entry.

\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field.  Because the author-date specification has
fairly complicated rules about presenting reprinted editions (15.38),
I have adopted this field as a means of simplifying the problem for
users.  Instead of manually formatting the \textsf{location} field,
you can simply put the string \texttt{reprint} into the
\textsf{pubstate} field, and depending on which date(s) you have
chosen to appear at the head of the entry,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will either print the (localized)
string \texttt{reprint} in the proper place or otherwise provide a
notice at the end of the entry detailing the original publication
date.  See under \textbf{date} above for the available permutations.
(Cf.\ aristotle:metaphy:gr, maitland:canon, maitland:equity,
schweitzer:bach.)  Aside from the word \texttt{reprint}, the field may
also contain the word \texttt{forthcoming}, which instructs the styles
to print that \cmd{bibstring} instead of the \textsf{year}
(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).  Anything else in the field
will be treated as in the standard styles and printed after the
publication information.

\mylittlespace There is one subtlety of which you ought to be aware.
In \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism transforms
the \textsf{origdate} from a recording date for an album into the
original release date for that album.  If that date appears in
citations and at the head of reference-list entries, then this
mechanism won't generally make much difference, but if it appears
elsewhere then a recording date will be printed in the middle of the
reference list entry, while the original release date will be printed
near the end, preceded by the appropriate string.  \textbf{NB:} For
those uses of the \textsf{pubstate} field that print a notice at the
end of the entry, the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} provides
much the same information, using data extracted from a different
entry.  If the information appears inside the entry then there is no
equivalent \textsf{related} functionality.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to
use \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{related} functionality, and it should
contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex} should
extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the
reference list entry which contains the \textsf{related} field itself.
Indeed, unless you change the defaults using the
\textsf{relatedoptions} field this data will only appear in such
entries, never on its own and never in citations.  Without a
\textsf{relatedtype} field, this will print the default type,
equivalent to a full reference list entry \emph{immediately after} the
entry containing the \textsf{related} field, with no intervening
string.  You can specify a string using the \textsf{relatedstring}
field, so in effect this presents a powerful mechanism for presenting
full references to related material of any sort whatsoever.

\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} default, the
package option \texttt{related} is set to print \textsf{related}
entries in the list of references.  If you would like to turn this off
you can set this option, either in your preamble or in the
\textsf{options} or \textsf{relatedoptions} field of the relevant
entry, to \texttt{false}.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I
should expect, only be needed very rarely.  If you want to set
entry-level options for a \textsf{related} entry this is where you can
do it, though please remember one important detail.  By default,
\textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which among
other things prevents the \textsf{related} entry from appearing
separately in the list of references, assuming you don't specifically
cite it elsewhere.  If you use the field yourself, then you'll need to
include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the options therein to maintain
this effect.  Of course, it may be you don't want all the effects of
\texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it however you wish.  See
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.4.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for
choosing a string to connect the main entry with its related entry/ies
is straightforward, the default being a \texttt{bibstring}, if any,
with the same name as the \textsf{relatedtype}, or alternately a
string or strings defined within the driver for that
\textsf{relatedtype}, as happens with the types \texttt{origpubin} and
\texttt{bytranslator}.  Failing these, you can supply your own in the
\textsf{relatedstring} field, either in the form of the name of a
pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and anything
in this field always takes precedence over the automatic choices.  If
your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase letter then
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically for you
depending on context (coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron).  I have not
altered the standard \textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have in fact
modified the \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the
\texttt{reprintfrom} string, which works better syntactically in this
context, and modified the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism to use the
\texttt{origpubin} string, which brings it into line with the notes
\&\ bibliography style.

\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedtype}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \textsf{relatedtypes}, and I have
either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the needs of
the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as possible.  I
have also added one to these six (see below):

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad bytranslator:] This prints a full reference to a
  translation, starting with the (localized) string
  \enquote{Translated by \textsf{translator} as \textsf{Title},
    \ldots} The reference is fuller in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} than
  in the standard styles, and for the first time allows users to
  choose the \emph{Manual's} alternate method for presenting original
  + translation (14.109; furet:passing:fr).  The old \textsf{userf}
  mechanism provides the other, as does the \texttt{origpubas}
  \textsf{relatedtype} (see below).
\item[\qquad default:] This is the macro used when no
  \textsf{relatedtype} is defined.  It prints, as in the standard
  styles, and with no intervening string, full references to the
  \textsf{related} entries.
\item[\qquad multivolume:] This briefly lists the individual volumes
  in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard styles.
  The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say on the
  matter.
\item[\qquad origpubas:] This type can, if you want, replace the old
  \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an
  original with its translation.  It's quite similar to the
  \texttt{default} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring} automatically
  connecting the entry with its \textsf{related} entries.  You can
  identify other sorts of relationships if you change the introductory
  string using \textsf{relatedstring}.
\item[\qquad origpubin:] I have barely altered this from the
  \textsf{biblatex} default, and it will present reprint information
  \emph{after} the main entry rather than within it.  The
  \emph{Manual} seems to prefer the latter for the notes \&
  bibliography style and, in some circumstances, the former for
  author-date.
\item[\qquad reprintfrom:] This type provides a replacement for the
  old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below.  As in the
  standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted
  material than does \texttt{origpubin}, and is designed particularly
  for presenting pieces formerly printed in other collections or
  perhaps essays collected from various periodicals.  (In
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with
  possible \textsf{babel} language environments, so if you find it
  behaving oddly please let me know, including whether you are using
  \textsf{babel} [which I've tested] or \textsf{polyglossia} [which I
  haven't].)
\item[\qquad \mycolor{reviewof:}] Philip Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa}
  package includes this type, and user Bertold Schweitzer suggested it
  might be a useful addition to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I've
  added it to the standard six detailed above.  It differs from all of
  them in that it prints the \textsf{relatedstring} (by default
  \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}}) and the data from the \textsf{related}
  entry in the middle of the parent entry, rather than at the end.  It
  also differs from them in being available only in \textsf{article}
  and \textsf{review} entries (along with the latter's clone,
  \textsf{suppperiodical}).

  In \textsf{article} entries it replaces the \textsf{titleaddon} with
  the \textsf{relatedstring} followed by the \textsf{title} of the
  child entry, and in \textsf{review} entries it replaces the
  \textsf{title} with the same two components.  In both types these
  components will optionally be followed by the \textsf{author},
  \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.,\ of the reviewed item,
  and then any child \textsf{titleaddon} may optionally appear at the
  end, allowing maximum flexibility when presenting, for example,
  reviews of live performances.

  This mechanism automates both the provision of the localized
  \cmd{bibstring} and also the formatting of the \textsf{title} of the
  reviewed work, and it also obviates the need to use any of the
  \cmd{partedit} macros in this context.  If you've changed the
  default setting of the \texttt{related} option in the preamble, then
  you'll need to ensure that it is set to \texttt{true} in the
  individual entries where you use this \textsf{relatedtype} to ensure
  that the entry's full data appears in the list of references.  Also,
  if the mechanism doesn't work for you in a particular context,
  remember that the standard way of presenting reviewed works is still
  available.
\end{description}

\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
\textbf{If you have been using this feature, you may want to have a
  look at the} \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom},
\textbf{documented above, for a better solution to this problem, one
  that also allows you to change the introductory string using the}
\textsf{relatedstring} \textbf{field.  The} \textsf{reprinttitle}
\textbf{field will continue to work as before, however.}  At the
request of Will Small, I have included a means of providing the
original publication details of an essay or a chapter that you are
citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays}
volume.  In such a case, at least according to the \emph{Manual}
(14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes, only in the
bibliography, and then only if these details are \enquote{of
  particular interest.}  The data would follow an introductory phrase
like \enquote{originally published as,} making the problem strictly
parallel to that of including details of a work in the original
language alongside the details of its translation.  I have addressed
the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which provides a
sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way.  In the
.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite
key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field
(which it may help mnemonically to think of as a \enquote{reprinted
  title} field).  The main difference between the two forms is that
\textsf{userf} prints all but the \textsf{author} of the original
work, whereas \textsf{reprinttitle} suppresses both the
\textsf{author} and the \textsf{title} of the original, giving only
the more general details, beginning with, e.g., the
\textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle} and continuing from there.
The string prefacing this information will be \enquote{Originally
  published in.}  Please see the documentation on \textsf{userf} below
for all the details on how to create .bib entries for presenting your
data.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is one of the
supplemental fields which \textsf{biblatex} provides, and is used by
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for a very specific purpose.  When you cite
both a translation and its original, the \emph{Manual} (14.109)
recommends that, in a reference list at least, you combine references
to both texts in one entry.  Lacking specific instructions about the
author-date style, I have nonetheless chosen to implement this
possibility also for a list of references, though in-text citations
will still only refer to individual works.  In order to follow this
specification, I have provided a third cross-referencing system (the
others being \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}), and have chosen the
name \textsf{userf} because it might act as a mnemonic for its
function.

\mylittlespace In order to use this system, you should start by
entering both the original and its translation into your .bib file,
just as you normally would.  The mechanism works for any entry type,
and the two entries need not be of the same type.  In the entry for
the \emph{translation}, you put the cite key of the original into the
\textsf{userf} field.  In the \emph{original's} entry, you need to
include some means of preventing it appearing separately in the list
of references, either a toggle in the \textsf{keywords} field or
perhaps \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field.  In this
standard case, the data for the translation will be printed first,
followed by the string \texttt{orig. pub. as}, followed by the
original, author omitted.  As explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}),
I have also included a way to modify the string printed before the
original.  In the entry for the \emph{translation}, you put the
original's language in \textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of
\texttt{originally published as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:}
or \texttt{Latin edition:}, etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr,
aristotle:metaphy:trans).  \textbf{NB:} You can use the
\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas} to replicate the
\textsf{userf} functionality, and you can also customize the
\textsf{relatedstring} field to achieve the same result as with
\textsf{origlanguage}.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\subsection{Commands}
\label{sec:commands:authdate}

In this section I shall attempt to document all those commands you may
need when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} that I have either
altered with respect to the standard provided by \textsf{biblatex} or
that I have provided myself.  Some of these, unfortunately, will make
your .bib file incompatible with other \textsf{biblatex} styles, but
I've been unable to avoid this.  Any ideas for more elegant, and more
compatible, solutions will be warmly welcomed.

\subsubsection{Formatting Commands}
\label{sec:formatting:authdate}

These commands allow you to fine-tune the presentation of your
references in both citations and list of references.  You can find
many examples of their usage in \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and I shall
try to point you toward a few such entries in what follows.
\textbf{NB:} \textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{mkbibquote} command is mandatory
in some situations.  See its entry below.

\mybigspace Version \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}} 0.8
of \textsf{biblatex} introduced the \cmd{autocap} command, which
capitalizes a word inside a citation or list of references entry if
that word follows sentence-ending punctuation, and leaves it lowercase
otherwise.  The whole question of capitalization is considerably more
complicated in the notes \&\ bibliography style, where the former uses
commas and the latter (often) periods to separate blocks of
information, whereas the more streamlined author-date specification
has few such issues.  In \textsf{dates-test.bib} there are only two
places where the \cmd{autocap} macro is necessary, and they both
involve the string \texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{year} field
(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib), though you can now avoid even
this necessity by placing \texttt{forthcoming} in the
\textsf{pubstate} field.

\mylittlespace I have nonetheless retained the system developed,
following \textsf{biblatex's} example, for the notes \&\ bibliography
style, which automatically tracks the capitalization of certain fields
in your .bib file.  I chose these fields after a non-scientific survey
of entries in my own databases, so of course if you have ideas for the
extension of this facility I would be most interested to hear them.
In order to take advantage of this functionality, all you need do is
begin the data in the appropriate field with a lowercase letter,
e.g.,\ \texttt{note = \{with the assistance of X\}}.  If the data
begins with a capital letter --- and this is not infrequent --- that
capital will always be retained.  (cf., e.g., creel:house,
morgenson:market.)  If, on the other hand, you for some reason need
such a field always to start with a lowercase letter, then you can try
using the \cmd{isdot} macro at the start, which turns off the
mechanism without printing anything itself.  Here, then, for reference
purposes, is the complete list of fields where this functionality is
active:

\begin{enumerate}
\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
\item The \textbf{addendum} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{booktitleaddon} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{edition} field in all entry types.  (Numerals work
  as you expect them to here.)
\item The \textbf{maintitleaddon} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{part} field in entry types that use it.
\item The \textbf{prenote} field prefixed to citation commands.
\item The \textbf{relatedstring} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review}
  (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
  in the latter case, however, only when there is an
  \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
  from an archive.
\item The \textbf{title} field in the \textsf{review}
  (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
  in the latter case, however, only when there is an
  \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
  from an archive.
\item The \textbf{titleaddon} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{type} field in \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio},
  \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{suppbook},
  \textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{video} entry types.
\end{enumerate}

If you accidentally use the \cmd{autocap} macro in one of the above
fields, it frankly shouldn't matter at all, and you'll still get what
you want, but taking advantage of the automatic provisions should at
least save some typing.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash bibstring}} is a
very powerful mechanism to allow \textsf{biblatex} automatically to
provide a localized version of a string, and to determine whether that
string needs capitalization, depending on where it falls in an entry.
\textsf{Biblatex} also provides functionality which allows you
sometimes simply to input, for example, \texttt{newseries} instead of
\cmd{bib\-string\{newseries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a
bibstring is involved and doing the right thing, though in all such
cases either form will work.  This functionality is available in the
\textsf{series} field of \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
\textsf{review} entries; in the \textsf{type} field of
\textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis}
entries; in the \textsf{location} field of \textsf{patent} entries; in
the \textsf{language} field in all entry types; and in the
\textsf{nameaddon} field in \textsf{customc} entries.  These are the
places, as far as I can make out, where \textsf{biblatex's} standard
styles support this feature, though I have added the last,
style-specific, one.  If the \textsf{biblatex} authors generalize it
still further in a future release, I shall do the same, if possible.

%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip}

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote}} is
the standard \textsf{biblatex} command, which requires attention here
because it is a crucial part of the mechanism of that package's
\enquote{American} punctuation system.  Quotation marks around the
\textsf{title} field in various entry types are automatically provided
by \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, but titles-within-titles frequently also
require them, so it is best to get accustomed to using this command to
make sure any periods or commas appearing in the neighborhood of the
closing quotes will appear inside them automatically.  A few examples
from \textsf{dates-test.bib} should help to clarify this.

\mylittlespace In an \textsf{article} entry, the \textsf{title}
contains a quoted phrase:

\begin{quotation}
  \noindent\texttt{title = \{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \\
    \indent\cmd{mkbibquote}\{Morning After\} Pill\}}
\end{quotation}

Here, because the quoted text doesn't come at the end of title, and no
punctuation will ever need to be drawn within the closing quotation
mark, you could instead use \texttt{\cmd{enquote}\{Morning After\}} or
even \texttt{`Morning After'}. (Note the single quotation marks here
--- the other two methods have the virtue of taking care of nesting
for you.)  All of these will produce the formatted:
\enquote{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \enquote{Morning
    After} Pill.}

\mylittlespace Here, by contrast, is a \textsf{book title}:

\begin{quotation}
  \noindent \texttt{title = \{Annotations to
    \cmd{mkbibquote}\{Finnegans Wake\}\}}
\end{quotation}

Because the quoted title within the title comes at the end of the
field, and because this reference unit will be separated from
what follows by a period in the list of references, then the
\cmd{mkbibquote} command is necessary to bring that period within the
final quotation marks, like so: \emph{Annotations to
  \enquote{Finnegans Wake.}}

\mylittlespace Note in both cases that you only need to be careful
with the capitalization inside the curly brackets if you are using
\textsf{authordate-trad}, as the 16th edition of the \textsf{Manual}
has unified the title formatting for the two remaining styles, which
means that, for them, all lower- and uppercase letters remain as they
are typed in your .bib file.

\mylittlespace Let me also add that this command interacts well with
Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package, which I highly recommend, though
the latter isn't strictly necessary in texts using an American style,
to which \textsf{biblatex} defaults when \textsf{csquotes} isn't
loaded.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash postvolpunct}}
\emph{Manual} (14.121) unequivocally prescribes that when a
\textsf{volume} number appears immediately before a page number,
\enquote{the abbreviation \emph{vol.}\ is omitted and a colon
  separates the volume number from the page number with no intervening
  space.}  The treatment is basically the same whether the citation is
of a book or of a periodical, and it appears to be a surprising and
unwelcome feature for many users, conflicting as it may do with
established typographic traditions in a number of contexts.  Clea~F.\
Rees has requested a way to customize this, so I have provided the
\cmd{postvolpunct} command, which prints the punctuation between a
\textsf{volume} number and a page number.  It is set to \cmd{addcolon}
by default, except when the current language of the entry is French,
in which case it defaults to \cmd{addcolon\textbackslash addspace}.
You can use \cmd{renewcommand\{\textbackslash
  postvolpunct\}\{\ldots\}} in your preamble to redefine it, but
please note that the command only applies in this limited context, not
more generally to the punctuation that appears between, e.g., a
\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{part} field.

\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partcomp}} and
the following 6 macros were all designed to help
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} cope with the fact that many bibstrings in
the notes \&\ bibliography style differ between notes and
bibliography, the former sometimes using abbreviated forms when the
latter prints them in full.  These problems do not arise in the
author-date styles, but using these macros will make your .bib database
more portable across languages and across both Chicago styles, and may
be slightly easier to remember than the strings themselves.  On the
other hand, of course, they will make your .bib file less portable
across multiple \textsf{biblatex} styles.

\mylittlespace These macros allow you to provide an \texttt{editor}, a
\texttt{translator}, and/or a \texttt{compiler} in situations where
the available fields (\textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea},
\textsf{translator}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}) aren't
adequate.  Their names all begin with \cmd{part}, as originally I
intended them for use when a particular name applied only to a
specific \textsf{title}, rather than to a \textsf{maintitle} or
\textsf{booktitle} (cf.\ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb}, above).

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace In the present instance, you can use \cmd{partcomp} to
identify a compiler when \textsf{namec} (or \textsf{editortype}) won't
do, e.g., in a \textsf{note} field or the like.  In such a case,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the appropriate string in your
references.

\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit
into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}).  (N.B.: If
you are writing in French then you no longer need to add either
\texttt{de} or \texttt{d'} after this command in your .bib files.  The
new version of the command should take care of this automatically for
you.)  See howell:marriage.

\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    partedit-\\andcomp}} before, but for use when an editor is also a
compiler.

\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    partedit-\\andtrans}} before, but for when when an editor is also a
translator (ratliff:review).

\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    partedit-\\transandcomp}} before, but for when an editor is also a
translator and a compiler.

\vspace{1.4\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    parttrans-\\andcomp}} before, but for when a translator is also a
compiler.

\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
    parttrans}} before, but for use when identifying a translator
whose name doesn't conveniently fit into the usual fields
(\textsf{translator} and \textsf{nameb}).

\subsubsection{Citation Commands}
\label{sec:cite:authordate}

The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation
commands, most of which, in \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate} and
\textsf{authordate-trad}, function as they do in the standard
author-date styles.  If you are getting unexpected behavior when using
them please have a look in your .log file.  A command like
\cmd{supercite}, listed in §~3.6.2 of the \textsf{biblatex} manual but
not defined by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} or by core
\textsf{biblatex}, defaults to \cmd{cite}, and leaves a warning in the
.log.  The following commands may require some minimal explanation,
but if there are standard commands that don't work for you, or new
commands that would be useful, please let me know, and it should be
possible to fix or add them.

\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocite}} haven't
adapted this in the slightest, but I thought it worth pointing out
that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} sets this command to use
\cmd{parencite} as the default option.  It is, in my experience, much
the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in
its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}.

\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}}
Skjærholt requested, for the author-date styles, a variant of the
\cmd{textcite} command that presented the author's name in the
genitive case in running text, thereby simplifying certain syntactic
constructions (15.24).  The \cmd{gentextcite} command, in effect,
provides a way to include almost anything in between the name and the
parenthesized date in a \cmd{textcite}, so its use may well not be
limited to the possessive.  In most respects it behaves exactly like
\cmd{textcite}, on which see below.  The difference is that I've added
a new optional field to the front of the command to allow you to
choose which declensional ending to add to the name.  If you don't
specify this field, you'll get the standard English \enquote{\,'s\,}.
If you want something different, you'll need to present a third option
to the command, like so:\
\cmd{gentextcite[<ending>][][]\{entry:key\}}.  You must include the
two further sets of square brackets, because with only one set it
will, as with other citation commands, be interpreted as a
\textsf{postnote}, and with two a \textsf{prenote} and a
\textsf{postnote}.  There is a \cmd{gentextcites} command as well,
though currently you can only specify one genitival ending for all
keys, like so:\
\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{en\-try:key2\}},
though if you don't have a \textsf{pre-} or \textsf{postnote} to the
first citation you can make do with
\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}}.

\mylittlespace The syntax of multiple authors' names in running text
is unpredictable.  There is currently no way to add the genitival
ending to all the names attached to a single citation key, so it will
only appear at the end of a group of names in such a case.  (This is
in keeping with the usual syntax when referring to a multi-author
work, at least in English.)  When using \cmd{gentextcites}, however,
you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s) attached
to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the names
attached to the last key.  By default, it only appears after the last,
but the \texttt{genallnames} preamble and/or entry option set to
\texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's name(s).  When
using one citation command to cite more than one work by the same
author, it is the \emph{first} occurrence of the name which
\textsf{biblatex} prints, eliding subsequent ones.  In order to get
the possessive ending on that name you'll need to set
\texttt{genallnames} to \texttt{true}.

\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash textcite}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} this command searches first for a
\textsf{labelname}, usually taken from the \textsf{author} or
\textsf{shortauthor} field, then uses the \textsf{shorthand} field if
the former doesn't exist.  Because of the way the Chicago author-date
specification recommends handling abbreviations, I have switched this
around, and the command searches for a \textsf{shorthand} first.
This holds also for the multicite form \textbf{\textbackslash
  textcites}, though both commands revert to their standard
\textsf{biblatex} behavior when you give the \texttt{cmslos=false}
option in the preamble.

\subsection{Package Options}
\label{sec:opts:authdate}

\subsubsection{Pre-set \textsf{biblatex} Options}
\label{sec:preset:authdate}

Although a quick glance through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
tell you which \textsf{biblatex} options the package sets for you, I
thought I might gather them here also for your perusal.  These
settings are, I believe, consistent with the specification, but you
can alter them in the options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
preamble or by loading the package using
\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-authordate]\{biblatex\}}, which gives
you the \textsf{biblatex} defaults unless you redefine them yourself
inside the square brackets.

\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate}
\mymarginpar{\texttt{autocite=\\inline}} and \textsf{authordate-trad}
place references in parentheses by default.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{citetracker=\\true}} citetracker
for the \cmd{ifciteseen} test is enabled globally.

\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{alldates=comp}} specification
calls for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened
when presenting date ranges.  Please note that because of the
author-date style's complicated requirements with respect to dates,
there will be cases when printed ranges don't look exactly right ---
cf., e.g., nass:address.  I'm working on this.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ibidtracker=\\constrict}}
enables an \emph{ibidem} mechanism in citations, but only in the most
strictly-defined circumstances.  The Chicago author-date style doesn't
print \enquote{Ibid} in citations, but in general a repeated citation
on the same page will print only the page reference.  Technically,
this should only occur when a source is cited \enquote{more than once
  in one paragraph} (15.26), so you can use the \cmd{citereset}
command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as
the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section,
and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
automatically resets the tracker at page breaks.  (Cf.\
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §3.1.2.1.)  Whenever there might be any
ambiguity, \textsf{biblatex} should default to printing a more
informative reference.

\mylittlespace If you are going to repeat a source, make sure that the
cite command provides a postnote --- you'll no longer get any annoying
empty parentheses, but you will get another standard citation, which
may add too much clutter.

\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{labelyear=\\true}} option
tells \textsf{biblatex} to provide the special \textsf{labelyear} and
\textsf{extrayear} fields for author-date styles.

\mylittlespace These \mymarginpar{\textsf{\texttt{maxbibnames\\=10\\
      minbibnames\\=7}}} two options control the number of names
printed in the list of references when that number exceeds 10.  These
numbers follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual} (17.29--30),
and they are different from those for use in citations.  With
\textsf{biblatex} 1.6 you can no longer redefine \texttt{maxnames} and
\texttt{minnames} in the \cmd{printbibliography} command at the bottom
of your document, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does this automatically
for you, though of course you can change them in your document
preamble.  Please see section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth} below (and the
file \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}) for hints on dealing with entries
with more than three authors.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{pagetracker=\\true}} enables
page tracking for the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage}
commands for controlling, among other things, the \emph{ibidem}
mechanism.  It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside mode,
or whole spreads in twoside mode.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{punctfont=\\true}} fixes a
minor problem with punctuation in titles, ensuring that the colon
between a title and a subtitle appears in the correct, matching font.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} is the
standard \textsf{biblatex} bibliography option, and it enables the use
of \textsf{related} functionality in the list of references.  I have
added an entry option, as well, so if you set this to \texttt{false}
in your preamble, in the \textsf{options} field, or in the
\textsf{relatedoptions} field, you can make the package ignore the
\textsf{related} fields.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off
the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice
which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sorting=cms}} setting takes
advantage of the \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} command provided by
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{Biber}, in effect implementing a default
sorting order in the list of references tailored to comply with the
Chicago author-date specification.  Please see the documentation of
\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquelist=\\minyear}} option
enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to disambiguate entries
which have more than three \textsf{authors}, but which differ
\emph{after} the first name in the list.  This will only occur when
two such entries have the same \textsf{year} (15.28).  The option is
\textsf{Biber}-only, like the following, which means that this
next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ replacement is required for the
author-date styles.  Please see \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} (or
\textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}) and section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth},
below, for further details.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquename=\\minfull}}
enables the package to distinguish different authors who share a
surname, using initials in the first instance, and whole names if
initials aren't enough (15.21).  The option is \textsf{Biber}-only,
like the previous one.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}}
enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of
entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
In the list of references, the entry will be alphabetized by the
translator's surname.  You can disable this functionality on a
per-entry basis by setting \texttt{usetranslator=false} in the
\textsf{options} field.  Cf.\ silver:gawain.

\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options}
\label{sec:authformopts}

I've chosen defaults for many of the general formatting commands
provided by \textsf{biblatex}, including the vertical space between
items in the list of references and between items in the list of
shorthands (\cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{lositemsep}).  I define many of
these in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and of course you may want to
redefine them to your own needs and tastes.  It may be as well you
know that the \emph{Manual} does state a preference for two of the
formatting options I've implemented by default: the 3-em dash as a
replacement for repeated names in the list of references (15.17--19,
and just below); and the formatting of note numbers, both in the main
text and at the bottom of the page / end of the essay (superscript in
the text, in-line in the notes; 14.19).  The code for this last
formatting is also in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and I've wrapped
it in a test that disables it if you are using the \textsf{memoir}
class, which I believe has its own commands for defining these
parameters.  You can also disable it by using the \texttt{footmarkoff}
package option, on which see below.

\mylittlespace Gildas Hamel pointed out that my default definition, in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, of \textsf{biblatex's}
\cmd{bibnamedash} didn't work well with many fonts, leaving a line of
three dashes separated by gaps.  He suggested an alternative, which
I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you
can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your
chosen font.  The default definition is:
\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibname\-dash\}\{\textbackslash
  rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{losnotes}
  \&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have
added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to
\textsf{chicago-author\-date.bbx}, for use with the \texttt{env}
option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command.  The first,
\texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear
inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for
endnotes.  Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the
latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that
I see on my system when using endnotes.  (You'll probably also want to
use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the
[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote}
command.)  If you use a command like
\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} to print a list of journal
abbreviations, you can use the \texttt{sjnotes} and
\texttt{sjendnotes} \texttt{bibenvironments} in exactly the same way.
Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and
\textsf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for
further options available to you for presenting and formatting these
two types of \texttt{biblist}.

\mylittlespace The next-generation backend \textsf{Biber} and
\textsf{biblatex} offer enhanced functionality in many areas,
including the next three declarations.  If the default definitions
don't work well for you, you can redefine all of them in your document
preamble --- see \textsf{biblatex.pdf} §§4.5.8 and 4.5.5.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}}
option allows you to add name fields for consideration when
\textsf{biblatex} is attempting to find a shortened name for in-text
citations.  This, for example, allows a compiler (=\textsf{namec}) to
appear in citations without any other intervention from the user,
rather than requiring a \textsf{shortauthor} field as previous
releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} did.  The default definition
currently is
\texttt{\{shortauthor,author,\\shorteditor,namea,editor,nameb,%
  translator,namec\}}.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labeldate}}
option allows you to alter the order in which \textsf{Biber} and
\textsf{biblatex} search for the year to use both in citations and at
the head of entries in the list of references.  This will also be the
year to which an alphabetical suffix will be appended when an author
has published more than one work in the same year, and the year by
which works will be sorted in the list of references.  In the default
configuration, a year will be searched for in the order \textsf{date,
  eventdate, origdate, urldate}.  This generally suits the Chicago
author-date styles well, except for two situations.  First, when a
reference apparatus contains many entries with multiple dates, it may
be simplest to promote the \textsf{origdate} to the head of the list,
which you can do using the \texttt{cmsdate} preamble option.  This
changes the order to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.
Second, in \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, and,
exceptionally, some \textsf{review} entries, the general rule is to
emphasize the earliest date.  For these three entry types, then,
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} uses the order \textsf{eventdate, origdate,
  date, urldate}.  See \texttt{avdate} in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, \texttt{cmsdate} in
section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, and the \textbf{date} docs in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}.

\mylittlespace The
\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Sorting-}\\\texttt{Template}}
third \textsf{Biber} enhancement I have implemented allows you to
include almost any field whatsoever in \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
algorithms for the list of references, so that a great many more
entries will be sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring
manual intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the
like.  Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} sets the
\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{sorting=cms}, which is a custom
scheme, basically a Chicago-specific variant of the default
\texttt{nyt}.  You can find its definition in
\textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}.  (Please note that it uses the
\textsf{labelyear} as its main year component, which should help
improve the automatic sorting of entries by the same \textsf{author}.)

\mylittlespace The advantages of this scheme are, specifically, that
any entry headed by one of the supplemental name fields
(\textsf{name[a-c]}), a \textsf{manual} entry headed by an
\textsf{organization}, or an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry
with an \textsf{entrysubtype} and headed by a \textsf{journaltitle}
will no longer need a \textsf{sortkey} set.  Further, the
\textsf{biblatex} \texttt{use<name>=false} options will remove any
name field from the sorting order, again reducing the need for user
intervention.  The main disadvantage should only occur very rarely.
In \textsf{author}-less \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries
without an \textsf{entrysubtype}, the \textsf{title} will appear
instead of the \textsf{journaltitle}, and since the latter appears
before the former in the sorting scheme, you'll need a
\textsf{sortkey} for proper alphabetization.

\subsubsection{{Pre-set \textsf{chicago} Options}}
\label{sec:authpreset}

At \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookpages=\\true}} the request of Scot Becker,
I have included this rather specialized option, which controls the
printing of the \textsf{pages} field in \textsf{book} entries.  Some
bibliographic managers, apparently, place the total page count in that
field by default, and this option allows you to stop the printing of
this information in the reference list.  It defaults to true, which
means the field is printed, but it can be set to false either in the
preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the
\textsf{options} field (though rather than use this latter method it
would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages} field from the
affected entries).

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be
printed in the reference list.  At the request of Daniel Possenriede,
and keeping in mind the \emph{Manual's} preference for this field
instead of a \textsf{url} (15.9), I have added a third switch,
\texttt{only}, which prints the \textsf{doi} if it is present and the
\textsf{url} only if there is no \textsf{doi}.  The package default
remains the same, however --- it defaults to true, which will print
both \textsf{doi} and \textsf{url} if both are present.  The option
can be set to \texttt{only} or to \texttt{false} either in the
preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the
\textsf{options} field.  In \textsf{online} entries, the \textsf{doi}
field will always be printed, but the \texttt{only} switch will still
eliminate any \textsf{url}.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{eprint=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{eprint} fields present in the .bib file will be
printed in the list of references.  It defaults to true, and can be
set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.  In \textsf{online}
entries, the \textsf{eprint} field will always be printed.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{isbn=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{isan}, \textsf{isbn}, \textsf{ismn},
\textsf{isrn}, \textsf{issn}, and \textsf{iswc} fields present in the
.bib file will be printed in the list of references.  It defaults to
true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole
document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.

%%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Once \mymarginpar{\texttt{numbermonth=\\true}} again
at the request of Scot Becker, I have included this option, which
controls the printing of the \textsf{month} field in all the
periodical-type entries when a \textsf{number} field is also present.
Some bibliographic software, apparently, always includes the month of
publication even when a \textsf{number} is present.  When all this
information is available the \emph{Manual} (17.181) prints everything,
so this option defaults to true, which means the field is printed, but
it can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document,
or on a per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{url=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{url} fields present in the .bib file will be
printed in the reference list.  It defaults to true, and can be set to
false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.  Please note that, as
in standard \textsf{biblatex}, the \textsf{url} field is always
printed in \textsf{online} entries, regardless of the state of this
option.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{includeall=\\true}} is the
one option that rules the six preceding, either printing all the
fields under consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of
them.  It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx},
but you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document
or, for specific fields, in the \textsf{options} field of individual
entries.  The rationale for all of these options is the availability
of bibliographic managers that helpfully present as much data as
possible, in every entry, some of which may not be felt to be entirely
necessary.  Setting \texttt{includeall} to \texttt{true} probably
works just fine for those compiling their .bib databases by hand, but
others may find that some automatic pruning helps clear things up, at
least to a first approximation.  Some per-entry work afterward may
then polish up the details.

\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\texttt{avdate=true}}}
\label{sec:ad:avdate}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}
For \textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries, the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} (15.53) strongly recommends both that you provide a
recording, release, or broadcast date for your references and also
that this earlier date should appear in citations and at the head of
reference list entries.  In the default setting of
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, \textsf{biblatex} searches for dates in the
following order: \textsf{year, eventyear, origyear, urlyear}.  This
option changes the default ordering in \textsf{music} and
\textsf{video} entries to the following: \textsf{eventyear, origyear,
  year, urlyear}.  \textsf{Review} entries presenting on-line comments
have similar needs, so the same reordering applies to that entry type,
too.  If you simply want to apply the defaults to these three entry
types, you can use \texttt{avdate=false} in the options when loading
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  If, however, you want to tailor the
algorithm to your own needs, then you can use \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
commands in your preamble.  Please be aware, however, that some parts
of the style hard-code the search syntax, and although they take
account of the \texttt{avdate} setting, if you use your own
definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} the results may, in some corner
cases, surprise.  Please see \textsf{music}, \textsf{review}, and
\textsf{video} in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}; \textsf{date},
\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}; and \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} in
section~\ref{sec:authformopts}.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{booklongxref=\\true}} the
request of Bertold Schweitzer, I have included two options for
controlling whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print
abbreviated references when you cite more than one part of a given
collection or series.  This option controls whether multiple
\textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection}, and
\textsf{proceedings} entries which are part of the same collection
will appear in this space-saving format.  The parent collection itself
will usually be presented in, e.g., a \textsf{book},
\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{mvbook}, \textsf{mvcollection}, or
\textsf{mvproceedings} entry, and using \textsf{crossref} or
\textsf{xref} in the child entries will allow such presentation
depending on the value of the option:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad true:] This is the default.  If you use \textsf{crossref}
  or \textsf{xref} fields in these entry types, by default you will
  \emph{not} get any abbreviated citations in the reference list.
\item[\qquad false:] You'll get abbreviated citations in these entry
  types in the reference list.
\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the
  notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with
  \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively.
\end{description}

This option can be set either in the preamble or in the
\textsf{options} field of individual entries.  For controlling the
behavior of \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entries, please see
\texttt{longcrossref}, below, and also the documentation of
\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmslos=true}} option alters
\textsf{biblatex's} standard behavior when processing the
\textsf{shorthand} field.  Chicago's author-date style only seems to
recommend the use of shorthands as abbreviations for long authors'
names, particularly institutional names, which means the shorthand
will replace only the name part in citations rather than the whole
citation (15.36; bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc).  The 16th edition
now suggests placing the abbreviation at the head of the entry,
followed by its expansion inside parentheses, an arrangement
automatically provided by \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} when
you use the \textsf{shorthand} field, assuming you retain the default
setting of this option.  Please note that you can still print a list
of shorthands if you wish, and you can also get back something
approaching the \enquote{standard} behavior of shorthands if you give
the \texttt{cmslos=false} option to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
document preamble.  Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
s.v. \enquote{\textbf{shorthand}} above, and also
\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}.

\mylittlespace Roger
\mymarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart
requested a way to control the punctuation printed before the
\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, and
\textsf{maintitleaddon} fields.  By default, this is
\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\textsf{ctitleaddon}) for nearly all
\textsf{book-} and \textsf{maintitleaddons} in the list of references,
while \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\textsf{ptitleaddon}) is the
default before most \textsf{titleaddons} there.  If the punctuation
printed isn't correct for your needs, you can set the relevant option
either in the preamble or in individual entries.  (Cf.\
coolidge:speech and schubert:muellerin.) The accepted option keys are:

\begin{description}
\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
\item[\qquad none] = no punctuation at all
\item[\qquad space] = \cmd{addspace}
\item[\qquad comma] = \cmd{addcomma\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad period] = \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad colon] = \cmd{addcolon\cmd{addspace}}
\item[\qquad semicolon] = \cmd{addsemicolon\cmd{addspace}}
\end{description}

If you need something a little more exotic, you can directly
\cmd{renewcommand} either \cmd{ctitleaddonpunct} or
\cmd{ptitleaddonpunct} (or both) in your preamble, but it's worth
remembering that the redefinition will hold for all instances, unless
you use the \textsf{options} field in your other entries with a
\textsf{titleaddon} field.  A simpler solution might be to set the
relevant option to \texttt{none} in your entry and then include the
punctuation in the \textsf{titleaddon} field itself.

\mylittlespace If \mymarginpar{\texttt{hidevolumes=\\true}} both a
\textsf{volume} and a \textsf{volumes} field are present, as may occur
particularly in cross-referenced entries, then
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will ordinarily suppress the
\textsf{volumes} field.  In some instances, when a \textsf{maintitle}
is present, this may not be the desired result.  In this latter case,
if the \textsf{volume} appears before the \textsf{maintitle}, this
option, set to \texttt{true} by default, controls whether to print the
\textsf{volumes} field after that title or not.  Set it to
\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev\\=notes}}
option controls the printing of the \textsf{shortjournal} field in
place of the \textsf{journaltitle} field in citations and reference
lists.  It is set to \texttt{notes} by default, so as shipped
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print such fields only in
citations, but you can set it, either in the preamble or in individual
entries, to one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints the
abbreviated form both in citations and reference lists, \texttt{bib}
in the reference list only, and \texttt{false} in neither.  Please
note that in \textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} and
\textsf{shorttitle} fields behave in exactly the same manner.  For
more details, see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref=\\false}} is
the second option, requested by Bertold Schweitzer, for controlling
whether and where \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print abbreviated
references when you cite more than one part of a given collection or
series.  It controls the settings for the entry types more-or-less
authorized by the \emph{Manual}, i.e., \textsf{inbook},
\textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter}.
The mechanism itself is enabled by multiple \textsf{crossref} or
\textsf{xref} references to the same parent, whether that be, e.g., a
\textsf{collection}, an \textsf{mvcollection}, a \textsf{proceedings},
or an \textsf{mvproceedings} entry.  Given these multiple cross
references, the presentation in the reference apparatus will be
governed by the following options:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad false:] This is the default.  If you use
  \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields in the four mentioned
  entry types, you'll get the abbreviated entries in the reference
  list.
\item[\qquad true:] You'll get no abbreviated citations of these entry
  types in the reference list.
\item[\qquad none:] This switch is special, allowing you with one
  setting to provide abbreviated citations not just of the four entry
  types mentioned but also of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
  \textsf{collection}, and \textsf{proceedings} entries.
\item[\qquad notes,bib:] These two options are carried over from the
  notes \&\ bibliography style; here they are synonymous with
  \texttt{false} and \textsf{true}, respectively.
\end{description}

This option can be set either in the preamble or in the
\textsf{options} field of individual entries.  For controlling the
behavior of \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{collection},
and \textsf{proceedings} entries, please see \texttt{booklongxref},
above, and also the documentation of \textsf{crossref} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{nodates=true}} option means
that for all entry types except \textsf{inreference}, \textsf{misc},
and \textsf{reference}, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} will automatically
provide \cmd{bibstring\{nodates\}} for any entry that doesn't
otherwise provide a date for citations and for the heads of entries in
the list of references.  If you set \texttt{nodates=false} in your
preamble, then the package won't perform this substitution in any
entry type whatsoever.  (The bibstring expands to
\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} in English.)

\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}}
\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \texttt{usenamec} option as
standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is now
deprecated.  Please replace it your documents and .bib files with
\texttt{usenamec}, which works much better across the board.

\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble}
\label{sec:authuseropts}

These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to
enable.  All except the fifth can be used even if you load the package
in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users can
just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
\cmd{usepackage\break\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of
Emil Salim, I have added to this version of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
the ability to produce annotated reference lists.  If you turn this
option on then the contents of your \textsf{annotation} (or
\textsf{annote}) field will be printed after the reference.  (You can
also use external files to store annotations -- please see
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.11.8 for details on how to do this.)  This
functionality is currently in a beta state, so before you use it
please have a look at the documentation for the \textsf{annotation}
field, in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}} option used
\emph{in the preamble} provides a method for simplifying the creation
of data\-bases with a great many multi-date entries.  Despite warnings
in previous releases, users have plainly already been setting this
option in their preambles, so I thought I might at least attempt to
make it work as \enquote{correctly} as I can.  The switches for it are
basically the same as for the entry-only option, that is, assuming an
entry presents a reprinted edition of a work by Smith, first published
in 1926 (the \textsf{origdate}) and reprinted in 1985 (the
\textsf{date}):

\begin{enumerate}
\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default: (Smith 1985).
\item \texttt{cmsdate=both} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the
  \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ standard format: (Author
  [1926] 1985) in parenthetical citations, Author (1926) 1985 outside
  parentheses, e.g., in the reference list.
\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of
  the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1926).
  NB: The \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved
  options.  If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head
  of an entry, then generally speaking you should probably use
  \texttt{cmsdate=both}.  I have nevertheless retained this option for
  certain cases where it has proved useful.  The 15th-edition options
  \texttt{new} and \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}.
\end{enumerate}

The important information for the user is that, when you set this
option in your preamble to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} (or to the
15th-edition synonyms for the latter, \texttt{new} or \texttt{old}),
then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} (and
\textsf{authordate-trad}) will change the default
\cmd{DeclareLa\-beldate} definition so that the \textsf{labelyear}
search order will be \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.
This means that for entry types not covered by the \texttt{avdate}
option, and for those types as well if you turn off that option, the
\textsf{labelyear} will, in any entry containing an \textsf{origdate},
be that very date.  If you want \emph{every} such entry to present its
\textsf{origdate} in citations and at the head of reference list
entries, then setting the option this way makes sense, as you should
automatically get the proper \textsf{extrayear} letter
(1926\textbf{a}) and the correct sorting, without having to use the
counter-intuitive .bib file date switching that sometimes accompanied
the entry-only \texttt{cmsdate} option.  A few clarifications may yet
be in order.

\mylittlespace Obviously, any entry with only a \textsf{date} should
behave as usual.  Also, since \textsf{patent} entries have fairly
specialized needs, I have exempted them from this change to
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}.  Third, the per-entry \texttt{cmsdate} options
will still affect which dates are printed in citations and at the head
of reference list entries, but they cannot change the search order for
the \textsf{labeldate}.  This will be fixed by the preamble option.
Fourth, if you have been used to switching the \textsf{date} and the
\textsf{origdate} to get the correct results, then you should be aware
that this mechanism may actually still be useful when using the
\texttt{on} switch to \texttt{cmsdate} in the preamble, but it
produces incorrect results when the \texttt{cmsdate} option is
\texttt{both} in the preamble and the individual entry.  The preamble
option is designed to make the need for this switching as rare as
possible, so some editing of existing databases may be necessary.
Fifth, the entry-only option \texttt{full} has no effect at all when
used in the preamble; you must set it in individual entries.  Finally,
please see the documentation of the \textbf{date} field in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for the fullest discussion of date
presentation in the \textsf{authordate} styles.

\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsorigdate}} I can't
currently think of any reason why anyone would want to use it on its
own, I should nonetheless mention that the \texttt{cmsorigdate} option
in your preamble will change the default \cmd{DeclareLabeldate}
settings to \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.  Setting
\texttt{cmsdate} to \texttt{on} or \texttt{both} in the preamble ---
see the previous option --- sets this to true, but if for some reason
you want to set it to true without any of the other effects of the
\texttt{cmsdate} option, then you can.  The effects may surprise.

\mylittlespace When \mymarginpar{\texttt{compresspages}} set to
\texttt{true}, any page ranges in your .bib file or in the
\textsf{postnote} field of your citation commands will be compressed
in accordance with the \emph{Manual's} specifications (9.60).
Something like 321-{-}328 in your .bib file would become 321--28 in
your document.  See the \textsf{pages} field in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.

\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{footmarkoff}} the
\emph{Manual} (14.19) recommends specific formatting for footnote (and
endnote) marks, i.e., superscript in the text and in-line in foot- or
endnotes, Charles Schaum has brought it to my attention that not all
publishers follow this practice, even when requiring Chicago style.  I
have retained this formatting as the default setup, but if you include
the \texttt{footmarkoff} option, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will not
alter \LaTeX 's (or the \textsf{endnote} package's) defaults in any
way, leaving you free to follow the specifications of your publisher.
I have placed all of this code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, so if
you load the package with a call to \textsf{biblatex} instead, then
once again footnote marks will revert to the \LaTeX\ default, but of
course you also lose a fair amount of other formatting, as well.  See
section~\ref{sec:loading:auth}, below.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects
the choice of which names to present in the genitive case when using
the \cmd{gentextcites} command.  Please see the documentation of that
command in section~\ref{sec:cite:authordate}, above.

\mylittlespace Several \mymarginpar{\texttt{headline}\\\texttt{(trad
    only)}} users requested an option that turned off the automatic
transformations that produce sentence-style capitalization in the
title fields of the 15th-edition author-date style.  I have,
therefore, also included it in \textsf{authordate-trad}.  If you set
this option, the word case in your title fields will not be changed in
any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform your titles
into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to determine
capitalization.  It works by redefining the command
\cmd{MakeSentenceCase}, so in the unlikely event you are using the
latter anywhere in your document please be aware that it will also be
turned off there.

\mylittlespace When \colmarginpar{\texttt{hypertitle}} you use the
\textsf{hyperref} package with the author-date styles, the in-text
citations will provide a hyperlink to the full information in the list
of references.  Timo Thoms rightly pointed out that, generally, one
only wants one piece of the citation to provide the hyperlink, usually
the \textsf{date} part.  The author-date styles will instead link the
\textsf{title} or the \textsf{shorthand} if there isn't a
\textsf{date}, but if you set this option to \texttt{true} globally in
your preamble then all \textsf{titles} and \textsf{shorthands} will
link, regardless of whether a \textsf{date} is also present.  You can
also set \mycolor{\texttt{hypertitle}} in the \textsf{options} field
of individual entries, allowing you to provide a hyperlink in cases
where the automatic mechanism gets it wrong (ency:britannica).

\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual}
(6.47) states that \enquote{commas are not required around \emph{Jr.}\
  and \emph{Sr.},} so by default \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has
followed standard \textsf{biblatex} in using a simple space in names
like \enquote{John Doe Jr.}  Charles Schaum has pointed out that
traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ practice was to include the comma, and
since the \emph{Manual} has no objections to this, I have provided an
option which allows you to turn this behavior back on, either for the
whole document or on a per-entry basis.  Please note, first, that
numerical suffixes (John Doe III) never take the comma.  The code
tests for this situation, and detects cardinal numbers well, but if
you are using ordinals you may need to set this to \texttt{false} in
the \textsf{options} field of some entries.  Second, I have fixed a
bug in older releases which always printed the \enquote{Jr.}\ part of
the name immediately after the surname, even when the surname came
before the given names (as in a reference list).  The package now
correctly puts the \enquote{Jr.}\ part at the end, after the given
names, and in this position it always takes a comma, the presence of
which is unaffected by this option.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{natbib}} may look like the
standard \textsf{biblatex} option, but to keep the coding of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have
reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to
\textsf{biblatex}.  If you load the Chicago style with
\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}.  The shorter
form also works if you use \cmd{usepackage}
\texttt{[style=chicago-authordate]\{bibla\-tex\}}, so I hope this
requirement isn't too onerous.

\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an
early tester, I have included this option to allow you globally to
turn off the \texttt{ibidem} mechanism that
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses by default.  This mechanism
doesn't actually print \enquote{Ibid,} but rather includes only the
\textsf{postnote} information in a citation, i.e., it will print (224)
instead of (Author 2000, 224).  Setting this option will mean that
none of these shortened citations will appear automatically.  For more
fine-grained control of individual citations you'll probably want to
use the \cmd{citereset} command, allied possibly with the
\textsf{biblatex}\ \texttt{citereset} option, on which see
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §3.1.2.1.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which
only affects users of the \texttt{british} language, restores the
previous package defaults, printing the \textsf{day} part of a
\textsf{date} specification as an ordinal number: 26th March 2017.
The new package default prints 26 March 2017, which is more in keeping
both with standard British usage and with the recommendations of the
\emph{Manual} (9.36).  The option is available only in the preamble.

\mylittlespace Originally
\mymarginpar{\texttt{postnotepunct}\\(experimental)} designed for the
notes \&\ bibliography style, this option may in fact be more useful in
the \textsf{authordate} styles.  If set to \texttt{true}, it allows
you to alter the punctuation that appears just before the
\textsf{postnote} argument of citation commands, simplifying in
particular the provision of comments within parenthetical citations.
In previous releases, you either needed to include the comment after a
page number, e.g., \cmd{autocite[16; some comment]\{citekey\}}, or
provide a separate .bib entry using the \textsf{customc} entry type,
e.g., \cmd{autocites\{chicago:man\-ual\}\{chicago:comment\}}.  With
this option enabled, \cmd{autocite[;\,some\,comment]\{citekey\}} will
do.  More generally, the \texttt{postnotepunct} option
allows you to start the \textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation
mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and have it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in
place of whatever the package might otherwise automatically have
chosen.  Please note that this functionality relies on a very nifty
macro by Philipp Lehman which I haven't extensively tested, so I'm
labeling this option \enquote{experimental.}  Note also that the
option only affects the \textsf{postnote} field of citation commands,
not the \textsf{pages} field in your .bib file.

\mylittlespace Kenneth Pearce \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandfull}} has
suggested that, in some fields of study, a list of shorthands
providing full bibliographical information may replace the list of
references itself.  This option, which must be used in tandem with
\texttt{cmslos=false}, prints this full information in the list of
shorthands, though of course you should remember that any .bib entry
not containing a \textsf{shorthand} field won't appear in such a list.
Please see the documentation of the \textsf{shorthand} field in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for information on further
options available to you for presenting and formatting the list of
shorthands.

\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{strict}} still-experimental
option attempts to follow the \emph{Manual}'s recommendations (14.36)
for formatting footnotes on the page, using no rule between them and
the main text unless there is a run-on note, in which case a short
rule intervenes to emphasize this continuation.  I haven't tested this
code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats
might interfere with it.  Let me know if it causes problems.

\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Björk pointed
out that when, using the \texttt{longcrossref} or
\texttt{booklongxref} options, you turn on the automatic abbreviation
of multiple entries in the same (e.g.) \textsf{collection} or
\textsf{mvcollection}, you could entirely lose a \textsf{url} that
might be helpful for locating a source, as the abbreviated forms in
the reference list wouldn't include this information.  Setting this
option to \textsf{true} either in the preamble or in individual
entries will allow the \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, or \textsf{eprint}
field to appear even in these abbreviated references.

\subsubsection{Style Options -- Entry}
\label{sec:authentryopts}

These options are settable on a per-entry basis in the
\textsf{options} field; both relate to the presentation of dates in
citations and the list of references.

\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}} 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} has simplified the options for entries with more than
one date (15.38).  You can choose among them using the
\texttt{cmsdate} entry option.  It has 3 possible states relevant to
this problem, alongside a fourth which I discuss below.  An example
should make this clearer.  Let us assume that an entry presents a
reprinted edition of a work by Smith, first published in 1926 (the
\textsf{origdate}) and reprinted in 1985 (the \textsf{date}):

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad off:] This is the default.  The citation will look like
  (Smith 1985).
\item[\qquad both:] The citation will look like (Smith [1926] 1985).
\item[\qquad on:] The citation will look like (Smith 1926).  NB: The
  \emph{Manual} no longer includes this among the approved options.
  If you want to present the \textsf{origdate} at the head of an
  entry, then generally speaking you should probably use
  \texttt{cmsdate=both}.  I have retained the option because in some
  cases it is still useful.  The 15th-edition options \texttt{new} and
  \texttt{old} work like \texttt{both}.
\end{description}

As I explained in detail above in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
s.v.\ \enquote{\textbf{date},}\ because \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
algorithms and automatic creation of the \textsf{extrayear} field
refer by default to the \textsf{date} before the \textsf{origdate}
when both are present, there may be situations when you need to have
the \emph{earlier} year in the \textsf{date} field, and the later one
in \textsf{origdate}, e.g., if you have another reprinted work by the
same author originally printed in the same year.
\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically detect this
switch, and given the same reprinted work as above, the results will
be as follows:

\begin{description}
\item[\qquad off:] This is the default.  The citation will look like
  (Smith 1926a).  This style is no longer recommended by the 16th
  edition of the \emph{Manual}.
\item[\qquad both:] The citation will look like (Smith [1926a] 1985).
  The 15th-edition options \texttt{old} and \texttt{new} are synonyms
  for this.
\item[\qquad on:] The citation will look like (Smith 1926a).  As noted
  above, this style is no longer recommended by the 16th edition of
  the \emph{Manual}.
\end{description}

If, \mymarginpar{\texttt{switchdates}} for any reason, simply
switching the \textsf{date} and the \textsf{origdate} isn't possible
in a given entry, then you can put \texttt{switchdates} in the
\textsf{options} field to achieve the same result.  Also, you can use
the preamble version \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}\\\emph{in
    preamble}} of \texttt{cmsdate} to change the default order of
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, generally making this date-switching in your
.bib file unnecessary.  Please take a look at the full documentation
of the \textbf{date} field to which I referred just above, at the
preamble \texttt{cmsdate} documentation in
section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, and also at
\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and \textsf{dates-test.bib} for examples
of how all this works.

\mylittlespace Bertold Schweitzer has brought to my attention certain
difficult corner cases involving cross-referenced works with more than
one date.  In order to facilitate the accurate presentation of such
sources, I made a slight change to the way \texttt{cmsdate=on}
and \texttt{cmsdate=both} work.  If, and only if, a work has only one
date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options}
field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} will both
result in the suppression of the \textsf{extrayear} field in that
entry.  Obviously, if the same options are set in the preamble, this
behavior is turned off, so that single-date entries will still work
properly without manual intervention.

\mylittlespace The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} now specifies
that it is \enquote{usually sufficient to cite newspaper and magazine
  articles entirely within the text} (15.47).  This will apply mainly
to \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries with
\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, and involves a parenthetical
citation giving the \textsf{journaltitle} and then the full
\textsf{date}, not just the year, with any other relevant identifying
information incorporated into running text.  (Cf.\ 14.206.)\ In order
to facilitate this, I have added a further switch to the
\texttt{cmsdate} option \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate=full}} ---
\texttt{full} --- which \emph{only} affects the presentation of
citations, and causes the printing of the full date specification
there.  You can use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{skipbib}
option to keep such entries from appearing in the list of references,
and you may, if your .bib entry is a complete one, also need
\texttt{useauthor=false} in order to ensure that the
\textsf{journaltitle} appears in the citations rather than the
\textsf{author}.

\subsection{General Usage Hints}
\label{sec:hints:auth}

\subsubsection{Loading the Styles}
\label{sec:loading:auth}

With the addition of the \textsf{authordate-trad} style to the
package, there are now three keys for choosing which style to load,
\texttt{notes}, \texttt{authordate}, and \textsf{authordate-trad}, one
of which you put in the options to the \cmd{usepackage} command.  With
early versions of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the standard way of
loading the package was via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, e.g.:
\begin{quote}
  \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,strict,backend=biber,\%\\
    babel=other,bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex\}}
\end{quote}
Now, the default way to load the style, and one that will in the
vast majority of standard cases produce the same results as the old
invocation, will look like this:
\begin{quote}
  \cmd{usepackage[authordate,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,\%\\
    bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
\end{quote}

If you read through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, you'll see that it
sets a number of \textsf{biblatex} options aimed at following the
Chicago specification, as well as setting a few formatting variables
intended as reasonable defaults (see section~\ref{sec:preset:authdate},
above).  Some parts of this specification, however, are plainly more
\enquote{suggested} than \enquote{required,} and indeed many
publishers, while adopting the main skeleton of the Chicago style in
citations, nonetheless maintain their own house styles to which the
defaults I have provided do not conform.

\mylittlespace If you only need to change one or two parameters, this
can easily be done by putting different options in the call to
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or redefining other formatting variables in
the preamble, thereby overriding the package defaults.  If, however,
you wish more substantially to alter the output of the package,
perhaps to use it as a base for constructing another style altogether,
then you may want to revert to the old style of invocation above.
You'll lose all the definitions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
including those to which I've already alluded and also the code that
sets the note number in-line rather than superscript in endnotes or
footnotes.  Also in this file is the code that calls all of the
package's localization files, which means that you'll lose all the
Chicago-specific bibstrings I've defined unless you provide, in your
preamble, a \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command, or several, adapted
for your setup, on which see section~\ref{sec:international} below and
also §§~4.9.1 and 4.11.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.

\mylittlespace What you \emph{will not} lose is the ability to call
the package options \texttt{annotation, strict, cmslos=false} and
\texttt{noibid} (section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, above), in case these
continue to be useful to you when constructing your own modifications.
There's very little code, therefore, actually in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, but I hope that even this minimal
separation will make the package somewhat more adaptable.  Any
suggestions on this score are, of course, welcome.

\subsubsection{Other Hints}
\label{sec:otherhints:auth}

Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the
author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to
process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
variants) will no longer provide all the required features.  This
document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if you wish to
continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need \textsf{biblatex}
version 1.4c and, if you have any problems with the current release,
possibly \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a.

\mylittlespace If your .bib file contains a large number of entries
with more than three authors, then you may run into some limitations
of the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} code.  The default settings are
\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references.  In
practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors,
will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate
to one in citations, like so: (Hlatky et al. 2002).  For the vast
majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the
Chicago author-date specification.  However, if \enquote{a reference
  list includes another work of the same date that would also be
  abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are
  different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations
  must distinguish between them} (15.28).  The (\textsf{Biber}-only)
\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, will automatically handle many of these
situations for you, but it is as well to understand that it does so by
temporarily suspending the limits, listed above, on how many names to
print in a citation.  Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex}
would present such a work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while
hlatky:hrt would be (Hlatky et al. 2002a).  This does distinguish
between them, but inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different
author lists are exactly the same.  With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two
citations might look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and
(Hlatky, Smith et al.\ 2002), which is what the specification
requires.

\mylittlespace If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further
down the author list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples
--- then the default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5
names printed, which can become awkwardly long.  In such a situation,
you can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this:
\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\}
and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive
Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the
references.  This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of
  Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,}
2002), again as the spec requires.  There is, unfortunately, no
simpler way that I know of to deal with this situation.

\mylittlespace One useful rule, when you are having difficulty
creating a .bib entry, is to ask yourself whether all the information
you are providing is strictly necessary.  The Chicago specification is
a very full one, but the \emph{Manual} is actually, in many
circumstances, fairly relaxed about how much of the data from a work's
title page you need to fit into a reference.  Authors of introductions
and afterwords, multiple publishers in different countries, the real
names of authors more commonly known under pseudonyms, all of these
are candidates for exclusion if you aren't making specific reference
to them, and if you judge that their inclusion won't be of particular
interest to your readers.  Of course, any data that may be of such
interest, and especially any needed to identify and track down a
reference, has to be present, but sometimes it pays to step back and
reevaluate how much information you're providing.  I've tried to make
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} robust enough to handle the most complex,
data-rich citations, but there may be instances where you can save
yourself some typing by keeping it simple.

% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Scot Becker has pointed out to me that the inverse
problem not only exists but may well become increasingly common, to
wit, .bib database entries generated by bibliographic managers which
helpfully provide as much information as is available, including
fields that users may well wish not to have printed (ISBN, URL, DOI,
\textsf{pagetotal}, inter alia).  The standard \textsf{biblatex}
styles contain a series of options, detailed in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}
§3.1.2.2, for controlling the printing of some of these fields, and I
have implemented others that are relevant to
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, along with a couple that Scot requested and
that may be of more general usefulness.  There is also a general
option to excise with one command all the fields under consideration
-- please see section~\ref{sec:authpreset} above.

\mylittlespace Finally, allow me to reiterate what
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} says, to wit, if you aren't going to use
\textsf{Biber}, use \textsf{bibtex8}, rather than standard
\textsc{Bib}\TeX, and avoid the cryptic errors that ensue when your
.bib file gets to a certain size.

\section{The \mycolor{\textsf{Jurisdiction}},
  \mycolor{\textsf{Legislation}}, and \mycolor{\textsf{Legal}} Entry
  Types}
\label{sec:legal}

I have received numerous requests over the years to include some means
of referring to legal and public documents which, broadly speaking,
don't fit easily into any of the standard \textsf{biblatex} entry
types.  The \emph{Manual} (14.281--317) recommends using the
\emph{Bluebook} as a guide for formatting such references, while also
suggesting certain modifications to this formatting to bring it more
into line with Chicago's usual practices.  \textsf{Biblatex-chicago}
now offers three entry types --- \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, and \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}} --- which
allow you to present at least a substantial subset of what the
\emph{Bluebook} offers.  As the rules for your .bib entries are the
same in the notes \&\ bibliography style and in the author-date
styles, and as these rules mainly come from a source outside the
\emph{Manual,} and additionally as these rules apparently require even
the author-date styles to use a system of foot- or endnotes (15.54), I
have documented these types in a section of their own, applicable to
all the Chicago styles.  (Some few changes needed when using the
author-date styles, mainly to do with citation commands, will be
outlined at the end.)  You can also consult the example files
\mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} and
\mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how you might construct
your database entries.

\subsection{Types, Subtypes, and Fields}
\label{sec:legal:types}

Anyone who has used the \emph{Bluebook} will realize that it is
hopeless to attempt to fit its labyrinthine complexities into three
entry types, but with the addition of numerous \textsf{entrysubtypes}
and some parsing by \textsf{Biber} under the hood, I hope to have
covered the main sorts of material discussed by the \emph{Manual}.  As
a first approximation, all three types begin from a structure
analogous to the standard \textsf{biblatex article} type, with a
number of subtle differences that I have attempted to make consistent
across the three.  Standard practice is to present the references
\emph{only} in notes, and not in a bibliography, so by default
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} excludes these types from the latter, though
you can control this using an option (see below).

\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}} type is for
presenting legal cases and court decisions.  A typical entry will
contain the following fields:

{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
\begin{description}
\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
\item[title] The case name as seen in the first, long note.
\item[shorttitle] The case name for subsequent, short
  notes, ordinarily either the plaintiff or the nongovernmental party.
\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] The reporter for the
  case, \emph{always} presented in a standard abbreviated form
  available in the \emph{Bluebook}.  You can place the abbreviation
  either in the \textsf{journaltitle} or in the \textsf{shortjournal}
  field.  If you wish to present your readers with a list of
  abbreviations with their expansions, then the expansion goes in
  \textsf{journaltitle} and the abbreviation in
  \textsf{shortjournal}.  (Cf.\
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
\item[pages \emph{or} issue] When using a standard official reporter,
  this will contain the opening page of the decision in that reporter,
  while any \textsf{postnote} field will contain the specific page on
  which a particular citation appears (a \enquote{pincite}).  When
  citing a commercial electronic database, on the other hand, you
  should give, instead of a \textsf{pages} field, the identifying
  number of the case using the \textsf{issue} field.
  \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} uses the presence of the \textsf{issue}
  field to provide the slightly different formatting required for
  citations from databases like Westlaw or LexisNexis.  When an
  \textsf{issue} field is present, then both the \textsf{pages} field
  and the \textsf{postnote} field can provide a pincite.  (Cf.\
  federal:case and database:case.)
\item[series] If you are citing an official reporter, then it may have
  a \textsf{series} number, which will be printed immediately after
  the name of the reporter.
\item[volume] The volume number of the reporter.  It will often be the
  same as the year when using a commercial electronic database, but
  you still need to provide it separately.
\item[number] The docket number of the case, generally required when
  the reporter is a commercial database.
\item[date] The date of the decision.
\item[location] The abbreviated name of the court, if it isn't clear
  from the reporter cited.  It will be associated with the
  \textsf{date} in American cases, but not in Canadian or UK case (see
  below).  Being a list field, it can contain more than one item, in
  case you need a separate set of parentheses to identify a
  jurisdiction as well as a court name in Canadian or UK cases (cf.\
  uk:case:square).
\end{description}}

These are, so to speak, the basic elements of a
\mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} citation, which may, depending on
specific circumstances, require supplementation by the following:

{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
\begin{description}
\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}    
\item[entrysubtype\{\mycolor{square}\} \textrm{or}
  \{\mycolor{round}\}] The \emph{Manual} includes examples for citing
  cases in Canada and in the United Kingdom, and the \texttt{square}
  \textsf{entrysubtype} identifies the reporter either as Canadian or
  as a UK reporter for which the year is essential to locating the
  case, that is, when \enquote{there is either no volume number or the
    volumes for each year are numbered anew, not cumulatively}
  (14.310).  The \texttt{round} subtype, by contrast, identifies a UK
  reporter where the volumes are numbered cumulatively, making the
  year inessential.  (The names refer to the shapes of the brackets
  placed around the year in each case.  Cf.\ canada:case,
  uk:case:round, and uk:case:square.)
\item[origlocation \textrm{or} origpublisher] If you need to cite more
  than one reporter for a given case, then there are two
  possibilities.  Either the second (and subsequent) reporter(s)
  use(s) the same pagination as the first (\textsf{origpublisher}) or
  the reporters use different pagination (\textsf{origlocation}).
  Since both are list fields, you can in theory provide several
  reporters, but please note that these fields are currently only
  provided for citations of American cases.  (Cf.\ state:case:2reps.)
\item[related] It may be necessary sometimes to indicate further
  action by another, higher court, such as the US Supreme Court's
  grant or denial of \emph{certiorari}.  The usual \textsf{related}
  mechanism is useful in such situations, particularly with a tailored
  \textsf{relatedstring} field.  (Cf.\ federal:lower:related.)
\end{description}}

This \colmarginpar{\textbf{legislation}} is the most complicated of
the new entry types, with several \textsf{entrysubtypes} and a number
of tricky corners, particularly with regard to the provision of
subsequent short notes after the first full citation.  It is intended
to cope with constitutions and with legislative and executive
documents of all kinds, with the exception of treaties, for which you
can use the \mycolor{\textsf{legal}} type, below.  In effect, the type
tries to cover federal, state, and municipal laws and ordinances,
statutes, bills, resolutions, reports, debates, hearings, presidential
and congressional documents, and constitutions, none of which it does
with particular elegance, so consider it a work in progress.  Many of
the fields have close analogues in the \textsf{jurisdiction} type, so
at least there is some bare minimum of consistency when dealing with
public and legal material.

{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
\begin{description}
\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
\item[author] Some kinds of material, usually reports, may have an
  \textsf{author}, often an organizational one.  (Cf.\ congress:report and
  uk:command.)
\item[title] Reports, bills, hearings and the like frequently have a
  \textsf{title} which, please note, quite frequently will not turn up
  in short notes, depending on which other fields are present.
\item[titleaddon] This field is considerably more important in
  \mycolor{\textsf{legislation}} entries than the \textsf{shorttitle}
  field, mainly because it will turn up in many short notes where the
  \textsf{title} will not.  It will frequently contain specifying
  information on legislative material, and will therefore often allow
  short notes to differentiate citations of sources that might have
  the same \textsf{title} but differ in other respects.  (Cf.\
  congress:publiclaw, congress:bill, and congress:report.)
\item[number] Gives an identifying number to a \textsf{title} or a
  \textsf{titleaddon}, prefixed with \cmd{bib\-string\{number\}}.  It
  too can appear in short notes.
\item[note] This gives a section or other specifying information
  related to a \textsf{titleaddon} and \textsf{number}.  (Cf.\
  congress:publiclaw.)
\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] There is usually a
  standard place for publishing various sorts of legislative material,
  and as in \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries it is
  \emph{always} presented in a standard abbreviated form available in
  the \emph{Bluebook}.  You can place the abbreviation either in the
  \textsf{journaltitle} or in the \textsf{shortjournal} field.  If you
  wish to present your readers with a list of abbreviations with their
  expansions, then the expansion goes in \textsf{journaltitle} and the
  abbreviation in \textsf{shortjournal}.  Like \textsf{titleaddon},
  this field will often appear in short notes.  (Cf.\
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
\item[volume] The volume number of the \textsf{shortjournal}.  It can
  be a cardinal or an ordinal, depending on the \textsf{shortjournal}.
  (Cf.\ congress:publiclaw and congress:bill.)
\item[series] In citations of American material, this will usually
  contain session information pertaining to a legislative publication.
  Elsewhere it will often contain just be a plain number, not unlike
  in \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries.  (Cf.\
  congress:debate:globe, state:statute:okla, and uk:hansard.)
\item[issue] This field can provide an identifying number in some
  circumstances, particularly when you don't want it prefixed by any
  bibstring --- cf.\ uk:command.
\item[pages] Somewhat similar to its use in
  \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries, this will usually contain
  the opening page, or sometimes the section number, of the material
  in the \textsf{shortjournal}, while any \textsf{postnote} field will
  contain the specific page on which a particular citation appears (a
  \enquote{pincite}).
\item[part \textrm{or} chapter] Some sources use \textsf{part} or
  \textsf{chapter} numbers instead of \textsf{pages} or sections.
  (Cf.\ canada:statute and uk:statute.)
\item[date] The date of publication of the material, usually just a
  \textsf{year}, though sometimes a full date, e.g., see
  executive:proclamation.
\item[location] If it is not clear from the \textsf{title} or the
  \textsf{shortjournal}, this field can specify, in abbreviated form,
  the US state where the legislative material originates.  It will be
  associated with the \textsf{date} in long notes, but will appear
  elsewhere in short notes.  (Cf.\ state:statute:okla.)
\item[usera] This specifies a particular edition, possibly from a
  commercial electronic data\-base, of a legislative publication.  It
  will be associated with the \textsf{date} in long notes but won't
  appear in short ones.  (Cf.\ congress:debate:new and
  state:statute:ky.)
\item[addendum] You can use this field to specify the speaker at
  hearings or in debates, the Canadian or British jurisdiction of some
  laws if not otherwise clear from the citation, or possibly simply
  additional information about a source.  (Cf.\ canada:statute,
  congress:debate:new, congress:hearing, state:statute:ky, and
  uk:statute.)
\item[entrysubtype] The sheer variety of sources included under the
  \mycolor{\textsf{legislation}} type, and the specialized rules for
  presenting them, have necessitated the introduction of a substantial
  network of \textsf{entrysubtypes}:
  {\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\mycolor{\textsf{#1}}:}
  \begin{description}
    \setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
  \item[canada] Identifies Canadian statutes (canada:statute).
  \item[constitution] For constitutions, be they federal, state, or
    local (constitution:ar\-kansas and constitution:federal).
    \textsf{Biber} will automatically detect if the \textsf{title}
    contains the string \texttt{Const} and provide the
    \textsf{entrysubtype} for you, but in other cases you'll have to
    provide it yourself.
  \item[hansard] Identifies UK parliamentary debates as published in
    \emph{Hansard}.  (Cf.\ uk:\break hansard.)
  \item[hearing] For congressional hearings (congress:hearing).
  \item[uk] Identifies UK statutes and command papers.  (Cf.\
    uk:command, uk:statute, and uk:statute:regnal.)
  \item[un] For UN documents (un:resolution).
  \end{description}}
\end{description}}

A glance through the \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} file should
help enormously when you're trying to work out how to present a
particular source, and all suggestions for pruning the foliage will be
welcome.

\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{legal}} type is intended as a
catch-all for miscellaneous public documents not included in the
previous two types, but for the moment the only sort of material for
which it is required is international treaties (14.302; treaty).  The
usual fields for such material include:

{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
\begin{description}
\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
\item[title] The treaty name as seen in the first, long note.
\item[shorttitle] The treaty name for subsequent, short notes.  You
  can also use the \textsf{shorthand} field in such entries.
\item[titleaddon] This contains the names of the countries involved
  in the treaty, in abbreviated form.
\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] The standard
  publication containing the treaty, \emph{always} presented in an
  abbreviated form available in the \emph{Bluebook}.  You can place
  the abbreviation either in the \textsf{journaltitle} or in the
  \textsf{shortjournal} field.  If you wish to present your readers
  with a list of abbreviations with their expansions, then the
  expansion goes in \textsf{journaltitle} and the abbreviation in
  \textsf{shortjournal}.  (Cf.\
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
\item[issue] This will contain the identifying number provided by the
  \textsf{shortjournal}.
\item[volume] The volume number of the \textsf{shortjournal}.
\item[date] The exact date of signing, as the year of publication can
  differ from it.
\item[pages] This, or a \textsf{postnote} field, can contain a
  specific page reference (\enquote{pincite}).
\end{description}}

\subsection{Citation Commands}
\label{sec:legal:citcommands}

The \emph{Bluebook} style mandates footnotes without a bibliography,
so it should be simple to include such references in the Chicago notes
\&\ bibliography style, which uses foot- or endnotes as standard.  The
usual citation commands should work as you expect, though I wouldn't
recommend the \cmd{textcite} commands, as they will produce surprising
and unsatisfactory results.  For users of the author-date styles,
however, the \emph{Bluebook} more or less requires you to adopt a
separate set of notes in addition to the standard author-year
citations, which means that for these three legal entry types you'll
have to remember to use new citation commands that I've provided:
\mycolor{\cmd{fullcite}}, \mycolor{\cmd{footfullcite}}, and
\mycolor{\cmd{parenfullcite}}.  The first prints the reference, the
second does so in a footnote, and the third does so inside
parentheses.

\subsection{Options}
\label{sec:legal:options}

Several new options allow you to control the presentation of legal
notes in your document.  The default settings are indicated in the
margins.

\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{legalnotes=true} option prevents the
printing of legal citations in a bibliography or reference list, as
the \emph{Bluebook} recommends.  You can change this to \texttt{false}
in the preamble of your document, but you should be aware that the
reference printed in the bibliography will be a clone of the long-note
form, as the \emph{Bluebook} doesn't provide an alternative version.

\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{noneshort=false} option controls the
availability of the short form of the note, intended for use in
subsequent citations of entries already presented in full notes.  By
default, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} attempts to provide
\emph{Bluebook}-authorized short versions of citations in this
situation, and some of the many \textsf{entrysubtypes} are at least
partially designed to cope with the complexities of the specification.
The \emph{Manual}, for its part, suggests that \enquote{works that
  cite only a few legal documents may be better off using the full
  form for each citation} (14.287).  In the author-date styles, you
can set this option to \texttt{true} either in the preamble or in
individual .bib entries to accomplish this.  Assuming you've only used
the \cmd{fullcite} commands for the \emph{Bluebook} entry types, the
option will only apply to such entries.  In the notes \&\ bibliography
style the global option would apply to all entry types, but you can,
in addition to the two methods available to author-date users, set
this to \texttt{true} on a type-by-type basis in your preamble.  It is
designed mainly for use with \emph{Bluebook} entries, but it might
perhaps be useful elsewhere.  Please be aware that, even with this
option on, the \emph{ibidem} mechanism remains in operation for
repeated citations, and also that the option may give surprising
results in the presence of \textsf{shorthand} fields and/or the
\texttt{shorthandfirst} and \texttt{short} options.

\mylittlespace I \colmarginpar{short=false} have ported this option,
already present in the notes \&\ bibliography style, to the
author-date styles to allow users to present short notes from the very
first citation.  I'm not certain what the use case might be for this,
as it's intended for saving space in documents where short notes can
point to references in a full bibliography.  Still, if for any reason
you need this you can set the option to \texttt{true} in the preamble.

\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{supranotes=\\true} is a
\emph{Bluebook}-specific option, and it produces, for some entry types
and subtypes, a back reference to the first, long note at the end of
subsequent, short citations.  It takes the form \enquote{\emph{supra}
  note \#,} and is available in all Chicago styles, though you'll only
see it in certain sorts of citation, automatically controlled by
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in accordance with the \emph{Bluebook}
specification.  If you prefer not to see such back references, you can
set the option to \texttt{false} either in the preamble or in
individual .bib entries.

\section{Internationalization}
\label{sec:international}

Several users have requested that, in line with analogous provisions
in other \enquote{American} \textsf{biblatex} styles (e.g.,
\textsf{biblatex-apa} and \textsf{biblatex-mla}), I include facilities
for producing a Chicago-like style in other languages.  I have
supplied three lbx files, \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, its clone
\textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}, and \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, in at least
partial fulfillment of this request.  For this release, Gustavo Barros
has very kindly provided \textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx} for speakers of
that language, thereby adding to the generous contributions of Stefan
Björk (\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}), Antti-Juhani Kaijahano
(\textsf{cms-finnish.lbx}), Baldur Kristinsson
(\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}), and Håkon Malmedal
(\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}, \textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx}, and
\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}).  I include \textsf{cms-british.lbx} in
order to simplify and to improve the package's handling of
non-American typographical conventions in English.  This means that
all --- or at least most --- of the Chicago-specific bibstrings are
now available for documents and reference apparatuses written in these
languages, with, as I intend, more languages to follow, limited mainly
by my finite time and even-more-finite competence.  (If you would like
to provide bibstrings for a language in which you want to work, or
indeed correct deficiencies in the lbx files contained in the package,
please contact me.)

\mylittlespace Using \mymarginpar{\textbf{babel}} these facilities is
fairly simple.  By default, and this functionality remains the same as
it was in the previous release of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, calls to
\cmd{DeclareLanguage\-Mapping} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
automatically load the American strings, and also \textsf{biblatex's}
American-style punctuation tracking, when you:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{american} as the main text
  language.
\item Load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{english} as the main text
  language.
\item[] \qquad \emph{or}
\item Do not load \textsf{babel} at all.
\end{enumerate}
(This last is a change from the \textsf{biblatex} defaults --- cp.\
§~3.10.1 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} --- but it seems to me reasonable,
in an American citation style, to expect this arrangement to work well
for the majority of users.)

\mylittlespace If, for whatever reason, you wanted to use
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} but retain British typographical conventions
--- punctuation outside of quotation marks, outer quotes single rather
than double, etc.\ --- then you no longer need to follow the
complicated rules outlined in previous releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  Instead, simply load \textsf{babel} with
the \texttt{british} option.

\mylittlespace If you want to use Brazilian Portuguese, Finnish,
French, German, Icelandic, Norwegian, or Swedish strings in the
reference apparatus, then you can load \textsf{babel} with
\texttt{brazilian}, \texttt{finnish}, \texttt{french},
\texttt{german}, \texttt{icelandic}, \texttt{ngerman}, \texttt{norsk},
\texttt{nynorsk}, or \texttt{swedish} as the main document language.
You no longer need any calls to \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} in your
document preamble, since \textsf{bib\-latex-chicago.sty} automatically
provides these if you load the package in the standard way.

\mylittlespace You can also define which bibstrings to use on an
entry-by-entry basis by using the \textsf{hyphenation} field in your
bib file, but you will have to make sure that the Chicago-specific
strings for the given language are loaded using a
\cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} call in the preamble.  Indeed, if
\texttt{american} isn't the main text language when loading
\textsf{babel}, then in order to have access to those strings you'll
need \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping\break\{american\}\{cms-american\}} in
your preamble, as \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} won't load it for you.

\mylittlespace Three other hints may be in order here.  Please note,
first, that I haven't altered the standard punctuation procedures used
in any of the other available languages, so commas and full stops will
appear outside of quotation marks, and those quotation marks
themselves will be language-specific.  If, for whatever reason, you
wish to follow the Chicago specification and move punctuation inside
quotation marks, then you'll need a declaration of this sort in your
preamble:

\begin{quote}
  \cmd{DefineBibliographyExtras\{german\}\{\%}\\
  \hspace*{2em}\cmd{DeclareQuotePunctuation\{.,\}\}}
\end{quote}

Second, depending on the nature of your bibliography database, it will
only rarely be possible to process the same bib file in different
languages and obtain completely satisfactory results.  Fields like
\textsf{note} and \textsf{addendum} will often contain
language-specific information that won't be translated when you switch
languages, so manual intervention will be necessary.  If you suspect
you may have a need to use the same bib file in different languages,
you can minimize the amount of manual intervention required by using
the bibstrings defined either by \textsf{biblatex} or by
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  Here, a quick read through
\textsf{notes-test.bib} and/or \textsf{dates-test.bib} should give you
an idea of what is available for this purpose --- see esp.\ the
strings \texttt{by}, \texttt{nodate}, \texttt{newseries},
\texttt{number}, \texttt{numbers}, \texttt{oldseries},
\texttt{pseudonym}, \texttt{reviewof}, \texttt{revisededition}, and
\texttt{volume}, and also section \ref{sec:formatcommands} above,
esp.\ s.v.\ \enquote{\cmd{partedit}.}

\mylittlespace Finally, the French and German bibstrings I have
provided may well break with established bibliographical traditions in
those languages, but my main concern when choosing them was to remain
as close as possible to the quirks of the Chicago specification.  I
have entirely relied on the judgment of the creators of the Finnish,
Icelandic, Norwegian, and Swedish localizations in those instances.
If you have strong objections to any of the strings, or indeed to any
of my formatting decisions, please let me know.

\section{One\,.bib Database, Two Chicago Styles}
\label{sec:twostyles}

I have, when designing this package, attempted to keep at least half
an eye on the possibility that users might want to re-use a .bib
database in documents using the two different Chicago styles.  The
extensive unification of the two styles in the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} has simplified things, and though I have no idea whether
this will even be a common concern, I still thought I might gather in
this section the issues that a hypothetical user might face.  The two
possible conversion vectors are by no means symmetrical, so I provide
two lists, items within the lists appearing in no particular order.
These may well be incomplete, so any additions are welcome.

\subsection{Notes -> Author-Date }
\label{sec:conv:notesauth}

This is, I believe, the simpler conversion, as most well-constructed
.bib entries for the notes \&\ bibliography style will nearly
\enquote{just work} in author-date, but here are a few caveats
nonetheless:

\begin{enumerate}
\item \textbf{NB:} Unless you are using \textsf{authordate-trad}, the
  formatting of titles in the two styles is now the same, which means
  you would no longer need to worry about extra curly brackets and
  their effects on capitalization.  If you are using
  \textsf{authordate-trad}, please see the caveats in the
  documentation of the \textsf{title} field in
  section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
\item You may need to reevaluate your use of shorthands, given that by
  default the author-date styles use them in place of authors rather
  than in place of the whole citation.  The preamble option
  \textsf{cmslos=false} may help, but this may leave your document
  out-of-spec.
\item The potential problem with multiple author lists containing more
  than three names doesn't arise in the notes \&\ bibliography style,
  so the \textsf{shortauthor} fields in such entries may need
  alteration according to the instructions in
  section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth} above.
\item Date presentation is relatively simple in notes \&\
  bibliography, so you'll need to contemplate the \texttt{cmsdate}
  options from sections~\ref{sec:authuseropts} and
  \ref{sec:authentryopts} when doing the conversion to author-date.
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Author-Date -> Notes}
\label{sec:conv:authnotes}

It is my impression that an author-date .bib database is somewhat
easier to construct in the first instance, but subsequently converting
it to notes \&\ bibliography is a little more onerous.  Here are some
of the things you may need to address:

\begin{enumerate}
\item If you've decided against using the \cmd{partedit} macro and
  friends from section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} above, commands
  not strictly necessary for author-date, you'll need to insert them
  now.
\item In general, you need to be more careful in notes \&\ bibliography
  about capitalization issues.  Fields which only appear once in
  author-date --- in the list of references --- may appear in both
  long notes and in the bibliography, in different syntactic contexts,
  so a quick perusal of the documentation of the \cmd{autocap} macro
  in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} above may help.
\item You also need to be more careful about the use of abbreviations,
  e.g., in journal names, where the author-date style is more liberal
  in their use than the notes \&\ bibliography style.  (Cf.\ 14.179.)
  The bibstrings mechanism and package options sort much of this out
  automatically, but not all.
\item The \textsf{shorttitle} field is used extensively in notes \&\
  bibliography to keep short notes short, so you may find that you
  need to add a fair number of these to an author-date database.  In
  general this field is ignored by the latter style, so this, too,
  will be a one-time conversion.
\item You may need to add \textsf{letter} entries if you are citing
  just one letter from a published collection.  See
  section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, s.v. \enquote{letter,} above.
\item The default shorthand presentation differs from one style to the
  other.  You may need to reconsider how you use this field when
  making the conversion.
\item As I explained above in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, s.v.\
  \enquote{date,} I have included compatibility code in
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for the \texttt{cmsdate} (silently
  ignored) and \texttt{switchdates} options, along with the automatic
  mechanism for reversing \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}.  This
  means that you can, in theory, leave all of this alone in your .bib
  file when making the conversion, though I'm retaining the right to
  revise this if the code in question demonstrably interferes with the
  functioning of the notes \&\ bibliography style.
\end{enumerate}

\section{Interaction with Other Packages}
\label{sec:otherpacks}

For \mymarginpar{\textbf{endnotes}} users of the \textsf{endnotes}
package --- or of \textsf{pagenote} --- \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 offers
considerably enhanced functionality.  Please read the package's
RELEASE file and the documentation of the \texttt{notetype} option in
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} §~3.1.2.1.

\mylittlespace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{memoir}} problem I have
found occurs because the \textsf{memoir} class provides its own
commands for the formatting of foot- and end-note marks.  By default,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses superscript numbers in the text, and
in-line numbers in foot- or end-notes, but I have turned this off when
the \textsf{memoir} class is loaded, reasoning that users of that
package may well have their own ideas about such formatting.

\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{ragged2e}} footnote mark code
I've just mentioned also causes problems for the \textsf{rag\-ged2e}
package, but in this case a simple workaround is to load
\textsf{biblatex} \emph{after} you've loaded \textsf{ragged2e} in your
document preamble.

%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace Nick \mymarginpar{\textbf{Xe\LaTeX}} Andrewes alerted
me to problems that appeared when he used the Xe\LaTeX\ engine to
process his files.  These included spurious punctuation after
quotation marks in some situations, and also failures in the automatic
capitalization routines.  Some of these problems disappeared when I
switched to using \textsf{biblatex's} punctuation-tracking code for
\enquote{American} styles, but some remained.  A bug report from
J.~P.~E.~Harper-Scott suggested a new way of addressing the issue, and
newer versions of Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package incorporate a
full fix.  This, thankfully, doesn't require turning off any of
Xe\LaTeX 's features, and indeed merely involves upgrading to the
latest version of \textsf{csquotes}, which I recommend doing in any
case.  Compatibility with the EU1 encoding is now standard in that
package.

\section{TODO \&\ Known Bugs}
\label{sec:bugs}

This release implements the 16th edition of the \emph{Chicago Manual
  of Style}.  It also contains a version of the author-date style
(\textsf{authordate-trad}) with traditional title formatting,
alongside the \textsf{authordate} code which unifies the treatment of
titles between itself and the notes \&\ bibliography style.  I
strongly encourage users to migrate to one of the styles implementing
the most recent specification, as I am focusing all of my development
and testing time there.  With the current release I am removing the
15th-edition styles, long obsolete, in preparation for the move to the
17th edition in the next feature release.

\mylittlespace Regardless of which edition you are considering, there
remain things I haven't implemented.  The solution in brown:bre\-mer
to multi-part journal articles obviously isn't optimal, and I should
investigate a way of making it simpler.  If the kludge presented there
doesn't appeal, you can always, for the time being, refer separately
to the various parts.  If you have other issues with particular sorts
of citation, I'm of course happy to take them on board.  The
\emph{Manual} covers an enormous range of materials, but it seems to
me that the available entry types could be pressed into service to
address the vast majority of them.  If this optimism proves misguided,
please let me know.

\mylittlespace I haven't yet explored the possible uses in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for the \textsf{biblatex}
\textsf{datelabelsource} field, new in \textsf{biblatex} 2.8, nor have
I implemented automatic compression of date ranges to go along with
that provided for page ranges.

\mylittlespace Kenneth L. Pearce has reported a bug that appears when
using multiple citation commands inside the \textsf{annotation} field
of annotated bibliographies.  If you run into this problem, he
suggests placing all the citations together in parentheses at the end
of the annotation, though on my machine this doesn't always work too
well, either.

\mylittlespace Roger Hart, Pierric Sans, and a number of other users
have reported a bug in the formatting of title fields.  This, as far
as I can tell, has to do with the interaction between
\cmd{MakeSentenceCase} and certain characters at the start of the
title, particularly Unicode ones.  If you are using
\textsf{authordate-trad}, it may help for the moment to put an empty
set of curly braces \{\}\ at the start of the field, but I shall look
into this further.

%\enlargethispage{-4\baselineskip}

\mylittlespace This release fixes the formatting errors of which I am
aware.  There remain the larger issues I've discussed throughout this
documentation, which mainly represent my inability to make all of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago's} formatting functions transparent for the
user, but thankfully \textsf{biblatex's} superb punctuation-tracking
code preemptively fixed a great many small errors, some of which I
hadn't even noticed before I began testing that functionality.  That
there are other micro-bugs seems certain --- if you report them I'll
do my best to fix them.

\section{Revision History}
\label{sec:history}

\textbf{1.0rc5: Released \today}

\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:\label{deprec:obsol}
\begin{itemize}
\item As Nikola Le\v{c}i\'c spotted, recent releases of
  \textsf{biblatex} have introduced some compatibility problems for
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, particularly with regard to the handling
  of the \textsf{origlanguage} field (now a list), but also through
  the renaming of several other fields and declarations (e.g.\
  \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}}).  I have improved the
  handling of the \textsf{origlanguage} list by including many new
  bibstrings in the package's localization files, but other changes to
  formatting macros have made backward compatibility with older
  releases of \textsf{biblatex} difficult or impossible.  Please
  upgrade to version 3.10 --- which has received the most testing ---
  to use these styles.
\item As I mentioned in the Notice (section~\ref{sec:Notice}), the
  17th edition of the \emph{Manual} has now appeared, and my
  development energies from this point will be devoted to upgrading
  all styles to conform to it.  You can still file bug reports against
  the 16th edition, but the next major feature release will be based
  on the 17th.  In preparation for these changes, I have removed all
  the 15th-edition files from the package.
\end{itemize}

Other New Features:

\begin{itemize}
\item After fielding multiple requests over the years, I have added
  three new entry types --- \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
  \mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, and \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}} --- to
  allow the presentation of court cases, laws, treaties, congressional
  (parliamentary) debates and hearings, constitutions, and executive
  documents.  The first (\mycolor{\texttt{round}} and
  \mycolor{\texttt{square}}) and last (\mycolor{\texttt{canada}},
  \mycolor{\texttt{constitution}}, \mycolor{\texttt{hansard}},
  \mycolor{\texttt{hearing}}, \mycolor{\texttt{uk}}, and
  \mycolor{\texttt{un}}) introduce a number of new
  \textsf{entrysubtypes} to help with formatting quirks, including the
  presentation of Canadian and UK materials for inclusion in an
  otherwise US context.  There are also several new options
  (\mycolor{\texttt{legalnotes}}, \mycolor{\texttt{noneshort}},
  \mycolor{\texttt{short}}, and \mycolor{\texttt{supranotes}}) for
  controlling the output.  I have documented all of this in
  section~\ref{sec:legal} above, a separate section both because the
  specification really comes from the \emph{Bluebook} rather than the
  \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry types
  treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
  author-date styles (itself a formatting quirk).  You can also look
  at the sample files \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} and
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how you might
  construct your database entries.  Support for \emph{Bluebook}
  citations is in its infancy, so if you have ideas for sorting out
  its complexities more elegantly or spot any inaccuracies then I
  would be happy to hear about it.  The implementation is intended
  mainly for American documents, but there is some rudimentary
  localization for the other languages supported by
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  The actual citations in such contexts
  would, let it be noted, fall outside of the \emph{Bluebook} spec.
\item I am grateful to Gustavo Barros for providing a Brazilian
  Portuguese localization for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, contained in
  the \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}} file.
\item Gustavo also pointed out a couple of instances where the
  package's \textsf{bibstrings} couldn't accommodate the needs of his
  localization, so with his help I've split the \texttt{recorded}
  string into \texttt{discrecorded} and \texttt{songrecorded}, then
  added it to all the .lbx files.  I've also added two new
  \textsf{bibstrings} for the \textsf{lista} field format:
  \mycolor{\texttt{subverbo}} and \mycolor{\texttt{subverbis}}.  I've
  added them to all the .lbx files, but only
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}} differs from the default.  If
  other languages need this change please let me know.
\item The same user also suggested a fix to \textbf{patent} entries:
  removing the comma from between the dates when the language doesn't
  use a comma in lists.
\item Timo Thoms pointed out some annoying inconsistencies when using
  the \textsf{hyperref} package with the author-date styles, and I
  have attempted to rectify them.  In citations, only the
  \textsf{date} portion should act as a link, if there is a
  \textsf{date}, otherwise a \textsf{title} or perhaps a
  \textsf{shorthand} will link to the entry in the list of references.
  If you have entries that you believe should present hyperlinks but
  don't, you can try setting the new \mycolor{\texttt{hypertitle}}
  option in their \textsf{options} fields.  Alternately, you can set
  the option to \texttt{true} globally in the preamble and then
  \textsf{titles} and \textsf{shorthands} will serve as links whether
  there's a \textsf{date} or not.  Cf.\
  section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, above.
\item Bertold Schweitzer requested that the styles allow using the
  string \texttt{forth\-coming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field to
  present sources that are yet to be published.  This is now supported
  in all styles, and has the additional benefit of rendering recourse
  to the \cmd{autocap} command unnecessary, as the styles print
  \cmd{bibstring\{forthcoming\}} where the \textsf{year} would
  normally appear.  Using the \textsf{year} field itself is, of
  course, still supported too.
\item The same user requested that I allow
  \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}} as an exact synonym of
  \texttt{magazine} in the \textsf{entrysubtype} field of
  \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, \textsf{periodical}, and
  \textsf{suppperiodical} entries.  I have provided this in all
  styles, and whereever you see \texttt{magazine} in this
  documentation then \texttt{newspaper} will work in exactly the same
  way.
\item Bertold also suggested that, following the example of Philip
  Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa} package, I support the use of
  \textsf{related} functionality when presenting reviews, so that you
  can, for example, easily present multiple reviews of the same item.
  I have provided this functionality in all styles.  To enable it
  you'll need to set the \textsf{relatedtype} field to
  \mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, or
  \textsf{suppperiodical} types.  You should also read the
  documentation in section \ref{sec:related} or \ref{sec:authrelated},
  above, as this \textsf{relatedtype} works somewhat differently from
  the others.  The standard, manual way of citing such works remains,
  of course, available.
\item Jan David Hauck suggested that there was a need for an
  \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}} \textsf{entrysubtype} to the
  \textsf{report} type, which would present the \textsf{title} in
  quotation marks (or plain roman in \textsf{authordate-trad}) instead
  of italics.  I can't quite tell if the \emph{Manual} agrees, but I
  have fulfilled this request in all styles.
\item The same user pointed out that standard \textsf{biblatex} and
  the discussion in the \emph{Manual} both suggest providing
  \textsf{venue}, \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and
  \textsf{eventtitleaddon} fields for the \textsf{unpublished} type,
  thereby allowing for the further specification of unpublished
  conference papers and the like.  I have added these fields in all
  styles.
\item At the request of N.\ Andrew Walsh, the notes \&\ bibliography
  style now offers a way to disambiguate references to different
  sources which would ordinarily produce identical short notes, that
  is, where the \textsf{author} and \textsf{labeltitle} are the same.
  \textsf{Biblatex's} \texttt{uniquework} option is now active by
  default, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides three new user
  options, one for choosing a disambiguating field, one for setting
  the punctuation between that field and the rest of the short note,
  and one for formatting the field using parentheses or square
  brackets --- \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}},
  \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrapunct}}, and
  \mycolor{\texttt{shortextraformat}}, respectively.  Please see
  section~\ref{sec:useropts}, above, for the details, and note that
  \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}} has to be set for the mechanism
  to print anything at all.
\item User Pétùr spotted two long-standing bugs: first, that the
  \texttt{url=false} option didn't stop the printing of the
  \textsf{urldate}, and second that empty parentheses would appear in
  some circumstances around non-existent dates in the author-date
  styles.  I have fixed both.
\item Philipp Immel wondered whether I could address a long-standing
  bug when presenting a \textsf{subtitle} after a \textsf{title} that
  ends in an exclamation point or question mark.  This bug has existed
  since the first release of the 16th-edition styles, and I think I've
  finally solved it now after the release of the \emph{Manual's }17th
  edition.  (Cf.\ batson.)
\end{itemize}

\textbf{1.0rc4: Released May 2, 2017}

\mylittlespace Another bug-fix release.

\begin{itemize}
\item Marko Wenzel reported, and helped to fix, a fairly major problem
  with the date handling in the author-date styles, an issue I hadn't
  spotted when doing the date-related updates for 1.0rc2.
\item I've also fixed a long-standing inaccuracy in the date-handling
  code of \textbf{patent} entries in the author-date styles.  Such
  entries now behave as the documentation claims they do.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{1.0rc3: Released April 20, 2017}

\mylittlespace This is a minor bug-fix release.

\begin{itemize}
\item Charles Schaum reported a whitespace bug that appeared when
  using multiple languages with \textsf{Babel}.  This was introduced
  in the last release by some careless editing by me, and should be
  fixed now.
\item Charles also pointed me to a discussion about a problem using
  \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ with \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago}.  Ulrike Fischer
  very kindly suggested an elegant solution, and I have integrated it
  into this release.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{1.0rc2: Released March 26, 2017}

\mylittlespace This is an interim release designed mainly to fix a
number of subtle issues, pointed out by several users, that appear
when you use the newest version of \textsf{biblatex} (3.7).  These
were mostly concentrated in the date-handling code, which I believe
now behaves correctly, and should do both with the newest
\textsf{biblatex} and with somewhat older releases.  A much larger set
of new features is still pending, but I have fixed some other bugs and
added a few new options:

\begin{itemize}
\item J.~P.~E.~Harper-Scott pointed out that, in ordinary British
  usage, day numbers are presented as plain cardinals rather than
  ordinals.  The \emph{Manual} itself also prefers this format, not
  only for American-style dates but also for British ones, so I think
  the previous behavior of the package was a bug.  I have in both
  styles set the default presentation of British day numerals to be
  plain cardinals, providing a new preamble option
  \mycolor{\texttt{ordinalgb}} restoring the previous default and
  printing ordinal dates when using the \texttt{british} language with
  \textsf{Babel}.
\item I have, in both styles, attempted to provide an improved
  \cmd{partedit} macro, the old one being inconvenient for users
  writing in French.  The new macro should work now without manual
  intervention to provide the correct form of the preposition (de or
  d').  If you are using the \texttt{french} option to \textsf{Babel},
  please take care to remove any hand-formatting you might have
  provided in these contexts.
\item Jan David Hauck has both reported a bug in the \cmd{gentextcite}
  code in the author-date styles and also pointed me to its solution,
  as provided by moewe on
  \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/326472/gentextcites-multiple-books-same-author-biblatex-chicago/326628#326628}{Stackexchange}.
  It turned out there were other bugs in that code, now also fixed.
\item User laudecir requested a way to present a \textsf{shorthand}
  even in the first citation of a given work.  The new
  \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandfirst}} option in the notes \&\
  bibliography style can be set to \texttt{true} either in the
  preamble or in individual entries, and should make this
  functionality simpler to activate than the \cmd{shorthandcite}
  command.
\item Also in the notes \&\ bibliography style, Stefan Björk requested
  a way to turn off the printing of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and
  \textsf{eprint} information in notes but not in the bibliography.
  The new \mycolor{\texttt{urlnotes}} option, which you can set to
  \texttt{false} in the preamble or in individual entries, provides
  this.  Please note that it does not apply to \textsf{online}
  entries.
\item Several users pointed out the presence of warnings in .log files
  caused by deprecated grammar in the default Sorting Schemes of both
  styles.  These should now be fixed.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{1.0rc1: Released June 7, 2016}

\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item The 15th-edition styles are now obsolete, and have been moved to
  a new \mycolor{\texttt{obsolete}} subdirectory.  You can still use
  them as they stand, but they won't compile against the newest
  \textsf{biblatex}, so you'll have to make sure that you have an
  older version (2.9a, perhaps).  If you are still using them, I
  strongly urge you to consider switching to the the 16th-edition
  styles, which contain many new features and bug-fixes.
\item The old Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is
  deprecated, and has been replaced by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
  \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}}.  If you have been using the former in
  your preamble or in your .bib entries, please replace it with the
  latter, which works better across the board.  \texttt{Usecompiler}
  still \enquote{works,} just not very well.
\end{itemize}

Other New Features:

\begin{itemize}
\item Stefan Björk has very generously provided a Swedish localization
  file for the package --- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}} ---
  which can be loaded and used with \textsf{babel} just like the other
  localizations.
\item I have added support for \mycolor{\textbf{related}}
  functionality to all the Chicago styles, including all the standard
  \textsf{biblatex} \mycolor{\textbf{relatedtypes}}.  It is turned on
  by default in all styles, but you can turn it off, or alter where
  the information is printed, using the \mycolor{\texttt{related}}
  option in the preamble or in individual entries.  In the notes \&\
  bibliography style, \textsf{related} information is printed by
  default only in the bibliography, but you can change that by setting
  the option.  In the author-date styles, it will only ever print in
  the list of references, depending on the option's setting.  Please
  see sections~\ref{sec:related} and \ref{sec:authrelated} for the
  details.
\item I have improved the name-handling code in all styles,
  regularizing the functioning of the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb},
  and \textsf{namec} fields with respect to the other, standard
  \textsf{biblatex} names.  The former two in particular are newly
  available in the \textsf{collection} and \textsf{periodical} entry
  types, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now recognizes the standard
  \mycolor{\texttt{usenamea}}, \mycolor{\texttt{usenameb}}, and
  \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}} toggles, the last replacing the
  deprecated \texttt{usecompiler} (as above).  You can also now use
  the \mycolor{\textbf{nameatype}} field just as you would an
  \textsf{editortype}, extending the possibilities for identifying
  certain roles attached specifically to \textsf{titles} as opposed to
  \textsf{booktitles} or \textsf{maintitles}.
\item After a request by user BenVB, I have added support for the
  \textsf{biblatex} \mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} field, which
  allows you to present abbreviated \textsf{journaltitles} in all the
  styles.  You can use the \mycolor{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option to
  control where in your document these abbreviated forms will appear.
  By default, the field is ignored in the notes \&\ bibliography
  style, and appears only in citations in the author-date styles.  You
  can also print a list of journal abbreviations, rather in the manner
  of a list of shorthands, using a command like:
  \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}.  Even though the
  \textsf{periodical} entry type uses the \textsf{title} and
  \textsf{shorttitle} fields in place of \textsf{journaltitle} and
  \textsf{shortjournal}, these entries are included in this
  functionality, and controlled by the same \texttt{journalabbrev}
  option.  Please see s.v.\ \enquote{shortjournal} in
  sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}.
\item Following a request by Arne Skjærholt, and his generous
  provision of some code to get me started, I have implemented a new
  \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcite}} citation command in all styles.  The
  \enquote{gen} part of the name refers to the genitive case, and it
  adds a possessive ending --- \textbf{'s} by default --- to the
  author's name in what is otherwise an ordinary \cmd{textcite}.  You
  can change the added ending however you want, using a third optional
  field to the citation command, and you can control to which names
  the ending is added in a \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}} multicite
  command by using the \mycolor{\texttt{genallnames}} preamble and
  entry option.  Please see sections~\ref{sec:citecommands} and
  \ref{sec:cite:authordate} for the details.
\item Stefan Björk pointed out that \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and
  \textsf{eprint} information could be totally ignored in some entries
  when you used the abbreviated cross-referencing functionality
  accessed through the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} fields.  At
  his request, I have provided a new \mycolor{\texttt{xrefurl}} entry
  and preamble option for all the styles to control the printing of
  this information in abbreviated notes or bibliography (reference
  list) entries.  Please see sections~\ref{sec:useropts} and
  \ref{sec:authuseropts} for the details.
\item In a related change, I have stopped child entries inheriting
  \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} fields from their
  cross-ref'd parents, so if your documents rely on this behavior
  please note that you'll have to provide such fields manually in the
  child entries.
\item Roger Hart long ago requested a way to control the punctuation
  before \textsf{book-}, \textsf{main-}, or plain \textsf{titleaddon}
  fields, and I have finally added it in this release in the form of
  two entry and preamble options, \mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and
  \mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}}, available in all styles.  By
  default, the former prints \cmd{addperiod}\cmd{addspace}, hence its
  name, and the latter\,\cmd{addcomma}\cmd{addspace}, but you can
  change either or both depending on which field you are using and
  which sort of entry it appears in --- the default output can be your
  guide to which option(s) to change.  Please see the available valid
  option keys in sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and
  \ref{sec:authpreset}.
\item The same user also long ago requested that the notes \&\
  bibliography style make it possible to use \emph{Idem} when two
  consecutive notes cite different works by the same author.  You can
  now use the standard \textsf{biblatex} option
  \texttt{idemtracker=constrict} in your preamble to activate this in
  your documents, but please be aware, first, that the \emph{Manual}
  doesn't exactly approve of this and, second, that you'll only see
  \emph{Idem} in short notes, never in full ones, which seems to be
  the standard (\textsf{biblatex}) way of implementing this.
\item Also only in the notes \& bibliography style, I have added a
  \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandpunct}} option to control the punctuation
  that appears before the first appearance of a \textsf{shorthand}
  and/or a \textsf{shorthandintro} in a long note.  The default is
  \cmd{addspace}, but you can change it in your preamble or in
  individual entries.  Please see the available valid option keys in
  section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}.
\item After reading a discussion started by Ryo Furue at
  \href{https://github.com/plk/biblatex/issues/363}{github}, I have
  added, in the author-date styles only, a test to some spacing
  commands to prevent line breaks immediately after abbreviation dots.
  These tests apply only in running text, never in the list of
  references, where good line breaks are already hard enough to find.
\item In addition to moving the 15th-edition styles into an
  \texttt{obsolete} subdirectory, I have also reorganized the
  author-date style files, adding
  \mycolor{\textsf{chicago-dates-common.cbx}} which contains the code
  that is common to the \texttt{trad} and the standard
  \texttt{authordate} styles.  Nothing has changed in terms of loading
  the styles, the changes being designed primarily to ease
  maintenance.
\item I have created two new documentation files (and an appendix) to
  provide short introductions to the Chicago styles, introductions
  which attempt to fill the gap between the Quickstart section
  (\ref{quickstart}) and the fuller documentation contained in
  sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and \ref{sec:authdate} of this file.  Both
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf}} and
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}} are fully hyperlinked so you
  can move easily from formatted citations and (annotated) references
  to .bib entries and back, with marginal references to the fuller
  discussions here.  There is also a short
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf}} file to discuss a few
  entries that would need special treatment for the \texttt{trad}
  style.  The \textsf{sample} files for each style still exist, but I
  intend them mainly for testing purposes, while many more (annotated)
  entries are still available for consultation in
  \textsf{notes-test.bib} and \textsf{dates-test.bib}.
\item I have made a number of other small enhancements to and fixed
  numerous bugs in all the styles, including some subtle inaccuracies
  in author-date citations spotted by Arne Skjærholt and some macros
  in \textsf{inproceedings} entries that had been missing for years.
  I have provided some default values for counters in
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} that aid in breaking long
  \textsf{urls} across lines, but I make no pretense that these fully
  adhere to the \emph{Manual's} specifications.  I have added a few
  \texttt{bibstrings}, currently missing in standard
  \textsf{biblatex}, to \textsf{cms-german.lbx} for use with the
  \mycolor{\textsf{related}} functionality.  Recommendations for
  better ones would be gratefully received.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9i: Released May 16, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item This is another interim release, allowing the use of
  \textsf{biblatex} 3.4 for those who want to try it.  I have also
  fixed one old formatting error when \enquote{n.d.} appears in
  author-date citations.  A full feature-release based on 3.4 is
  imminent.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9h: Released March 22, 2016}
\begin{itemize}
\item This is an interim bug-fix release, updating the styles so that
  they will work with \textsf{biblatex} 3.3.  The notes \&\
  bibliography style, as pointed out by several users, wouldn't
  compile at all with the newest \textsf{biblatex} version, and all
  styles had inaccuracies in the presentation of names due to changes
  in the name-handling code in \textsf{biblatex}.  I've done some
  testing against \textsf{biblatex} 3.3, and fixed all the errors I've
  spotted, but there may still be parts of my code that need updating
  to work well with the current version, so you can still downgrade to
  an earlier \textsf{biblatex} --- I recommend 2.9a --- if 3.3 doesn't
  work for you.  The next release will be a feature release, so if
  you've made a request, it should be fulfilled then.

\item I've also fixed a couple of long-standing bugs, one in the entry
  options controlling abbreviated cross-references and another in the
  formatting of the \textsf{prenote} field, the latter identified
  (ages ago) by Bernd Rellermeyer.

\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9g: Released August 21, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item Alexandre Roberts found a showstopper in the functionality
  related to the new \mycolor{\texttt{inheritshorthand}} option in the
  notes \&\ bibliography style, and I found an unpleasant bug in the
  formatting of abbreviated cross-references in the same style.  This
  release, I hope, fixes both, but is in all other respects identical
  to 0.9.9f.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9f: Released August 15, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item I've made the alterations needed to bring the styles into line
  with the latest version of \textsf{biblatex} (2.9a).  This is the
  version that has been tested most thoroughly with
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I strongly recommend using it.
\item I fixed several inaccuracies in the presentation of abbreviated
  cross-referen\-ces in all the Chicago styles, and while I was working
  on that portion of the code it seemed an opportune moment to fulfill
  some feature requests bearing on the same area of functionality.
\item First, following a request from Alexandre Roberts, I have added
  the \mycolor{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} option to the notes \&\
  bibliography style, which allows child entries to inherit the
  \textsf{shorthand} field from their parents.  This in turn allows
  the \textsf{shorthand} itself to appear in place of the usual
  abbreviated citation of parent entries cross-referenced by several
  different child entries, thereby saving some space.  (This behavior
  was already available in the author-date styles, so the option is
  unnecessary there.)  You'll need to use \texttt{skipbiblist} in the
  \textsf{options} field of child entries to make the list of
  shorthands work correctly.  Please see the documentation of the
  \textsf{shorthand} field for the full explanation.
\item Second, following a request from Kenneth Pearce, I have added to
  all Chicago styles the capacity to combine abbreviated
  cross-references with the presentation of the original text of
  translations (via the \textsf{userf} field) or of the original
  publication details of an essay or chapter you are citing from a
  subsequent reprint (via the \textsf{reprinttitle} field).  See the
  documentation of those fields, and also of \textsf{crossref}, and
  note that you can now, taking certain precautions as outlined in the
  \textsf{shorthand} docs, combine the \textsf{userf},
  \textsf{crossref}, and \textsf{shorthand} fields.  This mechanism
  contains a great many moving parts, so please report any problems
  you might have with it.
\item Third, and finally, following a bug report by Mark van Atten I
  have fixed all Chicago styles so that the \textsf{biblatex}
  \texttt{backref} mechanism works properly in
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, including in those entries that use
  abbreviated cross-references, and in those that use the
  \textsf{userf} or \textsf{reprinttitle} fields.  I can't see any
  instructions concerning this in the \emph{Manual}, so I've left the
  formatting of \texttt{backref} lists in the hands of
  \textsf{biblatex} itself.  If the default behavior doesn't match
  your needs, let me know, as it's possible I could add some further
  options for modifying it.
\item I have added a new \mycolor{\texttt{compresspages}} option to
  all the Chicago styles.  If set to \texttt{true} it automatically
  compresses page ranges in the \textsf{pages} and \textsf{postnote}
  fields, allowing you to type ranges naturally, e.g., 101-{-}109, and
  letting the package follow the \emph{Manual's} rules for you.  (In
  this case, it would yield 101--9 in the document.)  Thanks are due
  to David Gohlke who brought to my attention a discussion that took
  place a couple of years ago on
  \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{Stackexchange}
  regarding the automatic compression of page ranges.
  \textsf{Biblatex} has long had the facilities for providing this,
  and though the \emph{Manual's} rules (9.60) are fairly complicated,
  Audrey Boruvka fortunately provided in that discussion code that
  implements the specifications.  As some users may well be accustomed
  to compressing page ranges themselves in their .bib files, and in
  their \textsf{postnote} fields, I have made the activation of this
  code a package option.
\item Several users, most recently David Gohlke, have requested a way
  to alter the punctuation that appears just before the
  \textsf{postnote} argument of citation commands.  This allows, in
  the notes \&\ bibliography style, citations to fit better into the
  flow of text, while in the \textsf{authordate} styles it allows you
  very easily to insert comments, which follow a semi-colon, inside
  parenthetical text citations.  This punctuation is a complex issue
  in the \emph{Manual}, but as a first stab at enabling this greater
  flexibility, I have introduced the \mycolor{\texttt{postnotepunct}}
  package option.  Set to \texttt{true}, it allows you to start the
  \textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and
  have it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in place of whatever the
  package might otherwise automatically have chosen.  Please note that
  this functionality relies on a very nifty macro by Philipp Lehman
  which I haven't extensively tested, so I'm labeling this option
  \mycolor{experimental}.  Note also that the option only affects the
  \textsf{postnote} field of citation commands, not the \textsf{pages}
  field in your .bib file.  Note, finally, that if you are using the
  new \mycolor{\texttt{compresspages}} option then any
  \textsf{postnote} field starting with a punctuation mark will
  require you to do the compression of page ranges yourself.
\item I've added a new inheritance declaration so that
  \textbf{incollection} entries can inherit from \textbf{book} entries
  the same way they inherit from \textbf{mvbook}.
\item I've fixed a fair number of other bugs, including two in the
  \emph{Ibidem} mechanism pointed out by Bernd Rellermeyer, one in the
  printing of dates, and one in the \cmd{textcite} command in the
  notes \&\ bibliography style, these last two pointed out by Kenneth
  Beesley.  The presentation of all the periodical entry types
  (without an \textsf{entrysubtype}) has also been made more accurate.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9e: Released January 29, 2014}
\begin{itemize}
\item This minor release fixes a regression in the \emph{Ibidem}
  mechanism in the notes \&\ bibliography style, spotted by Harold
  Bellemare, and present in the package since version 0.9.9c.  In all
  other respects this release is identical to 0.9.9d.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9d: Released October 30, 2013}
\begin{itemize}
\item Following requests by Kenneth~L.\ Pearce and Bertold Schweitzer,
  I have modified and extended the mechanism for creating abbreviated
  citations when several parts of the same collection are included in
  a reference apparatus.  To the \textbf{incollection},
  \textbf{inproceedings}, and \textbf{letter} entries of previous
  releases, I have added \textbf{inbook}, \textbf{book},
  \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{collection}, and \textbf{proceedings}
  entries.  Only \textbf{inbook} entries join the former three in
  having this functionality turned on by default --- if you don't want
  this, it will require intervention either in the preamble or in the
  \texttt{options} field of individual entries.  This intervention
  will be via the new \mycolor{\texttt{longcrossref}} option, which
  controls the behavior of the four essay-like entry types and
  defaults to \texttt{false}, while the new
  \mycolor{\texttt{booklongxref}} option controls the four book-like
  types and defaults to \texttt{true}.  The useful settings for the
  options differ slightly between the author-date and the notes \&\
  bibliography specifications, so please see all the details in the
  docs of the \textsf{crossref} field in
  sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
\item On the same subject, in the notes \&\ bibliography style, I
  should mention that in the first, full citation of one part of a
  collection in a note, the code no longer uses a separate citation of
  the parent entry to supply parts of what you see printed.  (This led
  to numerous inaccuracies.)  If your setup uses a side-effect of the
  old code to print data that hasn't even been inherited by the child,
  you may find that you need to change some \textsf{xref} fields to
  \textsf{crossref} fields to make it work correctly now.  This
  situation will, I imagine, be very rare, but you can look at
  white:ross:memo in \textsf{notes-test.bib} to see an example.
\item In the author-date styles, several users have been frustrated by
  the lack of an approved way of setting the \texttt{cmsdate} option
  in the preambles of their documents, and Kenneth~L.\ Pearce
  requested that I attempt to ease the burden on users by looking at
  this again.  With this release, you can now set \texttt{cmsdate}
  either to \texttt{both} or \texttt{on} in the preamble, and it will
  affect all entries (except \textbf{music}, \textbf{review}, and
  \textbf{video}) with multiple dates.  You can still change this
  setting in the \texttt{options} field of individual entries, but
  what you won't be able to change there is the new call to
  \cmd{DeclareLabeldate} which puts the \textsf{origdate} first in the
  list of dates when \textsf{Biber} searches for a \textsf{labelyear}
  to use in citations and in the list of references.  If you have been
  using the \texttt{switchdates} mechanism to get the
  \textsf{origdate} as the \textsf{labeldate}, your .bib files may
  need some editing in order to use the new preamble options.  Please
  see the documentation of the \textsf{date} field in
  section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for all the (voluminous)
  details.
\item Following a request by Rasmus Pank Rouland, I adapted new
  \textsf{biblatex} code in the \cmd{textcite(s)} commands in all
  styles to make them fit more elegantly in the flow of text.  Upon
  reconsideration of the commands in the notes \&\ bibliography style,
  I slightly modified them, but \emph{only} when used inside a foot-
  or endnote.  In this context, by default, for both \cmd{textcite}
  and \cmd{textcites}, you'll now get the \textsf{author's} name(s)
  followed by a headless \emph{short} citation (or citations) placed
  within parentheses.  You can use \cmd{renewcommand} in the preamble
  of your document to redefine the new \mycolor{\cmd{foottextcite}}
  and \mycolor{\cmd{foottextcites}} commands to change this
  formatting.  See section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, above.
%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\item This release includes support, in all styles, for
  \textsf{biblatex's} multi-volume entry types: \textbf{mvbook},
  \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings}, and
  \textbf{mvreference}.  See sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and
  \ref{sec:types:authdate}.
\item If you use \textsf{Biber}, I have added several new inheritance
  schemes to all styles to make cross-referenced entries work more
  smoothly: \textbf{incollection} entries can now inherit from
  \textbf{mvbook} just as they do from \textbf{mvcollection} entries;
  \textbf{letter} entries now inherit from \textbf{book},
  \textbf{collection}, \textbf{mvbook}, and \textbf{mvcollection}
  entries the same way an \textbf{inbook} or an \textbf{incollection}
  entry would; the \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{sortname},
  \textsf{sorttitle}, and \textsf{sortyear} fields, all highly
  single-entry specific, are no longer inheritable; and the
  \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields of any \textbf{mv*} entry
  will \emph{not} be inherited by any other entry type.
\item Following a bug report by Henry~D.\ Hollithron, I've added to
  \textbf{unpublished} entries in all styles the possibility of
  including an \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.
\item Thanks to bug reports from Denis Maier and Bertold Schweitzer, I
  corrected inaccuracies and outright bugs in many entry types in all
  Chicago styles that appeared when there was a \textsf{booktitle} and
  not a \textsf{maintitle} or vice versa.  This also involved another
  rewrite of the code handling the \textsf{volume} field and other
  related fields in all non-periodical entry types that use them.
\item On the subject of the \textsf{volume} field, I added a new
  preamble and entry option, \mycolor{\texttt{delayvolume}}, to the
  notes \&\ bibliography style.  In long notes where this data isn't
  printed before a \textsf{maintitle}, this option allows you to print
  it \emph{after} the publication information rather than
  \emph{before} it, as may sometimes help clarify things, according to
  the \emph{Manual}.  This applies to the non-periodical entry types
  only.  See section~\ref{sec:useropts}.
\item On the same subject, in all styles, I have added a new preamble
  and entry option, \mycolor{\texttt{hidevolumes}}.  This controls
  whether, in entries where a \textsf{volume} has been printed before
  a \textsf{maintitle}, any \textsf{volumes} field present will also
  be printed, in this case \emph{after} the \textsf{maintitle}.  By
  default, this is set to \texttt{true}, so that the \textsf{volumes}
  field won't appear in such circumstances.  See
  sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and \ref{sec:authpreset}.
\item On the same subject, I have modified, in all styles, the field
  format for the \textbf{part} field, so that if the field contains
  something other than a number, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print
  it as is, capitalizing it if necessary, rather than supplying the
  usual bibstring, thus providing a mechanism for altering the string
  to your liking.  I have also decoupled the \textsf{part} field from
  the \textsf{volume} field, allowing it to be printed even in the
  absence of the latter, thereby providing a means to refer to
  segments of a larger work that don't easily fit the established
  schemes.  The iso:electrodoc entry in \textsf{dates-test.bib} shows
  an example of how this might work.
\item There is a new \mycolor{\texttt{omitxrefdate}} preamble and
  entry option in the notes \&\ bibliography style.  It turns off the
  printing of the child's \textsf{date} next to its \textsf{title} in
  abbreviated book-like entries \emph{only}, in both notes and
  bibliography.  See section~\ref{sec:useropts}.
\item Clea~F.\ Rees requested a way to customize the punctuation when
  a \textsf{volume} and a \textsf{page} number appear together like
  so: \enquote{2:204.}  You can use \cmd{renewcommand} in your
  preamble to redefine the new \mycolor{\cmd{postvolpunct}} command to
  achieve this, in all styles.  If your document language is French,
  \textsf{cms-french.lbx} redefines this already and prints something
  like \enquote{2 : 204.}  See sections~\ref{sec:formatcommands} and
  \ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
\item I extended, in all styles, the functions of the \textsf{userd}
  field, allowing it to modify a \textsf{date} field if it hasn't
  already been captured by another date specification in the entry.
  See the documentation of the field in sections~\ref{sec:entryfields}
  and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}.
\item A bug report from Mathias Legrand helped clear up inaccuracies
  in the presentation of ordinal numbers in all styles.
\item For the author-date styles, another bug report by Kenneth Pearce
  resulted in the addition of the \textsf{labelyear} to the default
  \texttt{cms} sorting scheme so that more entries in the reference
  list are sorted properly without further user intervention.
\item George Pigman found an odd punctuation-tracking bug in the
  author-date styles.  This has been fixed.
\item Marc Sommer found a bug in the presentation of the
  \textsf{prenote} field in the author-date styles.  This has been
  fixed.
\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I improved the behavior of
  abbreviated foot- and endnotes when using the \textsf{hyperref}
  package.
\item I modified the date-presentation code in all the language files
  (\textsf{cms-*.lbx}) provided by the package.  Now, if an entry
  contains a \textsf{(*)year} and an \textsf{(*)endyear} that are
  exactly the same, and there aren't any further month or day
  specifications, then the \textsf{year} alone will be printed.  This
  allows for the clearing of spurious \textsf{endyears} inherited from
  parent entries.
\item I discovered some unpleasant side effects of my arrangement of
  the \textsf{.lbx} files devoted to Norwegian, and reverted to the
  arrangement as originally provided by Håkon Malmedal.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9c: Released March 15, 2013}

\begin{itemize}
\item Antti-Juhani Kaijahano has very kindly provided a new Finnish
  localization for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, called
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-finnish.lbx}}.  As you will see if you look
  through it, it is still something of a work in progress.  If you
  would like to fill some of its lacunae, please do let me know.
\item Following a report by Bertold Schweitzer, I have added the
  \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb} fields to \textbf{article} and
  \textbf{review} entries in all three Chicago styles.  As in all the
  book-like entry types, they allow you to associate an editor or a
  translator specifically with a \textsf{title}, rather than, in these
  cases, with an \textsf{issuetitle}.  See the docs on these entry
  types in sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and \ref{sec:types:authdate},
  above.
\item Thanks to another report by Bertold I have, in all three Chicago
  styles, corrected inaccuracies in the presentation of the
  \textbf{report} entry type.  The \textsf{number} now appears
  immediately after the \textsf{type}, and the \textsf{type} itself is
  now capitalized properly depending on its context in an entry.
\item A third report by Bertold, detailing inaccuracies in the
  treatment of the \textbf{volume} and \textbf{volumes} fields in
  certain contexts, has resulted in a complete rewrite of the
  presentation of these (and several related) fields in all
  non-periodical entry types in all three Chicago styles.  This won't
  require any changes to your .bib files, but the output you see may,
  in some reasonably unusual situations, change.  Please let me know
  if something doesn't look right to you.
\item A fourth report by Bertold revealed some inadequacies with
  multiple \textsf{date} presentation in the two Chicago author-date
  styles, issues that particularly involved cross-referenced entries.
  In addition to some general fixes in the code, I have also slightly
  changed the functioning of the \texttt{cmsdate=both} and
  \texttt{cmsdate=on} switches.  If, and only if, a work has only one
  date, and there is no \texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options}
  field, then \texttt{cmsdate=on} and \texttt{cmsdate=both} will both
  result in the suppression of the \textsf{extrayear} field in that
  entry.  See the \textbf{date} field docs in
  section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
\item Following a report by Antti-Juhani Kaijahano, I have modified
  the presentation of author-less \textbf{article} and \textbf{review}
  entries in the reference list of both Chicago author-date styles.
  If such a source had a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, the
  styles would already use the \textsf{journaltitle} at the head of
  the entry in the list of references, but if there was no
  \textsf{entrysubtype} the entry would appear in the list
  \textsf{date} first.  Now, in keeping with the \emph{Manual}
  (14.175), the \textsf{title} will appear first, in both reference
  lists and in-text citations.  See especially under \textbf{article}
  in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
\item Several users have pointed out annoying formatting errors in the
  styles.  Evan Cortens spotted two bugs in the notes \&\ bibliography
  style, one of which, under various circumstances, introduced extra
  spaces into long notes and the other of which affected the
  formatting of the \textsf{type} field in \textsf{thesis} entries.  I
  have fixed both, also applying the latter fix to several other entry
  types that use the \textsf{type} field.  Bertold Schweitzer pointed
  out a formatting bug with the \textsf{issuesubtitle} field in the
  author-date style, now fixed.  Mark Sprevak reported some spurious
  spaces appearing in headers and footers when using the
  \textsf{titleps} package; the culprits were errors in the
  \textsf{cms-*.lbx} files, now cleaned up.
\item I have rectified a number of other errors, in particular making
  the automatic provision of abbreviated cross-references more robust
  in \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, and
  \textsf{letter} entries, improving the behavior of the
  \textsf{postnote} field in certain corner cases, fixing bugs in the
  handling of \textsf{pagination} and \textsf{bookpagination} fields,
  and slightly altering the placement of the \textsf{addendum} field
  in book-like entries to bring it closer to the \emph{Manual's}
  specification.  A number of other, smaller improvements should also
  bring the styles into closer conformity with the specification.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9b: Released December 6, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item This release contains a new variant of the author-date style,
  available as the\break \mycolor{\texttt{authordate-trad}} option
  when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  This provides the
  traditional, plain, pre-16th-edition Chicago title handling ---
  sentence-style capitalization, absence of quotation marks in
  \textsf{article} titles and the like --- but in all other respects
  follows the 16th-edition specification, as suggested by the
  \emph{Manual} (15.45).  Remember that the \texttt{headline} package
  option can be used to turn off the automatic sentence-style
  capitalization, meaning that titles will appear as presented in the
  .bib file, at least as far as capitalization is concerned.  Please
  see especially the documentation of \textsf{\textbf{title}} in
  section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above, for the details.
\item I have updated calls to \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
  \cmd{DeclareLabelyear} in several .cbx files so that the package
  works correctly with the most recent version (2.4) of
  \textsf{biblatex}.
\item Following a request by Norman Gray, I have included a
  \cmd{textcite} (and a \cmd{textcites}) command in the notes \&\
  bibliography style for the first time.  Please see
  section~\ref{sec:citecommands}, above, for the details.
\item Following a request by Daniel Possenriede, I have added in all
  three 16th-edition styles a new switch, \mycolor{\texttt{only}}, to
  the \texttt{doi} option, which prints the \textsf{doi} when present
  and the \textsf{url} only when there is no \textsf{doi}.  The
  package default remains, however, \texttt{true}.
\item I am grateful to Baldur Kristinsson for providing an Icelandic
  localization file for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, called
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}}.  You'll see if you look
  through it that it is still something of a work in progress, but it
  should cover most needs in that language very well.  If you would
  like to fill in some of the gaps please let me know.
\item I am also grateful to Håkon Malmedal for providing Norwegian
  localizations for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, contained in the files
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}},
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx}}, and
  \mycolor{\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}}.
\item I have added a new British localization
  (\mycolor{\textsf{cms-british.lbx}}) that should make it much
  simpler for users to produce documents adhering to that tradition.
  For further details on the usage of all these localizations please
  see section~\ref{sec:international}, above.
\item Several users have reported a bug that resulted in doubled
  bibstrings in certain contexts.  This happened only when using
  localizations for which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} didn't have
  explicit support, and it should now be fixed.
\item I have changed the way the 16th-edition author-date styles
  handle the \emph{Ibidem} mechanism.  In the absence of a
  \textsf{postnote} field you no longer get empty parentheses, but
  rather a standard in-text citation.  If you do have a
  \textsf{postnote} field, then only that will appear.
\end{itemize}

%%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip}

\textbf{0.9.9a: Released July 30, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item I have made a few changes to \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} to
  allow the package to work with the latest version (2.0) of
  \textsf{biblatex}.  In all other respects this release is identical
  to 0.9.9.  If you do use the package with \textsf{biblatex} 2.0,
  please let me know if there are issues I need to address.  Thanks to
  Charles Schaum for alerting me to some of them.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.9: Released July 5, 2012}

\mylittlespace Converting 15th-Edition .bib Files to Use the 16th
Edition:

\mylittlespace \textbf{Notes and Bibliography Style}

\begin{itemize}
\item The specification for \textbf{music} entries has been
  significantly altered for the new edition.  You no longer need to
  worry about the \texttt{\textcircledP} and \texttt{\textcopyright}
  signs in the \textsf{howpublished} field, which will be silently
  ignored, and the \textsf{pubstate} field now reverts to its usual
  function of identifying reprints or, in this case, reissues.  The
  spec really only requires a record label (\textsf{series}) and
  catalog number (\textsf{number}), though \textsf{publisher} is still
  available if you need it.  There is a new emphasis, finally, on the
  dating of musical recordings, so that the \textsf{eventdate} gives
  the recording date of a particular song or other portion of a
  recording, the \textsf{origdate} the recording date of an entire
  album, and the \textsf{date} the publishing date of that album.
  Please see the full documentation in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes},
  above.
\item The specification for \textbf{video} entries has also been
  clarified.  For television series, the episode and series numbers go
  in \textsf{booktitleaddon} instead of \textsf{titleaddon} and, as
  with \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{eventdate} will hold the
  original broadcast date of such an episode, or perhaps the
  recording/performance date of, e.g., an opera on DVD.  The
  \textsf{origdate} will still hold the original release date of a
  film, and the \textsf{date} the publishing or copyright date of the
  medium you are referencing.  Please see the full documentation in
  section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, above.
\item You should add \textbf{customc} entries to provide
  bibliographical cross-references from multiple pseudonyms back to
  the author's name.
\item In \textbf{suppbook} entries, the \emph{Manual} now requires you
  to provide the page range (in the \textsf{pages} field) for the
  specific part you are citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or
  afterword.%%\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip}
\item In \textbf{patent} entries, the \emph{Manual} now prefers
  sentence-style capitalization for titles, which you'll need to
  provide yourself by hand.
\item When a descriptive phrase is used as an \textsf{author}, you can
  now omit an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help
  with alphabetization in the bibliography.
\item A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available.
\item On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred
  to an access date for online material.  You can use the new
  \textbf{userd} field to change the string introducing the
  \textsf{urldate}, which defaults to being an access date.
\item Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a
  forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the
  \textsf{publisher} field with the usual keyword \texttt{and}.
\item I have implemented a reasonable, less-flexible facsimile of the
  \textsf{Biber}-only command \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareLabelname}} which
  should work for those using any backend.  It allows
  \textsf{biblatex} to find a name for short notes outside the
  standard name fields, including, notably, in the \textsf{name[a-c]}
  fields.  This should reduce the instances where you need a
  \textsf{shortauthor} field to provide such a name.
\item The Chicago-specific setting of another \textsf{Biber}-only
  command, \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSorting\-Scheme=cms}}, allows
  non-standard fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
  algorithms, which should reduce the instances where you need a
  \textsf{sortkey} or the like in your entries.  If you aren't using
  \textsf{Biber}, the package reverts to the standard \texttt{nty}
  sorting scheme.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{Author-Date Style}

\begin{itemize}
\item All title fields now follow the rules for the notes \&\
  bibliography style as far as punctuation, formatting, and
  capitalization are concerned.  \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-\break authordate}
  will deal with most of this automatically, but if you have any hand
  formatting of lowercase letters within curly braces in your .bib
  file, you will need to restore the headline-style capitalization
  there.  Also, you'll need to be more careful when you provide
  quotation marks inside titles, remembering to use \cmd{mkbibquote}
  so that punctuation can be brought inside nested quotation marks.
  These revisions will apply particularly to \textbf{title},
  \textbf{booktitle}, and \textbf{maintitle} fields.
\item The one exception to these rules is in \textbf{patent} entries,
  where sentence-style capitalization of the \textsf{title} is now
  specified.  You'll have to provide this by hand yourself, as in the
  notes \&\ bibliography style.
\item Because of these changes to title formatting, you'll need to
  observe the difference between \textbf{article} and \textbf{review}
  entries, where the latter contain generic, \enquote{Review of
    \ldots} titles and the former standard, specific titles.
\item The presentation of \textbf{shorthand} fields has changed.  You
  no longer need to use the \textbf{customc} entry type to include
  cross-references from shorthands to expansions in the list of
  references.  Now, simply using a \textsf{shorthand} field in an
  entry places that \textsf{shorthand} in citations and at the head of
  the entry in the list of references, where it will be followed by
  its expansion within parentheses.  The new system will require help
  with sorting in the reference list --- placing the
  \textsf{shorthand} also in a \textsf{sortkey} should do the trick.
\item On the subject of \textbf{customc} entries, the \emph{Manual}
  now recommends using cross-references in several contexts,
  particularly when a single author uses more than one pseudonym.
  Adding \textsf{customc} entries makes this happen.
\item There have been significant changes when presenting book-like
  entries with more than one date.  If you are using the
  \texttt{cmsdate=on} option, or indeed simply placing the earlier
  date in the \textbf{date} field and the later one in
  \textbf{origdate}, the presentation will be the same as before, but
  you should understand that the \emph{Manual} no longer recommends
  this \textsf{origdate}-only style.  It prefers, instead, to present
  either the \textsf{date} alone or both dates in citations and at the
  head of reference list entries.  When presenting both dates, there
  is now no longer a choice between the \texttt{old} and \texttt{new}
  options for \texttt{cmsdate}, but only the \texttt{both} option.  If
  you have \texttt{old} or \texttt{new} in your .bib files, they will
  be treated as synonyms of \texttt{both}.
\item The specification for \textbf{music} entries has been
  significantly altered for the new edition.  You no longer need to
  worry about the \texttt{\textcircledP} and \texttt{\textcopyright}
  signs in the \textsf{howpublished} field, which will be silently
  ignored, and the \textsf{pubstate} field reverts to its more usual
  function of identifying reprints or, in this case, reissues.  The
  spec really only requires a record label (\textsf{series}) and
  catalog number (\textsf{number}), though \textsf{publisher} is still
  available if you need it.  There is a new emphasis, finally, on the
  dating of musical recordings, which means that such entries will fit
  better with the author-date style.  It also means that I have had to
  redefine the various date fields.  The \textsf{eventdate} gives the
  recording date of a particular song or other portion of a recording,
  the \textsf{origdate} the recording date of an entire album, and the
  \textsf{date} the publishing date of that album.  The earlier date
  is the one that will appear in citations and at the head of
  reference list entries.  Please see the full documentation in
  section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
\item The specification for \textbf{video} entries has also been
  clarified.  For television series, the episode and series numbers go
  in \textsf{booktitleaddon} instead of \textsf{titleaddon} and, as
  with \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{eventdate} will hold the
  original broadcast date of such an episode, or perhaps the
  recording/performance date of, e.g., an opera on DVD.  The
  \textsf{origdate} will still hold the original release date of a
  film, and the \textsf{date} the publishing or copyright date of the
  medium you are referencing.  The earlier date, once again, is the
  one that will appear in citations and at the head of reference list
  entries.  Please see the full documentation in
  section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
\item In \textbf{suppbook} entries, the \emph{Manual} now requires you
  to provide the page range (in the \textsf{pages} field) for the
  specific part you are citing, e.g., an introduction, foreword, or
  afterword.
\item The author-date style now prefers longer bibstrings in the list
  of references, bringing it into line with the notes \&\ bibliography
  style.  Generally, the package will take care of this for you, but
  if you've been using abbreviated strings in \textsf{note} fields,
  for example, you may want to change them so that they conform with
  the strings the package provides.  In some circumstances the
  \cmd{partedit} macro, and its relatives, may help.  See
  section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
\item When a descriptive phrase is used as an \textsf{author}, you can
  now omit an initial definite or indefinite article, which will help
  with alphabetization in the bibliography.
\item A DOI is now preferred to a URL, if both are available.
\item On the same subject, a revision date (or similar) is preferred
  to an access date for online material.  You can use the new
  \textbf{userd} field to change the string introducing the
  \textsf{urldate}, which defaults to being an access date.
\item Special imprints are now separated from their parent press by a
  forward slash rather than a comma, so can just be added to the
  \textsf{publisher} field with the usual keyword \texttt{and}.
\item The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} is less than enthusiastic
  about the use of \enquote{Anon.}\ as the \textsf{author}, preferring
  instead that the \textsf{title} or the \textsf{journaltitle} take
  its place.  If you do decide to get rid of \enquote{Anon.,} new
  facilities provided by \textsf{Biber} --- see next entry --- should
  mean that \textsf{biblatex} no longer requires assistance when
  alphabetizing such author-less entries.
\item The Chicago-specific setting of the \textsf{Biber}-only command,
  \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSorting-\break Scheme=cms}}, allows
  non-standard fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
  algorithms, which should reduce the instances where you need a
  \textsf{sortkey} or the like in your entries.
\item The Chicago-specific setting of the \textsf{Biber}-only command
  \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareLabel\-name}} allows \textsf{biblatex} to find
  a name (\enquote{\textsf{label}}) for citations outside the standard
  name fields, including, notably, in the \textsf{name[a-c]} fields.
  This should reduce the instances where you need a
  \textsf{shortauthor} field to provide such a name.
\end{itemize}

Other New Features:

\begin{itemize}
\item For reprinted books, you can now present more detailed
  publishing information about the original edition using the new
  \mycolor{\textbf{origlocation}} and \mycolor{\textbf{origpublisher}}
  fields.  You can also use the \textsf{origlocation} in
  \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype})
  entries to identify where a published or unpublished letter was
  written.  These uses apply to both Chicago styles.
\item Thanks to a patch sent by Kazuo Teramoto, you can now take
  advantage of \textsf{biblatex's} facilities for citing
  \mycolor{\textbf{eprint}} resources.  There is also a new
  \mycolor{\texttt{eprint}} option, set to \texttt{true} by default,
  which controls the printing of this field in both Chicago styles.
  You can set the option both in the preamble and in the
  \textsf{options} field of individual entries.  The field will always
  print in \textbf{online} entries.
\item I have added a new citation command,
  \mycolor{\cmd{citejournal}}, to the notes \&\ bibliography style to
  allow you to present journal articles using an alternative short
  note form, which may be a clearer form of reference in certain
  circumstances.  Such short notes will present the name of the
  \textsf{author}, the \textsf{journaltitle}, and the \textsf{volume}
  number.
\item I have included a very slightly modified version of the standard
  \textsf{biblatex} \cmd{citeauthor} command, which may be useful for
  references to works from classical antiquity.
\item I have added a new \texttt{cmsdate=\mycolor{full}} switch to the
  author-date style, which only affects citations in the text, and
  means that a full date specification will appear there, rather than
  just the year.  If you follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations
  concerning newspaper and magazine articles only appearing in running
  text and not in the reference list, this option will help.
\item I have added a new \mycolor{\texttt{avdate}} option to the
  author-date style, set to \texttt{true} by default in
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}.  This alters the default setting of
  \cmd{Declare\-Labelyear} in \textbf{music}, \textbf{review}, and
  \textbf{video} entries to take account of specialized instructions
  in the \emph{Manual} for finding dates to appear in citations and at
  the head of reference list entries.  Setting \texttt{avdate=false}
  in the options when you load \textsf{biblatex-chicago} restores the
  default settings for all entry types.  See \texttt{avdate} in
  section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.
\item The \emph{Manual} has added recommendations for citing blogs,
  which generally will need an \textbf{article} entry with
  \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}.  You can identify a blog as
  such by placing \enquote{blog} in the \textsf{location} field.  If
  you want to cite a comment to a blog or to other online material,
  the \textbf{review} entry type, \textsf{entrysubtype}
  \texttt{magazine} will serve.  The \textbf{eventdate} dates the
  comment, and any timestamp that is required can go in
  \textsf{nameaddon}.  These instructions work in both specifications.
\item Photographs are no longer presented differently from other sorts
  of artworks so, in effect, in both styles, the \textbf{image} type
  is now a clone of \textbf{artwork}, though retained for backward
  compatibility.
\item Following a request by Kenneth Pearce, I have added new
  facilities for presenting \textbf{shorthands} in both Chicago
  styles.  In both, there are two new \texttt{bibenvironments} which
  you can set using the \texttt{env} option to the
  \cmd{printshorthands} command: \mycolor{\texttt{losnotes}} formats
  the list of shorthands so that it can be presented in a footnote,
  while \mycolor{\texttt{losendnotes}} does the same for endnotes.  In
  both styles, there is a new preamble option,
  \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandfull}}, which prints the full
  bibliographical information of each entry inside the list of
  shorthands, allowing such a list effectively to replace a
  bibliography or list of references.  In the author-date style, you
  need to set the \texttt{cmslos=false} option as well, in order for
  this to work.  In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I have added a
  new citation command, \mycolor{\cmd{shorthandcite}}, which prints
  the \textsf{shorthand} even in the first citation of a given work.
\item Following suggestions by Roger Hart, I have implemented three
  new field-exclu\-sion options in the notes \&\ bibliography style.
  In all three cases, the field in question will always appear in the
  bibliography, but not in long notes, which may help to save space.
  The fields at stake are \textsf{addendum}, \textsf{note}, and
  \textsf{series}, controlled respectively by the new
  \mycolor{\texttt{addendum}}, \mycolor{\texttt{notefield}}, and
  \mycolor{\texttt{bookseries}} options.  All of these are set to
  \texttt{true} using the new \mycolor{\texttt{completenotes}} option
  in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but you can change the settings
  either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of
  individual entries.  Please see the documentation of these options
  in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}, above, for details on which entry
  types are excluded from their scope.
\item Thanks to a coding suggestion from Gildas Hamel, I have
  redefined the \cmd{bibnamedash} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
  which should now by default look a little better in a wider variety
  of fonts.
\item At the request of Baldur Kristinsson, I have added
  \cmd{DeclareLanguageMap\-ping} commands to
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} for all the languages
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago} currently provides.  If you load the style
  in the standard way, you no longer need to provide these mappings
  manually yourself.
\item I have improved the date handling in both styles, particularly
  with regard to date ranges.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.8d: Released November 15, 2011}
\begin{itemize}
\item Some minor fixes to both styles for compatibility with
  \textsf{biblatex} 1.7.
\item Kenneth Pearce found an error in the formatting of
  \textsf{bookinbook} titles in the author-date style's list of
  shorthands.  This should work properly now.
\item Jonathan Robinson spotted some inconsistencies in the way the
  notes \&\ bibliography style interacts with the \textsf{hyperref}
  package.  Following his suggestion, short notes now point to long
  notes when the latter are available, but to bibliography entries
  instead when you have set the \texttt{short} option.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.8c: Released October 12, 2011}
\begin{itemize}
\item Emil Salim pointed out some rather basic errors in the
  presentation of \textsf{inproceedings} and \textsf{proceedings}
  entries, errors that have been present from the first release of the
  style(s).  These should now, belatedly, have been put right.
\item Minor improvements to coding and documentation.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.8b: Released September 29, 2011}
\begin{itemize}
\item Bad Dates: Christian Boesch alerted me to some date-formatting
  errors produced when using the styles with the \texttt{german}
  option to \textsf{babel}.  A little further investigation revealed
  similar problems with \texttt{french}, and before long it became
  clear that date handling in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} was generally,
  and significantly, sub-optimal.  The whole system should now be more
  robust and more accurate.
\item The new date-handling code shouldn't require any changes to your
  .bib files, but users of the author-date style may want to have a
  look at the documentation of the \textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}
  entry types, and of the four date fields, for some information about
  how the changes could simplify the creation of their databases.
\item Various other minor improvements.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.8a: Released September 21, 2011}
\begin{itemize}
\item Fixed a series of unsightly errors in the author-date style,
  discovered while working on the pending update to the 16th edition.
\item Fixed bugs uncovered in both the author-date and the notes \&\
  bibliography styles thanks to Charles Schaum's adventurous use of
  the \textsf{origyear} field.
\item Added two new bibstrings to the cms-*.lbx files to fix potential
  bugs in some of the audiovisual entry types.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.8: Released August 31, 2011}

\begin{itemize}
\item Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere
  to the author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber}
  to process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more
  recent variants) will no longer provide all the required features.
  Unfortunately, however, the current release of \textsf{Biber}
  (0.9.5) contains bugs that make it tricky to use with
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  These bugs have been addressed in 0.9.6
  beta, which is available for various operating systems in the
  \texttt{development} subdirectory of your SourceForge mirror, e.g.,
  \href{http://www.mirrorservice.org/sites/download.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/b/project/bi/biblatex-biber/biblatex-biber/development/binaries/}{UK
    mirror}.  (If, by the time you read this, \textsf{Biber} 0.9.6 has
  already been released, then so much the better.)  Please see the
  start of \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} for more details.
\item The switch to \textsf{Biber} for the author-date specification
  means that \textsf{biblatex} now provides considerably enhanced
  handling of the various date fields.  I have attempted to document
  the relevant changes in \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and in the
  \textbf{date} discussion in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
  above, but in my testing the only alterations I've so far had to
  make to my .bib files involve adhering more closely to the
  instructions for specifying date ranges.  \textsf{Biber} doesn't
  like \{\texttt{1968/75}\}, and will ignore it.  Either use
  \{\texttt{1968/1975}\} or use \{\texttt{1968-{}-75}\} in the
  \textsf{year} field.
\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, and mainly in
  \textsf{article}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}, and
  \textsf{review} entries, previous releases of
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago} recommended using the \cmd{isdot} macro
  when you needed both to define a field and not have it appear in the
  printed output.  This mechanism no longer works in \textsf{biblatex}
  1.6, and while addressing the problem I realized that relying on it
  covered over some inconsistencies and bugs in my code, so from this
  release forward you will need to modify your .bib and .tex files to
  use other, more standard mechanisms to achieve the same ends, in
  particular the \cmd{headlesscite} commands and declaring
  \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options} field.  Please
  consult the documentation in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, s.v.\
  \enquote{\cmd{isdot},} for a list of example entries where you can
  see these changes at work.
\end{itemize}

Other New Features:

\begin{itemize}
\item Fixed the \cmd{smartcite} citation command in, and added a
  \cmd{smartcites} command to, \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, so that the
  notes \&\ bibliography style no longer prints parentheses around
  citations produced using \cmd{autocite(s)} commands inside\break
  \cmd{footnote} commands.  Many thanks to Louis-Dominique Dubeau for
  pointing out this error.
\item Rembrandt Wolpert and Aaron Lambert pointed out an issue with a
  command (\cmd{lbx@fromlang}) that \textsf{biblatex} no longer
  defines, and Charles Schaum very kindly suggested a temporary
  workaround in a newsgroup post, a workaround that should no longer
  be necessary.
\item Version 1.6 of \textsf{biblatex} no longer allows you to
  redefine the \texttt{minnames} and \texttt{maxnames} options in the
  \cmd{printbibliography} command, so I've defined
  \texttt{minbibnames} and \texttt{maxbibnames} in
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, instead.  These parameters have been
  available since version 1.1, so this is now the earliest version of
  \textsf{biblatex} that will work with the Chicago styles.  Of
  course, if the (Chicago-recommended) values of these options don't
  suit your needs, you can redefine them in your document preamble.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.7a: Released March 17, 2011}
\begin{itemize}
\item Added \cmd{smartcite} command to \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} so
  that the notes \&\ bibliography style will work with
  \textsf{biblatex} 1.3.
\item Added bibstrings \texttt{byconductor} and \texttt{cbyconductor}
  to the .lbx files, mistakenly omitted in version 0.9.7.
\item Minor fixes to the docs.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.7: Released February 15, 2011}

\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item The \textbf{customa} and \textbf{customb} entry types are now
  obsolete.  Any such entries will be ignored.  Please change any that
  remain to \textbf{letter} and \textbf{bookinbook}, respectively.
\item If you still have any \textbf{customc} entries containing
  introductions, prefaces, or the like, please change them to
  \textbf{suppbook}.  I have recycled \textsf{customc} for another
  purpose, on which see below.
\end{itemize}

Other New Features:

\begin{itemize}
\item At the request of Johan Nordstrom, I have added three new
  audiovisual entry types to both styles, \textbf{audio},
  \textbf{music}, and \textbf{video}.  The documentation of
  \textsf{audio} in sections~ \ref{sec:entrytypes} and
  \ref{sec:types:authdate} above contains an overview of the three,
  and the details for each type are to be found under their individual
  headings.
\item I have transformed the \textbf{customc} entry type to enable
  alphabetized cross-referen\-ces --- the \enquote{c} is meant to be
  mnemonic --- to other, separate entries in a reference list or
  bibliography.  In particular, this facilitates cross-references to
  other names in a list, rather than to other works.  In author-date,
  in a procedure recommended by the \emph{Manual}, this now allows you
  to expand shorthands inside the reference list rather than in a list
  of shorthands.  In both styles, you can now provide a pointer to the
  main entry if a reader is looking an author up under, e.g., a
  pseudonym or other alternative name.
\item I have introduced the \textbf{userc} field, intended to simplify
  the printing of the cross-references provided by \textsf{customc}
  entries.  The standard \cmd{nocite} command works as well, but the
  additional mechanism may be more convenient in some circumstances.
\item You can now provide an \textbf{eventdate} in \textsf{music}
  entries to identify, e.g., a particular recording session.  It will
  be printed just after the \textsf{title}.
\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I have now implemented the
  \textbf{shorthandintro} field, which allows you to change the string
  introducing a shorthand in the first, long note.  It works just as
  it does in the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles.
\item At the request of Scot Becker, I have added six new
  field-exclusion options to both styles, all of which can be set both
  in the document preamble and/or in the \textsf{options} field of
  individual .bib entries.  Three of these --- \texttt{doi},
  \texttt{isbn}, and \texttt{url} --- are standard \textsf{biblatex}
  options, the others --- \texttt{bookpages}, \texttt{includeall}, and
  \texttt{numbermonth} --- are \textsf{chicago}-specific.  See the
  docs in sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and \ref{sec:authpreset},
  above.
\item At the request of Charles Schaum, I've added the
  \texttt{juniorcomma} option to both styles, which can be set in the
  document preamble and/or in the \textsf{options} field of individual
  entries.  It allows you to get the traditional comma between a
  surname and \enquote{Jr.} or \enquote{Sr.}
\item Fixed an old inaccuracy in the presentation of \enquote{Jr.} and
  \enquote{Sr.,} so that they now appear at the end of names printed
  surname first in bibliographies and reference lists.
\item Thanks to Andrew Goldstone, I fixed some old inaccuracies in the
  syntax of shortened notes and bibliography entries presenting
  multiple contributions to one multi-author (or single-author)
  volume.
\item I've altered the directory structure of the archive containing
  this release.  Files were multiplying, and look set to multiply
  still further, so I've copied the structure used by Lehman for
  \textsf{biblatex} itself.
\item Fixed an old bug, which I'd guess was triggered quite rarely, in
  the formatting of publication information in long notes.
\item Fixed another bug in author-date where the colon separating
  titles and subtitles was in the wrong font.  The \textsf{biblatex}
  \texttt{punctfont} option solved this.
\item Fixed a punctuation bug in \textsf{InReference} entries in the
  notes \&\ bibliography style.  Also fixed \textsf{title}
  presentation in \textsf{Reference} entries in author-date.
\item Fixed some inaccuracies in the tests establishing priority
  between \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields.  These arose
  when date ranges were involved, and it's possible I haven't yet
  addressed all possible permutations of the problem.
\item Added several new bibstrings to the \textsf{cms-*.lbx} files for
  the new audiovisual entry types.  This means that the
  \textsf{editortype} fields can now be set to \texttt{director},
  \texttt{producer}, or \texttt{conductor}, depending on your needs.
  You can also set the fields to \texttt{none}, which eliminates all
  identifying strings, and which is useful for identifying performers
  of various sorts.
\item Minor improvements to documentation.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.5a: Released September 7, 2010}
\begin{itemize}
\item Quick fix for an elementary and show-stopping mistake in
  \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go.sty}, a mistake disguised if you load
  \textsf{csquotes}, which I do in all my test files.  Mea culpa.
  Many thanks indeed to Israel Jacques and Emil Salim for pointing
  this out to me.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9.5: Released September 3, 2010}

\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item All the custom entry types --- \textbf{customa},
  \textbf{customb}, and \textbf{customc} --- are now deprecated.  They
  will still work for the time being, but please be aware that in the
  next major release they will no longer function, at least not as you
  might be expecting.  Please change your .bib files to use
  \textbf{letter} (=\textbf{customa}), \textbf{bookinbook}
  (=\textbf{customb}), and \textbf{suppbook} (=\textbf{customc})
  instead.
\item If by some chance anyone is still using the old \cmd{custpunctc}
  macro, it is now obsolete.  It really shouldn't be needed, but let
  me know if I'm wrong.
\end{itemize}

%\vspace{2\baselineskip}

Other New Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item The Chicago author-date style is now implemented in the
  package, and is fully documented in section~\ref{sec:authdate},
  above.
\item The default way of loading the style(s) has slightly changed.
  You should put either \texttt{notes} or \texttt{authordate} in the
  options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, e.g.:
  \begin{quote}
    \cmd{usepackage[authordate,more options%
     \,\ldots]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
  \end{quote}
\item With the addition of the second Chicago style, I have thought it
  appropriate to alter both the name of the package and the names of
  the files it contains.  The package is now \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
  instead of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, and the following
  files have been renamed:
  \begin{itemize}
  \item \textsf{chicago-notes-df.cbx} is now \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}
  \item \textsf{chicago-notes-df.bbx} is now \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx}
  \item \textsf{sample.tex} is now \textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex}
  \item \textsf{sample.pdf} is now \textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf}
  \item \textsf{chicago-test.bib} is now \textsf{notes-test.bib}
  \item \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df.pdf} (this file) is now
    \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}
  \end{itemize}
  The following files have been added:
  \begin{itemize}
  \item \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}
  \item \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx}
  \item \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex}
  \item \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}
  \item \textsf{dates-test.bib}
  \end{itemize}
  The following files have retained their old names:
  \begin{itemize}
  \item \textsf{cms-american.lbx}
  \item \textsf{cms-french.lbx}
  \item \textsf{cms-german.lbx}
  \item \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}
  \item \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}
  \end{itemize}
\item I have implemented the \textsf{pubstate} field, slightly
  differently yet compatibly in the two styles, to provide a simpler
  mechanism for identifying a reprinted book.  In the author-date
  style, it is highly recommended you use it, as it sorts out some
  complicated formatting questions automatically.  In the notes \&\
  bibliography style it isn't strictly necessary, but may be useful
  anyway and easier to remember than the old system.  See the
  documentation under \textsf{pubstate} in
  sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
\item Users of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} no longer need a
  \textsf{shortauthor} field in author-less \textsf{manual} entries,
  or in author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entries with a
  \texttt{maga\-zine} \textsf{entrysubtype}.  The package will now
  automatically take an author for short notes from the
  \textsf{organization} field for \textsf{manual} entries and from the
  \textsf{journaltitle} field for the others.  You can still use a
  \textsf{shortauthor} field if you want, but it's no longer
  necessary.  (This also holds for \textsf{chicago-authordate}.)
\item Date presentation in the \textsf{misc} entry type (with
  \textsf{entrysubtype}) has changed to fix an inaccuracy.  You can
  now use the \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields to
  distinguish between two sorts of archival source: letters and
  \enquote{letter-like} sources use \textsf{origdate}, interviews and
  other non-letters use \textsf{date}.  The only difference is in how
  the date is printed, so current .bib entries will continue to work
  fine, albeit with minor inaccuracies in the case of non-letter-like
  sources.  See the docs on \textbf{misc} in
  sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and \ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
\item When only one date is presented in a \textsf{patent} entry ---
  either in the \textsf{date} or \textsf{origdate} field --- this will
  now always be used as the filing date.  In
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, this makes a change from the
  previous (incorrect) behavior.
\item I have included the option \texttt{dateabbrev=false} in the
  default settings for \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.  This ensures
  that the long month names are printed, as otherwise recent releases
  of \textsf{biblatex} print the abbreviated ones by default.
\item The provision of punctuation in \textsf{entrysubtype}
  \texttt{classical} entries has been improved, allowing the comma to
  appear before certain kinds of location specifiers even when citing
  works by their traditional divisions.  See \emph{Manual} 17.253.
  (This applies to both Chicago styles.)
\item The \textsf{number} field in \textsf{article},
  \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries now allows you to
  include a series or range of numbers in the field, with the style
  automatically providing the correct bibstring (singular or plural).
\item I have removed and altered bibstrings in the .lbx files to take
  advantage of the new \cmd{bibsstring} and \cmd{biblstring} commands
  in \textsf{biblatex}, and added one new string
  (\texttt{origpubyear}) needed by
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9a: Released March 20, 2010}
\begin{itemize}
\item Quick fixes for compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} 0.9a.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.9: Released March 18, 2010}

\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item The \textbf{userd} field is now obsolete.  All information it
  used to hold should be placed in the \textsf{edition} field.
\item The \textbf{origyear} field is now obsolete in
  \textsf{biblatex}.  It has been replaced by \textbf{origdate}, and
  because the latter allows a full date specification, I have been
  able to make the operation of \textsf{customa} (=\,\textsf{letter}),
  \textsf{misc} (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), and \textsf{patent}
  entries more intuitive.  The RELEASE file contained in this package
  gives the short instructions on how to update your .bib files, and
  you can also consult the documentation of those entry types above.
\item The modified \textsf{csquotes.cfg} file I provided in earlier
  releases is now obsolete, and has been removed from the package.
  Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{cs\-quotes} and, if
  you are still using my modified .cfg file, remove it from your \TeX\
  search path, or at the very least excise the code I provided.
\end{itemize}

Other New Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item Added the files \textsf{cms-german.lbx} (with its clone
  \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}) and \textsf{cms-french\break .lbx}, which
  allow the creation of Chicago-like references in those languages.
  See section \ref{sec:international} above for details on usage.
\item Added the \texttt{annotation} package option to allow the
  creation of annotated bibliographies.  This code is still not
  entirely polished yet, but it is usable.  Please see page
  \pageref{sec:annote} above for instructions and hints.
\item Added \textsf{biblatex's} new \textbf{bookinbook} entry type,
  which currently functions as an alias of the \textsf{customb} type.
  As \textsf{biblatex} now provides standard equivalents for all of
  the custom types I initially found it necessary to provide ---
  \textsf{letter}~= \textsf{customa}, \textsf{bookinbook}~=
  \textsf{customb}, and \textsf{suppbook} \& \textsf{suppcollection}~=
  \textsf{customc} --- it may soon be time to prune out the custom
  types to enhance compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles.
  I shall give plenty of warning before I do so.
\item In line with the new system adopted in \textsf{biblatex} 0.9,
  using the \textsf{editortype} field turns off the usual string
  concatenation mechanisms of the Chicago style.  See Lehman's RELEASE
  file for a discussion of this.
\item I have added support for the new \textsf{editor[a--c]} and
  \textsf{editor[a--c]type} fields, and they work just as in standard
  \textsf{biblatex}, though I'm uncertain how much use they'll get
  from users of the Chicago style.
\item I have added many bibstrings to the .lbx files to help with
  internationalization.  The new ones that you might want to use in
  your .bib files include: \texttt{pseudonym}, \texttt{nodate},
  \texttt{revisededition}, \texttt{numbers}, and \texttt{reviewof}.
  Please see section~\ref{sec:international} for a fuller list.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.9d: Released February 17, 2010}
\begin{itemize}
\item Chris Sparks and Aaron Lambert both found formatting bugs in the
  0.8.9c code.  I've fixed these bugs, and am releasing this version
  now, the last in the 0.8.9 series.  The next release of
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, due as soon as possible, will
  contain many more significant changes, including those necessary for
  it to function properly with the recently-released \textsf{biblatex}
  version 0.9.  In the meantime, at least version 0.8.9d should produce
  more accurate output.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.9c: Released November 4, 2009}
\begin{itemize}
\item Emil Salim noticed that the \emph{ibidem} mechanism wasn't
  working properly, printing the page number after \enquote{Ibid} even
  when the page reference of the preceding citation was identical.
  The fix for this involved setting \texttt{loccittracker=constrict}
  in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, something you'll have to do
  manually yourself if you're loading the package via a call to
  \textsf{biblatex} rather than to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
\item Several users have reported unwanted behavior when repeated
  names in bibliographies are replaced with the \texttt{bibnamedash}.
  This release should fix both when the \texttt{bibnamedash} appears
  and what punctuation follows it.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.9b: Released September 9, 2009}
\begin{itemize}
\item Fixed a long-standing bug in formatting names in the
  bibliography.  The package now correctly places a comma after the
  reversed name that begins the entry, using \textsf{biblatex's}
  \cmd{revsdnamedelim} command.  Many thanks to Johanna Pink for
  catching my rather egregious error.
\item While fixing some formatting errors that cropped up when using
  the newest version of \textsf{biblatex} (0.8h at time of writing), I
  also spotted some more venerable bugs in the code for using
  shortened cross-references for citing multiple entries in a
  collection of essays or letters.  I believe this now works
  correctly, but please let me know if you discover differently.
\item Joseph Reagle noticed that endnote marks (produced using the
  \textsf{endnotes} package) did not receive the
  same treatment as footnote marks.  I have rectified this, placing
  the code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} so that you can turn it
  off either by using the old package-loading system or by setting the
  \texttt{footmarkoff} package option when loading
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
\item Updates to Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package have rendered my
  modifications in \textsf{cs\-quotes.cfg} obsolete.  Please use the
  latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (4.4a at time of writing) and
  ignore my file, which will disappear in a later release.
\item At the request of Will Small, I have included some code, still
  in an alpha state, to allow you to specify, in the bibliography, the
  original publication details of essays which you are citing from
  later reprints (a \emph{Collected Essays} volume, for example).  See
  the documentation above under the \textsf{\mycolor{reprinttitle}}
  field if you would like to test this functionality.
\end{itemize}

%%\enlargethispage{-3\baselineskip}

\textbf{0.8.9a: Released July 5, 2009}
\begin{itemize}
\item Slight changes for compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} 0.8e.
  The package still works with 0.8c and 0.8d, as well.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.9: Released July 2, 2009}

\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item The \textbf{single-letter bibstrings} (\cmd{bibstring\{a\}},
  \cmd{bibstring\{b\}}, etc.) are now obsolete.  You should replace
  any still present in your .bib file with \cmd{autocap} commands ---
  see §~3.8.4 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
\end{itemize}

Other New Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item The default way of loading the package is now with

  \cmd{usepackage[further-options]\{biblatex-chicago\}}

  rather than

  \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes-df,further-options]\{biblatex\}}.

  Please see section~\ref{sec:loading} above for details and hints.
\item Package-specific bibstrings have been removed from the .cbx and
  .bbx files and are now gathered in a new file,
  \textbf{cms-american.lbx}, which changes the way the package
  interacts with \textbf{babel}.  It is now somewhat simpler if you
  want the defaults, but somewhat more complex if you require
  non-standard features.  Please see section~\ref{sec:otherpacks}
  above for more details.
\item Two new entry types have been added: \textbf{artwork} for works
  of visual art excluding photographs, and \textbf{image} for
  photographs.  See the documentation of \textsf{artwork} for how to
  create .bib entries for both types.
\item Added the new bibliography and entry option
  \textbf{usecompiler}, set to \texttt{true} by default.  This
  streamlines the code that finds a name to head an entry
  (\textbf{author -> editor [or namea] -> translator [or nameb] ->
    compiler [namec] -> title}).  The whole system should work more
  consistently now, but do see the \textsf{author} and \textsf{namec}
  documentation for improved notes on how to use it.
\item Added the new bibliography option \textbf{footmarkoff}, to turn
  off the optional in-line (as opposed to superscript) formatting of
  the marks in foot- or endnotes.  You only need this if you load the
  package with the new default \cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}};
  users loading it the old way get default \LaTeX\ formatting.
\item At Matthew Lundin's request, I have added the citation command
  \textbf{\textbackslash head\-lesscite}, which works like
  \cmd{headlessfullcite} but allows \textsf{biblatex} to decide
  whether to print the full or the short note.
\item Fully adopted \textsf{biblatex's} system for providing
  end-of-entry punctuation, which should solve some of the bugs users
  have been finding.  See section~\ref{sec:otherhints}, above, and do
  please let me know if inconsistencies remain.
\item Added a modified \textbf{csquotes.cfg} file to address issues
  users were having when using the \textbf{Xe\LaTeX} engine in
  combination with \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.  See
  section~\ref{sec:otherpacks}, above.
\item Added \texttt{natbib} option to allow users of the default setup
  to continue to benefit from \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{natbib}
  compatibility code.  Thanks to Bennett Helm for pointing out this
  issue.
\item Added a \textbf{shorthandibid} option to allow the printing of
  \emph{ibid.}\ in consecutive references to an entry that contains a
  \textsf{shorthand} field.  Thanks to Chris Sparks for calling my
  attention to this problem.
\item While investigating the preceding, I noticed failures when
  combining the \texttt{short} option with a \textsf{shorthand} field.
  The package now actually does what it has always claimed to do under
  \textbf{shorthand}.
\item Many small bug fixes and improvements to the documentation.
\end{itemize}

To Do:

\begin{itemize}
\item The shorthand vs \emph{ibid.}\ question may need more careful
  addressing in some cross references, and also in relation to the
  \texttt{noibid} package option.
\item Charles Schaum has quite rightly pointed out the inconsistency
  in my naming conventions --- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} as
  opposed to \textsf{chicago-notes-df.cbx}, for example.  I'm going to
  delay a decision on which way to go with this until a later release.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.5a: Released June 14, 2009}

\begin{itemize}
\item Quick and dirty fixes to bibliography strings to allow
  compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} version 0.8d.  If you are still
  using 0.8c, then I would wait for the next version of
  \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, which is due soon.  See README.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.5: Released January 10, 2009}

\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:

  \begin{itemize}
  \item The \textbf{\textbackslash custpunct} commands are now
    deprecated --- Lehman's \enquote{American} punctuation tracking
    facilities should handle quoted text automatically, assuming you
    remember always to use \textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote} in your
    database.  If you still need \cmd{custpunct}, please let me know,
    as it may be an error in the style.
  \item With \cmd{custpunct} no longer needed, the toggles activated
    by placing \enquote{\texttt{plain}} in the \textbf{type} or
    \textbf{userb} fields are also deprecated.
  \end{itemize}

Other New Features:

\begin{itemize}
\item At least \textbf{biblatex 0.8b} is now required --- 0.8c works
  fine, as well.
\item I now \emph{strongly recommend} that you use \textbf{babel} with
  \enquote{\texttt{american}} as the main text language.  See
  section~\ref{sec:otherpacks} above for further details.
\item The \textbf{customc} entry type has been revised, allowing you
  to cite any sort of supplementary material using the \textbf{type}
  field instead of relying on toggles in the \textsf{introduction},
  \textsf{afterword}, and \textsf{foreword} fields, though these
  latter still work.  The two new entry types \textbf{suppbook} and
  \textbf{suppcollection} are both aliased to \textsf{customc}, and
  therefore work in exactly the same way.
\item The new entry type \textbf{suppperiodical} is aliased to
  \textbf{review}.
\item The new entry type \textbf{letter} is aliased to
  \textbf{customa}.
\item In \textbf{inreference} entries the \textsf{postnote} field of
  all \cmd{cite} commands is now treated like data in \textsf{lista},
  that is, it will be placed within quotation marks and prefaced with
  the appropriate string.  The only difference is that you can only
  put one such article name in \textsf{postnote}, as it isn't a list
  field.
\item I've set the new \textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{usetranslator}
  to \texttt{true} by default, which means entries will automatically
  be alphabetized by their \textsf{translator} in the absence of an
  \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
\item A host of small formatting errors were eliminated, nearly all of
  them through adopting Lehman's punctuation tracker.
\item In the main body of this documentation, I've added some
  \mycolor{\textbf{color coding}} to help you more quickly to identify
  entry types and fields that are either new or that have undergone
  significant revision.
\end{itemize}

To Do:

\begin{itemize}
\item Separate out \enquote{options} from the basic citation
  \enquote{style,} using a \LaTeX\ style file.  This is an
  architectural change recommended by Lehman.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.2.2: Released November 24, 2008}

\begin{itemize}
\item Fixed spurious commas appearing in some bibliography entries,
  spotted by Nick Andrewes.  While investigating this I noticed a more
  general problem with punctuation after italicized titles ending with
  question marks or exclamation points.  This will be addressed in
  forthcoming revisions both of \textsf{biblatex} and of this package.
\item Nick also reported some problems with spurious punctuation in
  the bibliography when using XeLaTeX.  I haven't yet been able to pin
  down the exact cause of these, but if you are using XeLaTeX and are
  having (or have solved) similar problems I'd be interested to hear
  from you.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.2: Released November 3, 2008}

\begin{itemize}
\item Fixed several formatting glitches between citations in multicite
  commands (spotted by Joseph Reagle) and also after some prenotes. 
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.8.1: Released October 22, 2008}

\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:

\begin{itemize}
\item The \textbf{origlocation} field is now obsolete, and has been
  replaced by \textbf{lista}.  Please update your .bib files
  accordingly.
\item The single-letter \textbf{\textbackslash bibstring} commands I
  provided in version 0.7 are now deprecated.  In most cases, you'll
  be able to take advantage of the automatic contextual capitalization
  facilities introduced in this release, but if you still need the
  single-letter \cmd{bibstring} functionality then you should switch
  to \cmd{autocap}, as I shall be removing the single-letter
  \texttt{bibstrings} in a future release.  See above under
  \textbf{\textbackslash autocap} for all the details.
\item The \textbf{userd} field is now deprecated, as \textsf{biblatex}
  0.8 allows all forms of data to be included in the \textsf{edition}
  field.  I shall be removing \textsf{userd} in a future release, so
  please update your .bib files as soon as is convenient.
\end{itemize}

Other New Features:

\begin{itemize}
\item Updated the .bbx and .cbx files to work with \textsf{biblatex}
  0.8.  This most recent version of \textsf{biblatex} is now required
  for \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df} to work.
\item Added the \textbf{usera} field, which holds supplemental
  information about a \textsf{journaltitle} in \textsf{article} and
  \textsf{review} entries.  See the documentation of the field for
  details.
\item Added the \textbf{\textbackslash citetitles} multicite command
  to fix a problem with spurious punctuation when multiple titles were
  listed.
\item Added the \textbf{\textbackslash Citetitle} command to help with
  automatic capitalization of titles when they occur at the beginning
  of a note.
\item Minor punctuation fixes in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df.bbx}.
\end{itemize}

To Do:

\begin{itemize}
\item Integrate \textsf{biblatex's} American punctuation facilities.
\item Separate out \enquote{options} from the basic citation
  \enquote{style,} using a \LaTeX\ style file.  This is an
  architectural change recommended by Lehman.
\item Investigate and possibly integrate the new entry types provided
  in \textsf{biblatex} 0.8.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{0.7: First public release, September 18, 2008}

\end{document}

%%% Local Variables:
%%% mode: latex
%%% TeX-master: t
%%% End: